summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/blu
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2024-01-31 03:01:01 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2024-01-31 03:01:01 +0000
commit79e1bbc1ad6b308aa2074540b2afd43b6a72ce03 (patch)
tree32074e03eec88cf72e5973ddff176a0534c77dff /macros/blu
parent084f5d8435744b7ea7ef487ec111a7bfd100ed62 (diff)
CTAN sync 202401310301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/blu')
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/address.dat234
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/blue.tex4225
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/fmt.dat1418
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/lit.dat2375
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/pic.dat1358
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/readme.fst120
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/tools.dat2082
7 files changed, 0 insertions, 11812 deletions
diff --git a/macros/blu/address.dat b/macros/blu/address.dat
deleted file mode 100644
index b052997064..0000000000
--- a/macros/blu/address.dat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-%Address database, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Setup Januari 1995
-%Conventions
-%\def\<name>{%
-%Name of person or organization
-%\\Affiliation
-%\email{...}
-%\phone{...}
-%\fax{...}
-%\private{<privat address>}
-%}
-%The \email, \phone and \fax are extra,
-%when defined as gobble they won't hinder.
-\lst\adamskim{Marcin
-\\Marcin M Adamski
-\\Centrum Banacha pok. 3
-\\Ul. Mokotowska 25
-\\00-950 Warszawa
-\\POLAND
-\phone{}
-\email{adamski@impan.impan.gov.pl}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\bollandj{Julita
-\\Julita Bolland
-\\Ul. Kaspyska 2m.2
-\\02-760 Warszawa
-\\POLAND
-\phone{0 48 (0)22 421767}
-\email{julitab@plearn.edu.pl}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\bzylw{W{\l}odek
-\\W Bzyl
-\\Borowikowa 27m.4
-\\81080 Gdynia
-\\POLAND
-\phone{0 23 (0)85 84}
-\email{matwb@halina.univ.gda.pl}
-}
-\lst\coninckl{Luc
-\\L de Coninck
-\\De Kraal
-\\Zeedijk 101
-\\8400 Ostende
-\\BELGIUM
-\phone{059 506139}
-\email{ldc@kihwv.be}
-\registeredbluetrue\no{1}
-}
-\lst\creiderc{Chet
-\\C Creider
-\\Canada
-\email{creider@csd.uwo.ca}
-%\registeredbluetrue\no{2}%???
-}
-\lst\dolw{Wietse
-\\W Dol
-\\Coebergerstr. 12
-\\5624 AV Eindhoven
-\\The Netherlands
-\phone{040 467083}
-\email{W.Dol@LEI.AGRO.NL}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\frambachehm{Erik
-\\Erik Frambach
-\\Boelemaheerd 32
-\\Groningen
-\email{e.h.m.frambach@eco.rug.nl}
-\phone{050 633785 privat: 050-421826}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\gorbunovai{Irina
-\\Irina and Sergei Gorbunovi
-\\Dimitrovski Pr. {\oldstyle8}, KB {\oldstyle93}
-\\{\oldstyle125422} Moscow
-\\RUSSIA
-\phone{095 9768261}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{hon}
-}
-\lst\grinevaoa{Olienka
-\\O.A Grineva
-\\Kosigina {\oldstyle11}-{\oldstyle2}, KB {\oldstyle322}
-\\{\oldstyle195426} St.\ Peterburg
-\\RUSSIA
-\phone{00-7-812-5206186}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\oljagpo{Olja
-\\O.A Grineva
-\\OS-{\oldstyle426} Post Office Box {\oldstyle153}
-\\{\oldstyle195426} St. Peterburg
-\\RUSSIA
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\hendricksona{Amy
-\\A Hendrickson
-\\57 Longwood Avenue
-\\Brookline MA 02146
-\\USA
-\email{amyh@ai.mit.edu}
-\phone{617-738-8029}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\isf{ISF
-\\International Science Foundation
-\\Washington
-\\USA
-\fax{202 342 2765}
-}
-\lst\jancm{Mirko
-\\M Janc
-\\Texhnical Typesetting Inc.
-\\1510 Caton Center Drive Suite E
-\\Baltimore MD 21227
-\\USA
-\phone{410 987 1822}
-\privat{613 Waterwheel Lane
-\\Apt 34 MIllersville
-\\MD 21108
-\\USA}
-}
-\lst\jascowskib{Bogus{\l}aw
-\\B Jascowski
-\\Ul. Tatrza\'nska 6/1
-\\80331 Gdansk
-\\POLAND
-\phone{0 48 (0)58 567877}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\knuthde{Prof.\ Knuth
-\\D.E Knuth
-\\Department of The Art of Computer Programming
-\\Stanford University
-\\Stanford CA 94305
-\\USA
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\kolodziejskah{Hanna
-\\H Ko{\l}odziejskah
-\\Ul. Rembielinska 15m.131
-\\03-352 Warszawa
-\\POLAND
-\phone{614 08 11}
-\email{hkolo@plearn.edu.pl}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\laancgvander{Kees
-\\C.G van der Laan
-\\Hunzeweg 57
-\\9893 PB Garnwerd
-\\Garnwerd (Gr)
-% \\The Netherlands
-\phone{31 (0)5941 1525}
-\email{cgl@rc.service.rug.nl}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-100}
-}
-\lst\makhovayai{Irina
-\\I Makhovaya
-\\MIR Publishers
-\\Pervy Rishsky Pr. 2
-\\129820 Moscow
-\\RUSSIA
-\email{cyrtug@mir.msk.su}
-\phone{286 06 22}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\nemogak{Karol
-\\RNDr Karol Nemoga Csc
-\\Obchodno 4
-\\Bratuslava
-\\SLOWAKY
-\phone{07 3309 224}
-\email{nemoga@savba.cs}
-}
-\lst\nesgjhv{Gerard
-\\G J H van Nes
-\\Dars 9
-\\1751 PD Schagerbrug
-%\\The Netherlands
-\phone{02247-1918} %ecn: \phone{02246-4185}, \fax{02246-1864}
-\email{vannes@ecn.nl}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\ntg{NTG
-\\Nederlandstalige \TeX{} Gebruikersgroep
-\\Postbus 394
-\\1740 AJ Schagen
-%\\The Netherlands
-\email{ntg@nic.surfnet.nl}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\ryckom{Marek
-\\M Ry\'cko
-\\Ul. Anielewicza 23m.68
-\\01-026 Warszawa
-\\POLAND
-\phone{0 48 (0)22 386258}
-\email{marek@camk.edu.pl}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\salomond{David
-\\D Salomon
-\\11835 Sapota Dr.
-\\Lakeside CA 92040
-\\USA
-\email{dxs@ms.secs.csun.edu}
-\phone{09 619 443 6528}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\temme{Nico
-\\N.M Temme
-\\P. van Wijngaardlaan 18
-\\1391 VD Abcoude
-%\\THE NETHERLANDS
-\email{nicot@cwi.nl}
-\phone{02946 3345}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\lst\winninkj{Jos
-\\Jos Winnink
-\\Centraal Plan Bureau
-\\Applied Mathematics and Computer Science Department
-\\van Stolkweg 14
-\\PO Box 80510
-\\2508GM Den Haag
-%\\THE NETHERLANDS
-\email{jos.winnink@cpb.nl}
-\phone{31) 70 338 3339 privat: 050-421826}
-\fax{(31) 70 338 3350}
-\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
-}
-\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/blu/blue.tex b/macros/blu/blue.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 0aa5d33fb8..0000000000
--- a/macros/blu/blue.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4225 +0,0 @@
-%To prevent double loading
-\ifx\beginscript\undefined\else
-\message{---not loaded---}\endinput\fi
-%The material is shareware and subject
-%to the separate note on copyright.
-%
-%To print the format properly, copy
-%the following 11-lines job and
-%substitute the semicolon token
-%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x)
-% ---Kees---
-%\input blue.tex
-%\hfuzz10pt
-%\title{File: blue.tex}
-%\issue{Version 1.0}
-%\beginscript
-%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0
-% \catcode`\!=12
-% \catcode`\|=12
-% \input blue.tex}
-%\beginverbatim
-%`semi-col'endverbatim
-%\endscript
-%
-%
-%
-%Copyright Notice BLUe's Format system
-%-------------------------------------
-%The software
-% blue.tex
-% fmt.dat
-% tools.dat
-%is shareware available. It is not allowed
-%to make any profit on it. A happy user is
-%requested to send US$25 to the author, or
-%better still according to the Macindex the
-%equivalent of 20 breads in US dollars.
-%(twenty-five US dollar)
-% C.G van der Laan
-% Hunzeweg 57
-% 9893 PB Garnwerd
-% The Netherlands
-% (cgl@rc.service.rug.nl)
-%The contributors will be added to my
-% register.blu database.
-%Russian users are relieved for the moment
-%from the shareware request, with respect
-%to personal use.
-%Auxiliary and personalized files are the
-%databases
-% address.dat addresses
-% lit.dat references
-% pic.dat pictures.
-%
-%The main reason to ask for shareware support
-%is to protect myself against too many request,
-%and to raise some funds to continue my \TeX{}
-%work.
-%
-%The user's guide `Publishing with \TeX,' and the
-%accompanying articles are free for personal use.
-%
-% March, 1995
-% C.G van der Laan%;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%general description%
-\message{ ---blue.tex 1.0, Jan 95, cgl--- }
-% ;nonum
-%This file blue.tex accompanies
-%Publishing with TeX by Kees van der Laan
-%Available from CTAN:
-%-pwt.scr (user's guide, which invokes
-% the chapters: pwt.int, -.txt, -.mat
-% -.tab, -.grf, -.ref, -.ind, -.cus
-% -.aft, -.fmt, -.tls, -.tot, -.his,
-% next to the dynamical generated
-% answers, examples, contents and index.)
-%-blue.tex (macros)
-%-fmt.dat, tools.dat,
-%-lit.dat, pic.dat, address.dat.
-%Author: C.G. van der Laan
-% Hunzeweg 57
-% 9893 PB Garnwerd
-% The Netherlands
-% 31 (0)594 62 1525
-% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Purpose: general independent format.
-%It is composed of
-%-- abbreviations, from tugboat.cmn
-%-- manmac.tex (+customization macros)
-%-- ppt.tex, my preprint proposal, from
-% TUGboat BLUes
-%-- miscellaneous additions
-%-- \eqalign family with multi-alignment
-% point, from Math into BLUes
-%-- icon macros via LaTeX's line fonts
-%-- btable.tex, my bordered table macros,
-% from Table Diversions
-%-- vrb.tex (my verbatim mode suite), from
-% BLUe's Verbatim
-%-- macros for cross-referencing, from
-% BLUe's Cross-Referencing
-%-- macros for bibliography handling, from
-% BLUe's Bibliography
-%-- gkppic.tex a subset of gkpmac.tex for
-% LaTeX's picture environment
-%-- turtle graphics
-%-- trs.tex for overhead transparencies
-%-- crs.tex for crosswords via plain
-%-- macros for creating an index
-% from BLUe's Index
-%The problem is to keep the constituent
-%collections unaltered.
-%For each set a table of contents has
-%been added to locate macros.
-%The reason for putting it all in one file
-%is to handle conflicting items and to
-%facilitate fast loading, read make it a
-%format.
-%Note. In order to process this file
-%verbatim the semicolon has been reserved
-%as escape character.
-%The files have not been ordered alphabe-
-%tically, due to the hierarchy.
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%general description%;newpage
-%
-%
-%
-\catcode`\@=11
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%abbreviations%
-%;numvrb
-%Abbreviations borrowed from tugboat.cmn.
-\newcount\TestCount
-\def\smc{\tensmc}
-\def\SMC{\ninerm}
-\font\tensmc=cmcsc10
-
-\def\AllTeX{(\La)\TeX}
-
-\def\AMS{American Mathematical Society}
-
-\def\AmS{{\the\textfont2 A}\kern-.1667em%
- \lower.5ex\hbox{\the\textfont2 M}%
- \kern-.125em{\the\textfont2 S}}
-\def\AmSTeX{\AmS-\TeX}
- \def\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX}%Addition
-\def\aw{A\kern.1em-W}
-\def\AW{Addison\kern.1em-\penalty\z@
- \hskip\z@skip Wesley}
-
-\def\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\smc i%
- \kern-.025emb}\kern-.08em\TeX}}
-
-\def\CandT{{\sl Computers \&
- Typesetting}}
-
-\def\DVItoVDU{DVIto\kern-.12em VDU}
-
-\def\ISBN{{\SMC ISBN} }
-
-% Japanese TeX
-\def\JTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{\lower.5ex%
- \hbox{J}\kern-.18em\TeX}}
-
-\def\JoT{{\sl The Joy of \TeX}}
-
-\def\LAMSTeX{L\raise.42ex\hbox{\kern
- -.3em\the\scriptfont2 A}\kern-.2em%
- \lower.376ex\hbox{\the\textfont2 M}%
- \kern-.125em{\the\textfont2 S}-\TeX}
- \let\LAmsTeX=\LAMSTeX%addition
-\def\La{\TestCount=\the\fam \leavevmode
- L\raise.42ex\hbox{$\fam\TestCount
- \scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}}
-\def\LaTeX{\La\kern-.15em\TeX}
-
-% for Robert McGaffey
-\def\Mc{\setbox\TestBox=\hbox{M}M\vbox
- to\ht\TestBox{\hbox{c}\vfil}}
-
-\font\manual=logo10
-% font used for the METAFONT logo, etc.
-\def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}
-\def\MP{{\manual META}\-{\smc post}}
-\def\MFB{{\sl The \slMF book}}
-
-% multilingual (INRS) TeX
-\def\mtex{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex%
- \hbox{\^E}\kern-.125emX}
-
-\def\pcMF{\leavevmode\raise.5ex\hbox
- {p\kern-.3ptc}MF}
-\def\PCTeX{PC\thinspace\TeX}
-\def\pcTeX{\leavevmode\raise.5ex\hbox
- {p\kern-.3ptc}\TeX}
-
-\def\Pas{Pascal}
-
-\def\PiC{P\kern-.12em\lower.5ex%
- \hbox{I}\kern-.075emC}
-\def\PiCTeX{\PiC\kern-.11em\TeX}
-
-\def\plain{{\tt plain}}
-
-\def\POBox{P.\thinspace O.\ Box }
-\def\POBoxTUG{\POBox\unskip\ 21041,
- Santa Barbara, CA93121-1041, USA}
-
-\def\PS{{Post\-Script}}
-
-\def\SC{Steering Committee}
-
-\def\SGML{{\SMC SGML}}
-
-\def\SliTeX{{\rm S\kern-.06em{\smc
- l\kern-.035emi}\kern-.06em\TeX}}
-
-\def\slMF{\MF}
-%Use \font\manualsl=logosl10 instead,
-%if it's available, for
-%\def\slMF{{\manualsl META}\-{\manualsl
-% FONT}}
-
-% Atari ST (Klaus Guntermann)
-\def\stTeX{{\smc st\rm\kern-0.13em\TeX}}
-
-\def\TANGLE{{\tt TANGLE}}
-
-\def\TB{{\sl The \TeX book}}
-\def\TP{{\sl \TeX\/}:
- {\sl The Program\/}}
-
-\def\TeX{T\hbox{\kern-.1667em%
- \lower.424ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}
-
-\def\TeXhax{\TeX hax}
-
-% Don Hosek
-\def\TeXMaG{\TeX M\kern-.1667em%
- \lower.5ex\hbox{A}\kern-.2267emG}
-
-\def\TeXtures{{\it Textures}}
-\let\Textures=\TeXtures
-
-\def\TeXXeT{\TeX--X\kern-.125em%
- \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}
-
-\def\ttn{{\sl TTN}}
-\def\TTN{{\sl \TeX{} and TUG News}}
-
-\def\tubfont{\sl}
-\def\TUB{{\tubfont TUGboat\/}}
-
-\def\TUG{\TeX\ \UG}
-
-\def\UG{Users Group}
-
-\def\UNIX{{\SMC UNIX}}
-
-\def\VAX{\leavevmode\hbox{V\kern-.12em%
- A\kern-.1em X}}
-
-\def\VorTeX{V\kern-2.7pt\lower.5ex%
- \hbox{O\kern-1.4pt R}\kern-2.6pt\TeX}
-
-\def\XeT{\leavevmode\hbox{X\kern-.125em%
- \lower.424ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}}
-
-\def\WEB{{\tt WEB}}
-\def\WEAVE{{\tt WEAVE}}
-%Additions
-\def\maps#1#2{MAPS {\oldstyle#1}.%
- {\oldstyle#2}}%;nonum
-%
-%Although not necessary because of
-%alphabetical ordering, I supplied
-%also
-%
-%Table of contents abbreviations TUG
-%\AllTeX..........................7
-%\AMS.............................9
-%\AmS, \AmSTeX...................14
-%\aw.............................16
-%\AW.............................17
-%\BibTeX.....................20, 21
-%\CandT......................23, 24
-%\DVItoVDU.......................26
-%\ISBN...........................28
-%\JTeX.......................31, 32
-%\JoT............................34
-%\LAMSTeX....................36--39
-%\La.........................41--43
-%\LaTeX..........................44
-%\maps (added)
-%\Mc.........................47--48
-%\MF.............................52
-%\mf.............................53
-%\MFB........................54, 55
-%\mtex.......................57, 58
-%\pcMF.......................60, 61
-%\PCTeX..........................62
-%\pcTeX......................63, 64
-%\Pas............................66
-%\PiCTeX.........................70
-%\plain..........................72
-%\POBox..........................74
-%\POBoxTUG...................75--76
-%\PS.............................78
-%\SC.............................80
-%\SGML...........................82
-%\SliTeX.....................84, 85
-%\slMF......................%90, 91
-%\stTeX..........................94
-%\TANGLE.........................96
-%\TB.............................98
-%\TP.............................99
-%\TeX......................102, 103
-%\TeXhax........................105
-%\TeXMaG...................108, 109
-%\TeXtures......................111
-%\TeXXeT...................114, 115
-%\ttn...........................117
-%\TTN...........................118
-%\TUB...........................121
-%\TUG...........................123
-%\UG............................125
-%\UNIX..........................127
-%\VAX......................129, 130
-%\VorTeX...................132, 133
-%\XeT......................135, 136
-%\WEB...........................138
-%\WEAVE.........................139
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%abbreviations%;newpage
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%manmac%
-%;numvrb
-%manmac.tex cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Knuth's macros for formatting The TeXbook
-%and The METAfont book.
-%
-%\catcode`@=11
-%
-\font\tentex=cmtex10
-
-\font\inchhigh=cminch
-\font\titlefont=cmssdc10 at 40pt
-
-\font\ninerm=cmr9
-\font\eightrm=cmr8
-\font\sixrm=cmr6
-
-\font\ninei=cmmi9
-\font\eighti=cmmi8
-\font\sixi=cmmi6
-\skewchar\ninei='177
-\skewchar\eighti='177
-\skewchar\sixi='177
-
-\font\ninesy=cmsy9
-\font\eightsy=cmsy8
-\font\sixsy=cmsy6
-\skewchar\ninesy='60
-\skewchar\eightsy='60
-\skewchar\sixsy='60
-
-\font\eightss=cmssq8
-
-\font\eightssi=cmssqi8
-
-\font\ninebf=cmbx9
-\font\eightbf=cmbx8
-\font\sixbf=cmbx6
-
-\font\ninett=cmtt9
-\font\eighttt=cmtt8
-
-\hyphenchar\tentt=-1 % inhibit hyphenation
- % in typewriter type
-\hyphenchar\ninett=-1
-\hyphenchar\eighttt=-1
-
-\font\ninesl=cmsl9
-\font\eightsl=cmsl8
-
-\font\nineit=cmti9
-\font\eightit=cmti8
-
-\font\tenu=cmu10 % unslanted text italic
-\font\magnifiedfiverm=cmr5 at 10pt
-%Next two not available on my system
-%\font\manual=manfnt % font used for the
- % METAFONT logo, etc.
-%\font\cmman=cmman % font used for
-%
-%miscellaneous Computer Modern variations
-\newskip\ttglue
-\def\tenpoint{\def\rm{\fam0\tenrm}%
- \textfont0=\tenrm\scriptfont0=\sevenrm
- \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
- \textfont1=\teni \scriptfont1=\seveni
- \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
- \textfont2=\tensy\scriptfont2=\sevensy
- \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
- \textfont3=\tenex\scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \def\it{\fam\itfam\tenit}\def\oldstyle
- {\fam1 \teni}\textfont\itfam=\tenit
- \def\sl{\fam\slfam\tensl}%
- \textfont\slfam=\tensl
- \def\bf{\fam\bffam\tenbf}%
- \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
- \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\tentt}%
- \textfont\ttfam=\tentt
- \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
- \normalbaselineskip=12pt plus1pt minus1pt
- \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}%
- \let\sc=\eightrm
- \let\big=\tenbig
- \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule
- height8.5pt depth3.5pt width\z@}%
- \normalbaselines\rm}
-
-\def\ninepoint{\def\rm{\fam0\ninerm}%
- \textfont0=\ninerm\scriptfont0=\sixrm
- \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
- \textfont1=\ninei\scriptfont1=\sixi
- \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
- \textfont2=\ninesy\scriptfont2=\sixsy
- \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
- \textfont3=\tenex\scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \def\it{\fam\itfam\nineit}\def\oldstyle
- {\fam1 \ninei}\textfont\itfam=\nineit
- \def\sl{\fam\slfam\ninesl}%
- \textfont\slfam=\ninesl
- \def\bf{\fam\bffam\ninebf}%
- \textfont\bffam=\ninebf
- \scriptfont\bffam=\sixbf
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
- \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\ninett}%
- \textfont\ttfam=\ninett
- \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
- \normalbaselineskip=11pt plus1pt minus1pt
- \def\MF{{\manual hijk}\-{\manual lmnj}}%
- \let\sc=\sevenrm
- \let\big=\ninebig
- \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height8pt
- depth3pt width\z@}%
- \normalbaselines\rm}
-
-\def\eightpoint{\def\rm{\fam0\eightrm}%
- \textfont0=\eightrm \scriptfont0=\sixrm
- \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
- \textfont1=\eighti \scriptfont1=\sixi
- \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
- \textfont2=\eightsy \scriptfont2=\sixsy
- \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
- \textfont3=\tenex \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \def\it{\fam\itfam\eightit}\def\oldstyle
- {\fam1 \eighti}\textfont\itfam=\eightit
- \def\sl{\fam\slfam\eightsl}%
- \textfont\slfam=\eightsl
- \def\bf{\fam\bffam\eightbf}%
- \textfont\bffam=\eightbf
- \scriptfont\bffam=\sixbf
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
- \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\eighttt}%
- \textfont\ttfam=\eighttt
- \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
- \normalbaselineskip=10pt plus1pt minus1pt
- \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}%
- \let\sc=\sixrm
- \let\big=\eightbig
- \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height7pt
- depth2pt width\z@}%
- \normalbaselines\rm}
-
-\def\tenmath{\tenpoint\fam-1 } % use after $
- % in ninepoint sections
-\def\tenbig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to8.5pt{}%
- \right.\n@space$}}}
-\def\ninebig#1{{\hbox{$\textfont0=\tenrm
- \textfont2=\tensy
- \left#1\vbox to7.25pt{}\right.\n@space$}}}
-\def\eightbig#1{{\hbox{$\textfont0=\ninerm
- \textfont2=\ninesy
- \left#1\vbox to6.5pt{}\right.\n@space$}}}
-% Page layout
-\newdimen\manmachsize\newdimen\manmacvsize
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-\newdimen\manmacparindent\newdimen\ruleht%Cornrules
-\manmachsize29pc\manmacvsize44pc\maxdepth2.2pt
-\manmacparindent=3pc \ruleht=.5pt
-\pagewidth\manmachsize\pageheight\manmacvsize
-\abovedisplayskip=6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt
-\belowdisplayskip=6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt
-\abovedisplayshortskip=0pt plus 3pt
-\belowdisplayshortskip=4pt plus 3pt
-
-\newinsert\footins
-\def\manmacfootnote#1{\edef\@sf{\spacefactor
- \the\spacefactor}#1\@sf
- \insert\footins\bgroup\eightpoint
- \interlinepenalty100 \let\par=\endgraf
- \leftskip=\z@skip \rightskip=\z@skip
- \splittopskip=10pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
- \floatingpenalty=20000
- \smallskip\item{#1}\bgroup\strut
- \aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
-
-\skip\footins=12pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
-% space added when footnote is present
-\count\footins=1000
-% footnote magnification factor (1 to 1)
-\dimen\footins=30pc
-% maximum footnotes per page
-
-\newinsert\margin
-\dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-\count\margin=0 \skip\margin=0pt
-% marginal inserts take up no space
-
-\newif\iftitle
-\def\titlepage{\global\titletrue}
-% for pages without headlines
-\def\rhead{} % contains the running headline
-
-\def\leftheadline{\hbox to \pagewidth{%
- \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the
- % baseline
- \llap{\tenbf\folio\kern1pc}% folio to
- % left of text
- \tenit\rhead\hfil% running head flush left
-}}
-\def\rightheadline{\hbox to \pagewidth{%
- \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the
- % baseline
- \hfil\tenit\rhead\/% running head flush
- % right
- \rlap{\kern1pc\tenbf\folio}% folio to
- % right of text
-}}
-
-\def\onepageout#1{\shipout\vbox{ % here we
- % define one page of output
- \offinterlineskip % butt the boxes together
- \vbox to 3pc{ % this part goes on top of
- % the 44pc pages
- \iftitle % the next is used for title pages
- \global\titlefalse % reset the titlepage
- % switch
- \setcornerrules % for camera alignment
- \else\ifodd\pageno \rightheadline\else
- \leftheadline\fi\fi
- \vfill} % this completes the \vbox to 3pc
- \vbox to \pageheight{
- \ifvoid\margin\else%marginal info is present
- \rlap{\kern31pc\vbox to\z@{\kern4pt%
- \box\margin \vss}}\fi
- #1 % now insert the main information
- \ifvoid\footins\else%footnote info is present
- \vskip\skip\footins \kern-3pt
- \hrule height\ruleht width\pagewidth
- \kern-\ruleht \kern3pt
- \unvbox\footins\fi
- \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- } % this completes the \vbox to \pageheight
-}\advancepageno}
-
-\def\setcornerrules{\hbox to \pagewidth{%
- \vrule width 1pc height\ruleht
- \hfil \vrule width 1pc}
- \hbox to \pagewidth{\llap{\sevenrm(page
- \folio)\kern1pc}%
- \vrule height1pc width\ruleht depth\z@
- \hfil \vrule width\ruleht depth\z@}}
-
-\def\manmacoutput{\onepageout{
- \unvbox255}}
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup
- \output={\global\setbox\partialpage=
- \vbox{\unvbox255\bigskip}}\eject
- \output={\doublecolumnout}%
- \hsize=9cm \vsize=51cm}%cgl mods
-\def\enddoublecolumns{\output=
- {\balancecolumns}\eject \endgroup
- \pagegoal=\vsize}
-
-\def\doublecolumnout{\splittopskip=\topskip
- \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@=25cm
- \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \onepageout\pagesofar
- \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty}
-\def\pagesofar{\unvbox\partialpage
- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to
- \pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}}
-\def\balancecolumns{\setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255}
- \dimen@=\ht0
- \advance\dimen@ by\topskip
- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by2 \splittopskip=\topskip
- {\vbadness=10000
- \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0
- \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@
- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
- \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt
- \repeat}
- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}
- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}
- \pagesofar}
-
-% To produce only a subset of pages,
-% put the page numbers on separate
-% lines in a file called pages.tex
-\let\Shipout=\shipout
-\newread\pages \newcount\nextpage
-\openin\pages=pages
-\def\getnextpage{\pages\else
- {\endlinechar=-1\read\pages to\next
- \ifx\next\empty % in this case we should
- % have eof now
- \else\global\nextpage=\next\fi}\fi}
-\ifeof\pages\else\message{OK, I'll ship only
- the requested pages}\getnextpage\fi
-%
-\def\shipout{\ifeof\pages
- \let\next=\Shipout\else
- \ifnum\pageno=\nextpage
- \getnextpage\let\next=\Shipout
- \else\let\next=\Tosspage\fi\fi \next}
-%
-\newbox\garbage
-\def\Tosspage{\deadcycles=0
- \setbox\garbage=}
-
-% Chapter formatting
-% The preface and table of contents are
-% formatted in place, not here.
-\newcount\exno % for the number of exercises
- % in the current chapter
-\newcount\subsecno % for the number of
- % subsections in the current chapter
-
-\def\manmacbeginchapter#1 #2#3. #4\par{%
-\global\exno=0\subsecno=0\def\chapno{#2#3}
- \ifodd\pageno
- \errmessage{You had too much text on
- that last page, I'm backing up}
- \advance\pageno by-1
- \fi \titlepage
- \def\\{ } % \\'s in the title will be
- % treated as spaces
- \message{#1 #2#3:} % show the chapter
- % title on the terminal
- \def\MF{{\manual 89:%insert semi-col
- <=>:}} % slant the logo
- \xdef\rhead{#1 #2#3: #4\unskip}
- {\def\TeX{T\kern-.2em\lower.5ex%
- \hbox{E}\kern-.06em X}
- \def\MF{{\vbox to30pt{}\manual ()*+,-.*}}
- \def\\{#3}
- \ifx\empty\\
- \rightline{\inchhigh #2\kern-.04em}
- \else\rightline{\inchhigh #2\kern-.06em%
- #3\kern-.04em}%
- \fi \vskip 1.75pc
- \baselineskip 36pt \lineskiplimit
- \titlelsl \lineskip 12pt
- \let\\=\cr%now the \\'s are line dividers
- \halign{\line{\titlefont\hfil##}\\#4%
- \unskip\\}\vfill\eject} % output the
- % chapter title page
- \tenpoint\noindent\ignorespaces}% the first
-%paragraph of a chapter is not indented
-\newdimen\titlelsl \titlelsl=1pt
-
-\outer\def\manmacendchapter{\ifodd\pageno
- \else\vfill\eject\null\fi
- \begingroup\bigskip\vfill % beginning of
- % the quotes
- \def\eject{\endgroup\eject}
- \def\par{\ifhmode\/\endgraf\fi}\obeylines
- \def\TeX{T\kern-.2em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}%
- \kern-.000em X}
- \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}
- \eightpoint \let\tt=\ninett
- \baselineskip 10pt
- \parfillskip \z@
- \interlinepenalty 10000
- \leftskip \z@ plus 40pc minus \parindent
- \let\rm=\eightss \let\sl=\eightssi
- \everypar{\sl}}
-%
-\def\manmacauthor#1(#2){\smallskip
-\noindent\rm--- #1\unskip\enspace(#2)}
-
-\def\dbend{{\manual\char127}}
-% dangerous bend sign
-\def\d@nger{\medbreak\begingroup
- \clubpenalty=10000
- \def\par{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}
- \noindent\hang\hangafter=-2
- \hbox to0pt{\hskip-\hangindent\dbend
- \hfill}\ninepoint}
-\outer\def\danger{\d@nger}
-\def\dd@nger{\medbreak\begingroup
- \clubpenalty=10000
- \def\par{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}
- \noindent\hang\hangafter=-2
- \hbox to0pt{\hskip-\hangindent\dbend
- \kern1pt\dbend\hfill}\ninepoint}
-\outer\def\ddanger{\dd@nger}
-\def\enddanger{\endgraf\endgroup} % omits
- % the \medbreak
-
-\outer\def\subsection#1. {\medbreak
- \advance\subsecno by 1
- \noindent
- {\it \the\subsecno.\enspace#1.\enspace}}
-\def\ansno#1.#2:{\medbreak\noindent
- \hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss#1.#2.\enspace}
- \ignorespaces}
-
-% Composition macros
-\hyphenation{man-u-script man-u-scripts
- ap-pen-dix xscaled}
-
-%\def\AmSTeX{$\cal A\kern-.1667em\lower
-% .5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.075em S$-\TeX}
-\def\bull{\vrule height .9ex width .8ex%
- depth -.1ex } % square bullet
-\def\SS{{\it SS}} % scriptscript style
-\def\|{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\|}}
- % vertical line
-\def\dn{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char'14}}
- % downward arrow
-\def\up{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char'13}}
- % upward arrow
-\def\]{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\ }}
- % visible space
-
-\def\pt{$\,${\rm pt}} % units of points,
- % in math formulas
-\def\em{$\,${\rm em}} % units of ems,
- % in math formulas
-\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$#1%
- \/$\rangle$}} % syntactic quantity
-\def\oct#1{\hbox{\rm\'{}\kern-.2em\it
- #1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant
-\def\hex#1{\hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}}
- % hexadecimal constant
-\def\cstok#1{\leavevmode\thinspace\hbox{%
- \vrule\vtop{\vbox{\hrule\kern1pt\hbox{%
- \vphantom{\tt/}\thinspace{\tt#1}%
- \thinspace}}\kern1pt\hrule}\vrule}%
- \thinspace} % control sequence token
-
-{\obeyspaces\gdef {\ }}
-\def\parbreak{\hfil\break\indent\strut}
-\def\stretch{\nobreak\hskip0pt plus2pt\relax}
-
-% macros for non-centered displays
-\outer\def\begindisplay{\obeylines
- \startdisplay}
-{\obeylines\gdef\startdisplay#1
- {\catcode`\^^M=5$$#1\halign\bgroup\indent
- ##\hfil&&\qquad##\hfil\cr}}
-%
-\outer\def\enddisplay{\crcr\egroup$$}
-% (the following \begin...\end-type
-% macros do not appear in Appendix E)
-% macros for demonstrating math constructions
-\outer\def\beginmathdemo{
- $$\advance\baselineskip by2pt
- \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 160pt{##\hfil}&
- $##$\hfil\cr\noalign{\vskip-2pt}
-}
-\outer\def\begindisplaymathdemo{
- $$\advance\baselineskip by15pt
- \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 160pt{##\hfil}&
- $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\cr
- \noalign{\vskip-15pt}
-}
-\outer\def\beginlongmathdemo{
- $$\advance\baselineskip by2pt
- \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 210pt{##\hfil}&
- $##$\hfil\cr\noalign{\vskip-2pt}
-}
-\outer\def\beginlongdisplaymathdemo{
- $$\advance\baselineskip by15pt
- \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 210pt{##\hfil}&
- $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\cr
- \noalign{\vskip-15pt}
-}
-\outer\def\endmathdemo{\crcr\egroup$$}
-
-% macros for font tables
-\def\oddline#1{\cr
- \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
- \multispan{19}\hrulefill&
- \setbox0=\hbox{\lower 2.3pt\hbox{%
- \hex{#1x}}}\smash{\box0}\cr
- \noalign{\nointerlineskip}}
-\def\evenline{\cr\noalign{\hrule}}
-\def\chartstrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to14pt{}}
-\def\beginchart#1{$$\postdisplaypenalty=-10000
- \global\count@=0 #1
- \halign to\hsize\bgroup
- \chartstrut##\tabskip0pt plus10pt&
- &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##\cr
- \lower6.5pt\null
- &&&\oct0&&\oct1&&\oct2&&\oct3&&\oct4&&
- \oct5&&\oct6&&\oct7&\evenline}
-\def\endchart{\raise11.5pt\null&&&\hex 8&&
- \hex 9&&\hex A&&\hex B&&\hex C&&\hex D&&
- \hex E&&\hex F&\cr\egroup$$}
-\def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\char\count@}%
- \ifdim\ht0>7.5pt\reposition
- \else\ifdim\dp0>2.5pt\reposition\fi\fi
- \box0\global\advance\count@ by1 }
-\def\reposition{\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter
- {\kern2pt\box0\kern2pt}$}}
-\def\normalchart{%
- &\oct{00x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\oddline0
- &\oct{01x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&\evenline
- &\oct{02x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\oddline1
- &\oct{03x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&\evenline
- &\oct{04x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\oddline2
- &\oct{05x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&\evenline
- &\oct{06x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\oddline3
- &\oct{07x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&\evenline
- &\oct{10x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\oddline4
- &\oct{11x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&\evenline
- &\oct{12x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\oddline5
- &\oct{13x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&\evenline
- &\oct{14x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\oddline6
- &\oct{15x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&\evenline
- &\oct{16x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\oddline7
- &\oct{17x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&\evenline}
-%
-% (now Appendix E resumes again)
-% macros for verbatim scanning
-\chardef\other=12
-\def\ttverbatim{\begingroup
- \catcode`\\=\other
- \catcode`\{=\other
- \catcode`\}=\other
- \catcode`\$=\other
- \catcode`\&=\other
- \catcode`\#=\other
- \catcode`\%=\other
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- \obeyspaces \obeylines \tt}
-
-\outer\def\begintt{$$\let\par=\endgraf
- \ttverbatim \parskip=\z@
- \catcode`\|=0 \rightskip-5pc \ttfinish}
-{\catcode`\|=0 |catcode`|\=\other
- % | is temporary escape character
- |obeylines % end of line is active
- |gdef|ttfinish#1^^M#2\endtt{#1|vbox{#2}%
- |endgroup$$}}
-\catcode`\|=\active
-{\obeylines \gdef|{\ttverbatim
- \spaceskip=\ttglue
-\let^^M=\ \let|=\endgroup}}
-
-% macros for syntax rules (again, not in
-% Appendix E)
-\def\[#1]{\silenttrue\xref|#1|\thinspace
- {\tt#1}\thinspace} % keyword in syntax
-\def\beginsyntax{\endgraf\nobreak\medskip
- \begingroup \catcode`<=13 \catcode`[=13
- \let\par=\endsyntaxline \obeylines}
-\def\endsyntaxline{\futurelet\next
- \syntaxswitch}
-\def\syntaxswitch{\ifx\next\<\let\next=
- \syntaxrule\else
- \ifx\next\endsyntax\let\next=\endgroup
- \else\let\next=\continuerule
- \fi\fi \next
-}
-\def\continuerule{\hfil\break\indent\qquad}
-\def\endsyntax{\medbreak\noindent}
-{\catcode`<=13 \catcode`[=13
- \global\let<=\< \global\let[=\[
- \gdef\syntaxrule<#1>{\endgraf\indent
- \silentfalse%\xref%Mod cgl
- \<#1>}} \def\alt{\ $\vert$ }
-\def\is{\ $\longrightarrow$ }
-
-% macros to demarcate lines quoted from
-% TeX source files
-\def\beginlines{\par\begingroup\nobreak
- \medskip\parindent\z@ \obeylines
- \hrule\kern1pt\nobreak \everypar{\strut}}
-\def\endlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup
- \medbreak\noindent}
-\def\weakendlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup
- \medskip\noindent}
-\def\finalendlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup
- \medbreak}
-
-\outer\def\manmacexercise{\medbreak
- \global\advance\exno by 1
- \noindent\llap{\manual\char'170
- \rm\kern.15em}% triangle in margin
- {\ninebf EXERCISE \bf\chapno.\the\exno}\par
- \nobreak\noindent}
-\def\dexercise{\global\advance\exno by 1
- \llap{\manual\char'170
- \rm\kern.15em}% triangle in indented space
- {\eightbf EXERCISE \bf\chapno.\the\exno}\hfil
- \break}
-\outer\def\dangerexercise{\d@nger\dexercise}
-\outer\def\ddangerexercise{\dd@nger\dexercise}
-
-\newwrite\ans
-\immediate\openout\ans=answers
- % file for answers to exercises
-\outer\def\manmacanswer{\par\medbreak
- \immediate\write\ans{}
- \immediate\write\ans{\string\ansno
- \chapno.\the\exno:}\copytoblankline}
-\def\copytoblankline{\begingroup\setupcopy
- \copyans}
-\def\setupcopy{\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=
- \other}\dospecials
- \catcode`\|=\other \obeylines}
-{\obeylines \gdef\copyans#1
- {\def\next{#1}%
- \ifx\next\empty\let\next=\endgroup
- \else\immediate\write\ans{\next}%
- \let\next=\copyans
- \fi\next}}
-
-% Macros for drawing figures (not in
-% Appendix E)
-\def\hidehrule#1#2{\kern-#1\hrule
- height#1 depth#2 \kern-#2 }
-\def\hidevrule#1#2{\kern-#1{\dimen0=#1
- \advance\dimen0 by#2\vrule width\dimen0}%
- \kern-#2 }
-% \makeblankbox puts rules at the edges of
-% a blank box whose dimensions are those
-% of \box0 (assuming nonnegative wd,ht,dp)
-% #1 is rule thickness outside,
-% #2 is rule thickness inside
-\def\makeblankbox#1#2{\hbox{\lower\dp0
- \vbox{\hidehrule{#1}{#2}%
- \kern-#1% overlap the rules at the corners
- \hbox to\wd0{\hidevrule{#1}{#2}%
- \raise\ht0\vbox to #1{}% set the vrule height
- \lower\dp0\vtop to #1{}% set the vrule depth
- \hfil\hidevrule{#2}{#1}}%
- \kern-#1\hidehrule{#2}{#1}}}}
-\def\maketypebox{\makeblankbox{0pt}{1pt}}
-\def\makelightbox{\makeblankbox{.2pt}{.2pt}}
-
-% \box\bigdot is a null box with a bullet
-% at its reference point
-\newbox\bigdot \newbox\smalldot
-\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter{}$}
-% \ht0 is the axis height
-\setbox1=\hbox to\z@{$\hss\bullet\hss$}
-% bullet is centered on the axis
-\setbox\bigdot=\vbox to\z@{\kern-\ht1
- \kern\ht0 \box1 \vss}
-\setbox1=\hbox to\z@{$\hss\cdot\hss$}
-% cdot is centered on the axis
-\setbox\smalldot=\vbox to\z@{\kern-\ht1
- \kern\ht0 \box1 \vss}
-
-% \arrows makes things like <--- text --->
-\def\arrows#1#2{% #1=width, #2=text
-{\setbox0=\hbox{$\mkern-2mu\mathord
- -\mkern-2mu$}
- \hbox to #1{\kern-.055556em$\leftarrow
- \mkern-6mu$\cleaders\copy0\hfil
- \kern.4em #2\kern.4em\cleaders\copy0\hfil
- $\mkern-6mu\rightarrow$\kern-.055556em}}}
-
-% \samplebox makes the outline of a box,
-% with big dot at reference point
-\def\samplebox#1#2#3#4{% #1=ht, #2=dp, #3=wd,
-% #4=text
- {\setbox0=\vtop{\vbox to #1{\hbox to #3{}
- \vss}\nointerlineskip\vbox to #2{}}
- % now \box0 has the desired ht, dp, and wd
- \hbox{\copy\bigdot
- \vrule height.2pt depth.2pt width#3%
- \kern-#3\makelightbox\kern-#3%
- \raise#1\vbox{\hbox to #3{\hss#4\hss}
- \kern 3pt}}}}
-
-% \sampleglue makes glue between sample boxes
-\newdimen\varunit
-\varunit=\hsize
-\advance\varunit by-2\parindent
-\divide\varunit by 58 % illustrations in
- % Chapter 12
-\def\sampleglue#1#2{% #1=width, #2=text
- \vtop{\hbox to #1{\xleaders\hbox to
- .5\varunit{\hss\copy\smalldot\hss}\hfil}
- \kern3pt
- \tabskip \z@ plus 1fil
- \halign to #1{\hfil##\cr#2\cr}}}
-
-% Indexing macros
-\newif\ifproofmode
-\proofmodetrue % this should be false when
- % making camera-ready copy
-\newwrite\inx
-\immediate\openout\inx=index % file for
- % index reminders
-\newif\ifsilent
-\def\specialhat{\ifmmode\def\next{^}\else
- \let\next=\beginxref\fi\next}
-\def\beginxref{\futurelet\next
- \beginxrefswitch}
-\def\beginxrefswitch{\ifx\next\specialhat
- \let\next=\silentxref\else
- \silentfalse\let\next=\xref\fi \next}
-\catcode`\^=\active \let ^=\specialhat
-\def\silentxref^{\silenttrue\xref}
-
-\def\marginstyle{\vrule height6pt depth2pt
- width\z@ \sevenrm}
-
-\chardef\bslash=`\\
-\def\xref{\futurelet\next\xrefswitch}
-\def\xrefswitch{\begingroup
- \ifx\next|\aftergroup\vxref
- % case 1 or 2, |arg| or |\arg|
- \else\ifx\next\<\aftergroup\anglexref
- % case 3, "\<arg>" means angle brackets
- \else\aftergroup\normalxref
- \fi\fi\endgroup} % case 0, "{arg}"
-\def\vxref|{\catcode`\\=\active
- \futurelet\next\vxrefswitch}
-\def\vxrefswitch#1|{\catcode`\\=0
- \ifx\next\empty\def\xreftype{2}%
- \def\next{{\tt\bslash\text}}%type2
- \else\def\xreftype{1}\def\next{%
- {\tt\text}}\fi %type1
- \edef\text{#1}\makexref}
-{\catcode`\|=0 \catcode`\\=\active |gdef\{}}
-\def\anglexref\<#1>{\def\xreftype{3}%
- \def\text{#1}\def\next{\<\text>}\makexref}
-\def\normalxref#1{\def\xreftype{0}%
- \def\text{#1}\let\next=\text\makexref}
-\def\makexref{\ifproofmode\insert\margin
- {\hbox{\marginstyle\text}}%
-% \ifindexfile %Mod cgl oct 94
- \xdef\writeit{\write\inx{\text\space!%
- \xreftype\space\noexpand\number\pageno.%
- }}\writeit
-% \else\advance\inxcnt1
-% \ea\xdef\csname\the\inxcnt\endcsname
-% {\text\space!\xreftype\space}%
-% \mark{\the\inxcnt}\fi
- \else\ifhmode\kern0pt\fi\fi
- \ifsilent\ignorespaces\else\next\fi}
-% the \insert (which is done in proofmode
-% only) suppresses hyphenation, so the
-% \kern\z@ is put in to give the same effect
-% in non-proofmode.
-
-% Internal cross references that may change
-\def\sesame{61}
- % page number for Sesame Street quote
-\def\bmiexno{20}
- % exercise number for bold math italic
-\def\punishexno{1}
- % exercise number for `punishment'
-\def\fracexno{6}
- % exercise number for `\frac'
-\def\vshippage{31}
- % error message from `\vship'
-\def\storypage{24}
- % listing of story.tex
-\def\metaT{4}
- % exercise number for T of METAFONT
-\def\xwhat{2}
- % exercise number for x3:=whatever
-\def\Xwhat{2}
- % exercise number for whatever itself
-
-\def\checkequals#1#2{\ifnum#1=#2\else
- \errmessage{Redefine \string#1 to be
- \the#2}\fi}
-
-%Things for The METAFONTbook only
-%(omitted) ;nonum
-%
-%Contents manmac.tex
-% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Font definition ................7-58
-%Size switching macros ........60-154
-%Page layout (and OTR) .......156-282
-%-parameters..................159-193
-%-\manmacfootnote.............167-176
-%-\margin (insert)............185-188
-%-\titlepage......................191
-%-\leftheadline...............195-201
-%-\rightheadline..............202-209
-%-\onepageout.................211-235
-%-\setcornerrules.............237-243
-%-\manmacoutput...................245
-%-\begindoublecolumns.........248-253
-%-\enddoublecolumns...........254-256
-%-\doublecolumnout............258-264
-%-\pagesofar..................265-267
-%-\balancecolumns.............268-281
-%Subset of pages..............283-304
-%-\Shipout........................286
-%-\getnextpage................289-295
-%-\shipout....................297-301
-%-\Tosspage.......................304
-%Chapter formatting ..........306-393
-%-\manmacbeginchapter.........315-344
-%-\manmacendchapter...........348-363
-%-\author....................365, 366
-%-\dbend......................368-385
-%-\subsection.................387-393
-%Composition macros...........395-431
-%-\AmSTeX....................399, 400
-%-\bull......................401, 402
-%-\SS.............................403
-%-\vrt............................404
-%-\dn........................406, 407
-%-\up........................408, 409
-%-\]..............................410
-%-\pt........................413, 414
-%-\em........................415, 416
-%-\<#1>......................417, 418
-%-\oct.......................419, 420
-%-\hex............................421
-%-\cstok......................423-427
-%-\parbreak..................429, 430
-%-\stretch........................431
-%Macros for non-centered
-% displays..................433-439
-%-\begindisplay..............434, 435
-%-\startdisplay...............436-438
-%-\enddisplay.....................440
-%Macros for showing math
-% constructions.............441-466
-%-\beginmathdemo..............444-448
-%-\begindisplaymathdemo.......449-454
-%-\beginlongmathdemo..........455-459
-%-\beginlongdisplaymathdemo...460-465
-%-\endmathdemo....................466
-%Macros for font tables.......468-526
-%-\oddline....................469-474
-%-\evenline.......................475
-%-\chartstrut.....................476
-%-\beginchart.................477-484
-%-\endchart...................485-487
-%-\:..........................488-491
-%-\reposition................492, 493
-%-\normalchart................494-526
-%Macros for verbatim scanning.529-555
-%-\ttverbatim.................531-542
-%-\begintt....................544-546
-%-\ttfinish...................547-551
-%Macros for syntax rules......557-579
-%-\[#1]......................559, 560
-%-\beginsyntax................561-563
-%-\endsyntaxline.............564, 565
-%-\syntaxswitch...............566-570
-%-\continuerule...................572
-%-\endsyntax......................573
-%-<, [............................575
-%-\syntaxrule................576, 577
-%-\alt............................578
-%-\is.............................579
-%Macros to demarcate lines quoted
-% from \TeX{} source files..581-591
-%-\beginlines................583, 585
-%-\endlines..................586, 587
-%-\weakendlines..............588, 589
-%-\finalendlines.............590, 591
-%Macros to mark up exercises
-% and answers...............593-624
-%-\manmacexercise............593, 598
-%-\dexercise..................599-603
-%-\dangerexercise.................604
-%-\ddangerexercise................605
-%-\manmacanswer...............610-613
-%-\copytoblankline...........614, 615
-%-\setupcopy..................616-618
-%-\copyans....................619-624
-%Macros for drawing figures...626-696
-%-\hidehrule.................628, 629
-%-\hidevrule..................630-632
-%-\makeblankbox...............638-645
-%-\maketypebbox...................646
-%-\makelightbox...................647
-%-\bigdot....................656, 657
-%-\smalldot..................660, 661
-%-\arrows.....................664-670
-%-\samplebox..................674-683
-%-\sampleglue.................691-696
-%Indexing macros..............698-752
-%-\ifproofmode, \ifsilent....698, 704
-%-\inx............................701
-%-\specialhat................706, 707
-%-\beginxref.................708, 709
-%-\beginxrefswitch............710-712
-%-^...............................713
-%-\silentxref.....................714
-%-\marginstyle...............716, 717
-%-\bslash.........................719
-%-\xref...........................720
-%-\xrefswitch.................721-727
-%-\vxref.....................728, 729
-%-\vxrefswitch................730-736
-%-\anglexref.................738, 739
-%-\normalxref................740, 741
-%-\makexref...................742-754
-%Internal cross-references that
-% may change................760-782
-%
-%Additions
-%
-%\Large font for amongst others
-%chapterhead of report
-\font\Largerm=cmr12
- scaled\magstep4
-\let\subsubheadfont\Largerm
-\font\Largei=cmmi12
- scaled\magstep4\relax
-\font\Largeit=cmti12
- scaled\magstep4\relax
-\font\Largesl=cmsl12
- scaled\magstep5\relax
-\font\Largesy=cmsy10
- scaled\magstep5\relax
-\font\Largeex=cmex10
- scaled\magstep5\relax
-\font\Largebf=cmbx12
- scaled\magstep4\relax
-\font\Largett=cmtt12
- scaled\magstep4\relax
-\font\twelverm=cmr12
-\font\twelvebf=cmbx12
-\font\twelveit=cmti12
-\font\twelvesl=cmsl12
-\font\twelvemus=cmmi12
-\font\twelvesy=cmsy10 scaled\magstep1
-\font\twelveex=cmex10 scaled\magstep1
-\font\nineex=cmex10 scaled\magstephalf
-\def\Large{\def\rm{\fam0\Largerm}%
- \textfont0=\Largerm
- \scriptfont0=\twelverm
- \scriptscriptfont0=\ninerm
- \textfont1=\Largei
- \scriptfont1=\twelvemus
- \scriptscriptfont1=\ninei
- \textfont2=\Largesy
- \scriptfont2=\twelvesy
- \scriptscriptfont2=\ninesy
- \textfont3=\Largeex
- \scriptfont3=\twelveex
- \scriptscriptfont3=\nineex
- \def\it{\fam\itfam \Largeit}%
- \textfont\itfam=\Largeit
- \def\sl{\fam\slfam\Largesl}%
- \def\oldstyle{\fam1 \Largei}
- \textfont\slfam=\Largesl
- \def\bf{\fam\bffam\Largebf}%
- \textfont\bffam=\Largebf
- \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
- \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\Largett}%
- \textfont\ttfam=\Largett
- \tt\ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
- \normalbaselineskip=21pt
- \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}%
- \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule
- height16pt depth5pt width\z@}%
- \let\sc=\twelverm\let\big=\Largebig
- \normalbaselines\rm}
-\def\Largebig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox
- to12pt{}\right.\n@space}}}
-%
-%\large font for transparencies
-\font\largerm=cmr12
- scaled\magstep2
-\let\subsubheadfont\largerm
-\font\largei=cmmi12
- scaled\magstep2\relax
-\font\largeit=cmti12
- scaled\magstep2\relax
-\font\largesl=cmsl12
- scaled\magstep2\relax
-\font\largesy=cmsy10
- scaled\magstep3\relax
-\font\largeex=cmex10
- scaled\magstep3\relax
-\font\largebf=cmbx12
- scaled\magstep2\relax
-\font\largett=cmtt12
- scaled\magstep2\relax
-\def\large{\def\rm{\fam0\largerm}%
- \textfont0=\largerm
- \scriptfont0=\tenrm
- \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm
- \textfont1=\largei
- \scriptfont1=\teni
- \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni
- \textfont2=\largesy
- \scriptfont2=\tensy
- \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy
- \textfont3=\largeex
- \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \def\it{\fam\itfam \largeit}%
- \textfont\itfam=\largeit
- \def\sl{\fam\slfam\largesl}%
- \def\oldstyle{\fam1 \largei}
- \textfont\slfam=\largesl
- \def\bf{\fam\bffam\largebf}%
- \textfont\bffam=\largebf
- \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
- \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\largett}%
- \textfont\ttfam=\largett
- \tt\ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
- \normalbaselineskip=20pt
- \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}%
- \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule
- height15.5pt depth4.5pt width\z@}%
- \let\sc=\tenrm \let\big=\largebig
- \normalbaselines\rm}
-\def\largebig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox
- to10pt{}\right.\n@space}}}
-%
-%Customization of \beginchapter and
-%\endchapter from Manmac BLUes.
-\outer\def\beginchapter#1 #2#3. #4\par{%
- \def\chapno{#2#3}\global\exno0 \subsecno0
- \def\hl{\gdef\hl{\the\issue\hfil\it\rhead}}
- \headline{\hl}
- \def\\{ }\xdef\rhead{#4}
- \centerline{\titlefont
- #1 #2#3\quad #4}
- \bigskip\tenpoint\noindent\ignorespaces}
-%
-\footline{\tiny\rlap{\the\year}\hfil
- --\folio--\hfil\llap{\copyright cgl}}
-%
-\outer\def\endchapter{\vfill\eject\vfill}
-%
-%\output{\plainoutput}
-%
-\hsize18cm \pagewidth\hsize
-\vsize25cm \pageheight\vsize
-%\issue{MAPS 93.1}
-%History of changes
-%1994 Table of contents added and
-% names of footnote and output
-% provided with unique prefix manmac.
-% Customization \beginchapter added.
-%1993 Adapted for twocolumn layout.
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%manmac%;newpage
-%
-%
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%ppt.tex cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%;numvrb
-%Adapted TUGboat.sty, 2-column bias
-%\xcol is the column no within a page,
-%ranges from 1 to \maxcols (=1 or 2).
-\newcount\xcol
-\newcount\maxcols
-%
-\newdimen\pagewd\newdimen\colwd
-\newdimen\intercolwd
-\newtoks\headlinesep\newtoks\footlinesep
-\headlinesep{\kern2ex}\footlinesep{\kern1ex}
-%\catcode`\@=11
-% remove \outer
-\def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-\def\boxcs#1{\box\csname#1\endcsname}
-\def\setboxcs#1{\setbox\csname#1\endcsname}
-\def\newboxcs#1{\expandafter
- \newbox\csname#1\endcsname}
-\newboxcs{column1}
-\newboxcs{column2}
-%
-\def\midpage#1{\vbox{\ifnum\xcol=\maxcols
- \the\headline\else\null\vskip\baselineskip
- \fi\the\headlinesep
- \vbox to\vsize{%
- \hbox to\pagewd{#1}\vss}
- \the\footlinesep
- \ifnum\xcol=\maxcols
- \the\footline\else\vskip4ex\fi}}
-%
-\headline={\hbox to\pagewd{\sevenrm
- \the\issue\hfill{\it\the\title}}}
-%
-\newtoks\pagenumber\pagenumber{\folio}
-\footline={\hbox to\pagewd{\tiny
-\rlap{Draft \today}\hfill--\the\pagenumber
- --\hfill\llap{\copyright cgl}}}
-\def\today{\ifcase\month\or Jan\or Feb\or
- March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or
- Aug\or Sept\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi
- { }{\ea\oldstyle\number\day},
- {\ea\oldstyle\number\year}}
-%
-\def\newcol{\endgraf\vfill\eject}
-%
-\def\newpage{\vfill\eject
-%\loop
- \ifnum\xcol>1
- {\leavevmode\endgraf\vfill\eject}
- \fi
-}%\xcol is reset in the OTR %\repeat}
-% horizontal offset of column
-% from left edge of page
-\newdimen\coloffset \coloffset=\z@
-\def\incrcoloffset{%
- \global\advance\coloffset\colwd
- \global\advance\coloffset\intercolwd}
-%
-\output={\global\setboxcs{column\number\xcol}=
- \midpage{\kern\coloffset\pagebody\hfil}
- \incrcoloffset
- \ifnum\xcol=\maxcols
- \shipout\hbox{%
- \rlap{\boxcs{column1}}%
- \rlap{\boxcs{column2}}%
- \hbox to\pagewd{\hss}}%
- \advancepageno
- \global\coloffset\z@
- \global\xcol=\@ne
- \else
- \global\advance\xcol\@ne
- \fi}
-%
-%Title, header and miscellaneous
-\newtoks\title\newtoks\subtitle
-\newtoks\author\newtoks\address
-\newtoks\businessaccount
-\newtoks\translator\newtoks\issue
-\newtoks\netaddress\newtoks\crowner
-\newtoks\telephone
-\newtoks\thisscript\newtoks\everyscript
-\newtoks\prehead\newtoks\posthead
-\newtoks\presubhead\newtoks\postsubhead
-\newtoks\presubsubhead\newtoks\postsubsubhead
-\newtoks\thishead
-\newtoks\thissubhead\newtoks\thissubsubhead
-\newtoks\everyhead
-\newtoks\everysubhead\newtoks\everysubsubhead
-\newtoks\tocvar
-\newdimen\subheadindent\subheadindent=0pc
-\newdimen\subsubheadindent\subsubheadindent=2pc
-\def\pasteupkeywords{\box\keywordsbox}
-\def\pasteupabstract{\box\abstractbox}
-\def\pasteupcontents{\unvbox\contentsbox}
-\def\pasteupacknowledgements{\ifvoid
- \acknowledgementsbox
- \else\the\preacknowledgements\unvbox
- \acknowledgementsbox\fi
- }%
-%pastupindex is much more complicated;vrblin100
-\def\beginscript{\lastscript
- \the\everyscript\begingroup
- \the\thisscript
- \hrule\kern2ex\noindent
- {\titlefont\the\title\unskip}%
- \if!\the\subtitle!\else{\subtitlefont
- \Dash\the\subtitle\unskip}\fi
- \medskip\the\author
- \medskip\pasteupkeywords
- \medskip\pasteupabstract
- \medbreak\pasteupcontents\smallbreak}
-\def\endscript{\makesignature
- \xcol=\maxcols
- \vfil\eject\endgroup\tracingstats1
- \stop\thisscript{}}
-\def\notlastscript{\let\stop\relax}
-\def\lastscript{\let\stop\end}
-\prehead{\vskip0pt plus9ex
- \penalty-250\vskip0pt plus-9ex
- \bgroup\catcode`\^=7 \the\everyhead
- \the\thishead\bigskip\noindent}
-\posthead{\medskip\nobreak\egroup
- \noindent\ignorewhitespace}
-\def\beginhead{\the\prehead\bgroup
- \headfont}
-\def\endhead{\egroup\the\posthead}
-\presubhead{\vskip0pt plus6ex
- \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-6ex
- \medskip\vskip\parskip\noindent
- \bgroup\catcode`\^7 \the\everysubhead
- \the\thissubhead
- \leavevmode\hbox to\subheadindent{}}
-\postsubhead{\egroup\quad\ignorewhitespace}
-\def\beginsubhead{\the\presubhead
- \bgroup\subheadfont}
-\def\endsubhead{\egroup\the\postsubhead}
-\presubsubhead{\vskip0pt plus3ex
- \penalty-50\vskip0pt plus-3ex\bgroup
- \catcode`\^=7
- \the\everysubsubhead\the\thissubsubhead
- \smallskip\vskip\parskip\noindent
- \leavevmode\hbox to\subsubheadindent{}}
-\postsubsubhead{\egroup\quad\ignorewhitespace}
-\def\beginsubsubhead{\the\presubsubhead
- \bgroup\subsubheadfont}
-\def\endsubsubhead{\egroup
- \the\postsubsubhead}
-%;vrblin150
-\def\head#{\beginhead\bgroup\ag\endhead
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-\def\subhead#{\beginsubhead\bgroup\ag
- \endsubhead\afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-\def\subsubhead#{\beginsubsubhead\bgroup
- \ag\endsubsubhead\let\dummy=}
-\def\script#{\beginscript\bgroup\ag\endscript
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\def\bluetitle#1\par{\title{#1}}
-\def\bluesubtitle#1\par{\subtitle{#1}}
-\def\bluekeywords#1\par{\keywords{#1}}
-\def\bluehead#1\par
- {\beginhead#1\unskip\endhead}
-\def\bluesubhead#1\par
- {\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead}
-\def\bluesubsubhead#1\par
- {\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead}
-\def\bluemakelabels#1\par
- {\makelabels{#1}}
-\def\blueabstract#1\par{\abstract{#1}}
-\def\blueissue#1\par{\issue{#1}}
-%
-\long\def\ignorepars#1{\ifx\par#1\let\next\relax
- \else\let\next#1\sraperongi\fi\ignorepars}
-\long\def\sraperongi#1\ignorepars{\fi\next}
-{\catcode`\^=7 \gdef\ignorewhitespace{\begingroup
-%Due to Phil Taylor EuroTeX 94
-\catcode`\ =9 %space
-\catcode`\^^I=9 %tab
-\catcode`\^^L=9 %f-feed
-\catcode`\^^M=9 %e-o-l
-\futurelet\dummy\endgroup}}
-%;vrblin200
-\def\tubissue#1(#2){TUGboat~{\oldstyle#1},
- {\oldstyle#2}} \def\\{\hfil\break}
-\def\makesignature{\medskip
- \rightline{\hbox to.4\hsize{\strut
- \llap{\copyright\quad}\the\author\hss}}
- \rightline{\vbox{\noindent
- \hsize=.4\hsize
- \the\address\hfill\break
- \the\netaddress\\
- \the\telephone}}}
-%
-\def\on{\bgroup\afterassignment\doold\count0=}
-%
-\def\doold{\oldstyle\the\count0\egroup}
-\def\oa#1 {{\oldstyle\fifoolda#1\ofifolda} }
-\def\fifoolda#1#2{\ifcat#1a#1\else\aftergroup#1\fi
- \ifx\ofifolda#2 \ofifolda\fi
- \fifoolda#2}
-\def\ofifolda#1\ofifolda{\fi}
-%
-% Defaults
-% %;vrblin250
-\newif\ifonecol
-\def\A#1{\csname A#1\endcsname}
-\expandafter\def\csname A4\endcsname
- {\ifonecol\hsize16cm\pagewd\hsize
- \else\hsize9cm\intercolwd.5cm
- \pagewd\hsize
- \advance\pagewd\hsize
- \advance\pagewd\intercolwd
- \fi\colwd\hsize \vsize25cm}
-%
-\def\onecol{\maxcols=1 \xcol=1
- \onecoltrue\A4
- \hyphenchar\tentt='055 %`-
- \hyphenchar\ninett='055
- \hyphenchar\eighttt='055
- \tolerance500
- \hbadness=499
- \hfuzz=4pt
-}
-%
-\def\twocol{\maxcols=2 \xcol=1
- \onecolfalse\A4
- \hyphenchar\tentt='055
- \hyphenchar\ninett='055
- \hyphenchar\eighttt='055
- \tolerance500
- \hbadness=499
- \hfuzz=5pt
-}
-%Personalisation
-\author{Kees van der Laan}
-\address{Hunzeweg {\oldstyle57}\\
- {\oldstyle9893} PB Garnwerd\\
- The Netherlands}
-\netaddress{cgl@rc.service.rug.nl}
-\telephone{{\oldstyle31\thinspace{\rm(}0{\rm)}%
- 594\thinspace62\thinspace1525}}
-\crowner{cgl}
-\businessaccount{Giro: C.G. van der Laan
- no {\oldstyle1321224}}
-\def\logo{\copy\ntglogobox}%a \vbox
-%end Personalisation
-\def\bluetex{blue.tex}
-%\catcode`\@=12
-\hoffset-1cm \voffset-1cm
-\parindent1pc
-\let\titlefont\bf
-\let\headfont\bf
-\let\subheadfont\bf
-\let\subsubheadfont\bf
-\let\subtitlefont\rm
-\twocol
-%\endinput
-%;nonum
-%Contents ppt cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%- OTR
-% \boxcs........................14
-% \setboxcs.....................15
-% \newboxcs.....................16
-% \midpage...................21-28
-% \headline..................30-31
-% \footline..................34-36
-% \pagenumber...................33
-% \today.....................37-41
-% \newcol.......................42
-% \newpage...................44-49
-% \incrcoloffset.............53-55
-% \output....................57-72
-%- Markup structures
-% \title, \subtitle.............75
-% \author.......................76
-% \address, \netaddress.........77
-% \issue........................77
-% \thisscript, \everyscript.....78
-% \prehead, \posthead...........79
-% \presubhead...................80
-% \presubsubhead................81
-% \pasteupkeywords..............82
-% \pasteupabstract..............83
-% \pasteupcontents..............84
-% \beginscript.............101-110
-% \endscript...............111-114
-% \notlastscript...............115
-% \lastscript..................116
-% \prehead.................117-119
-% \posthead................120-121
-% \presubhead..............124-126
-% \beginhead...............122-123
-% \endhead.....................124
-% \beginsubhead............127-128
-% \endsubhead..................129
-% \beginsubsubhead.........133-134
-% \endsubsubhead...............135
-% \script..................159-161
-% \head....................151-153
-% \subhead.................154-156
-% \subsubhead..............157-158
-% \ignorepars..............159-160
-% \sraperongi..................161
-% \ignorewhitespace........162-169
-%- Miscellaneous
-% \tubissue....................201
-% \\...........................202
-% \makesignature...........203-209
-% \on......................
-% \ona.....................
-%- Defaults
-% \onecol..................251-263
-% \twocol..................265-277
-%- Initializations 278-289
-% \author......................278
-% \address.................279-280
-% \netaddress..............281-282
-% \headfont....................286
-% \subheadfont.................287
-% \subsubheadfont..............288
-% \parindent...................285
-% \hoffset, \voffset...........284
-%
-%Split-off---inner level---are
-% - tugboat.cmn abbreviations
-% - size switching macros
-% - \beginquote...\endquote
-% - \bitem (essentially plain's \item)
-% - verbatim mode macros
-% - (bibliography macros,
-% \beginbtable...\endbtable,
-% ...)
-%Author: C.G van der Laan
-% Hunzeweg 57, 9893P
-% Garnwerd The Netherlands
-% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, 0594621525
-%
-%History of changes
-%March 1996 \on, \ona added
-%Dec 1994 \global\advance\count0\@ne
-% changed into plain's \advancepageno.
-% Phil Taylor's
-% \ignorewhitespace has been included.
-% Parameterization over
-% \headlinesep, \footlinesep.
-% \makesignature's \diamond
-% changed into \copyright.
-%July 1994 No parameter separators for
-% \head etc.
-% \beginscript, \endscript instead
-% of \article, \endarticle.
-% Token variables for \prehead
-% \posthead, \presubhead
-% \presubsubhead.
-%June 1994 Name changed into ppt.tex
-%May 94 \runhead and \runfoot changed
-% into \headline and \footline
-% compatible with plain.
-%March 94 Essential set up
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ppt.tex%;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Additions%
-%Additions to ppt
-%Shortcuts ;numvrb
-\let\ea=\expandafter\let\nx=\noexpand
-\let\ag=\aftergroup
-\def\dash{--}\def\Dash{---}
-\newtoks\contentsname
-\newtoks\abstractname
-\newtoks\keywordsname
-\newtoks\acknowledgementsname
-\newtoks\preacknowledgements
-\preacknowledgements{\bigbreak\leftline{\bf
- \the\acknowledgementsname}\nobreak
- \medskip\noindent}
-\newtoks\postacknowledgements
-\def\DeK{D\kern-.11em\lower.5ex\hbox
- {E}\kern-.1em K} %;vrblin=50
-\def\tiny{\fiverm\baselineskip7pt minus1pt
- \let\it\fivei\let\bf\fivebf\def\oldstyle
- {\fam1 \fivei}} %;vrblin=200
-%\pagenumber{\folio}
-\newcount\fcnt
-\def\ftn{\global\advance\fcnt1
- \footnote{${}^{\oldstyle\the\fcnt}$}}
-\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins
- \bgroup\interlinepenalty
- \interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
- \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z@skip
- \rightskip\z@skip
- \spaceskip\z@skip
- \xspaceskip\z@skip
-%mods cgl
-\small\noindent\llap{\oldstyle
- #1\enspace}%
-%end mods cgl
- \footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-%LaTeX things ;vrblin=250
-%\def\\{\hfil\break}
-\def\cite#1{(#1)}
-\def\verb{}
-\def\em{\it}
-\def\cs#1{{\tt\char92 #1}}
-%Some layout macros ;vrblin=300
-\newbox\keywordsbox
-\keywordsname{Keywords}
-%
-\def\beginkeywords{\setbox\keywordsbox
- \vbox\bgroup\subhead{\sevenbf
- \the\keywordsname: }\small}
-%
-\def\endkeywords{\egroup}
-%
-\def\keywords#{\beginkeywords\bgroup
- \aftergroup\endkeywords
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\newbox\abstractbox
-%\abstractname{Abstract}
-%
-\def\beginabstract{\setbox\abstractbox
- \vbox\bgroup\centerline{\sevenbf
- \the\abstractname}\beginquote\small}
-%
-\def\endabstract{\endquote\egroup}
-%
-\def\abstract#{\beginabstract\bgroup
- \aftergroup\endabstract
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\newbox\contentsbox
-%
-\let\se\quad\let\sse\qquad
-%
-\def\begincontents{\setbox\contentsbox
- \vbox\bgroup\small\noindent
- \the\contentsname\par\obeylines}
-%
-\def\endcontents{\egroup}
-%
-\def\contents#{\begincontents\bgroup
- \aftergroup\endcontents
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\newbox\acknowledgementsbox
-%
-\def\beginacknowledgements{\setbox
- \acknowledgementsbox=\vbox\bgroup}
-%
-\def\endacknowledgements{\egroup
- \the\postacknowledgements}
-%
-\def\acknowledgements#{\beginacknowledgements
- \bgroup\aftergroup\endacknowledgements
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\def\beginquote{\endgraf\bgroup\narrower
- \smallbreak\noindent}
-%
-\def\endquote{\smallbreak\egroup\endgraf
- \noindent}
-%
-\def\quote#{\beginquote\bgroup
- \aftergroup\endquote
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\def\beginsummary{\beginquote
- \narrower\sl}
-%
-\def\endsummary{\endquote\bigskip}
-%
-\def\summary#{\beginsummary\bgroup
- \aftergroup\endsummary
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\def\begincenter{\bgroup\smallskip
-\leftskip0pt plus1fill
-\rightskip0pt plus 1fill
-\parfillskip0pt
-\obeylines}
-%
-\def\endcenter{\smallskip\egroup}
-\def\center#{\begincenter\bgroup
- \aftergroup\endcenter
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\def\begincenterblock{\bgroup
- \let\par\cr\obeylines\startcenterblock}
-{\obeylines\gdef\startcenterblock#1
- {$$#1\vbox\bgroup\halign\bgroup%
- &##\hfil\cr}}
-%
-\def\endcenterblock{\egroup\egroup$$
- \egroup}
-%
-\def\begindisplaycenterline{%
- $$\hbox\bgroup}
-%
-\def\enddisplaycenterline{\egroup$$}
-%
-\def\displaycenterline#{%
- \begindisplaycenterline\bgroup
- \aftergroup\enddisplaycenterline
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\def\begincenterdisplay{\csname
- begindisplay\endcsname\vbox\bgroup}
-%
-\def\endcenterdisplay{\crcr\egroup\egroup$$}
-%
-% %;vrblin=350
-\def\bitem{\item{$\bullet$}}
-%
-\newcount\itemno
-%
-\def\nitem{\bgroup
- \def\nitem{\advance\itemno1
- \item{\the\prenum{\oldstyle\the\itemno
- }\the\postnum}}
- \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
- \smallbreak}
- \let\smallskip\smallbreak\nitem}
-%
-\def\aitem{\bgroup\itemno96
- \def\aitem{\advance\itemno1
- \item{\char\itemno.}}
- \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
- \smallbreak}
- \let\smallskip\smallbreak
- \aitem}
-%
-\def\Aitem{\bgroup\itemno64
- \def\Aitem{\advance\itemno1
- \item{\char\itemno.}}
- \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
- \smallbreak}
- \let\smallskip\smallbreak
- \Aitem}
-%
-\def\endlist{\endgraf\egroup}
-%On purpose no \smallskip or so.
-%
-\newtoks\thisexample
-\newtoks\everyexample
-\newtoks\preexample
-\newtoks\postexample
-\newtoks\examplename
-%
-\preexample{\vskip0pt plus5ex
- \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-5ex
- \medbreak\noindent}
-%
-\postexample{\nobreak\par\noindent
- \ignorewhitespace}
-%
-\def\beginexample{\the\preexample\bgroup
- \the\examplename\kern1ex\sl
- (\ignorewhitespace}
-%
-\def\endexample{)\egroup\the\postexample}
-%
-\def\example#{\beginexample\bgroup
- \aftergroup\endexample
- \afterassignment\ignorewhitespace
- \let\dummy=}
-%and the limited variants
-\def\limexample#1{\the\preexample
- \the\examplename\kern1ex{\sl(#1)}\nobreak
- \par\noindent\ignorewhitespace}
-%with as tribute to manmac
-\def\blueexample#1\par
- {\limexample{#1\unskip}}
-%
-\def\endintermezzo{\hfil\break\nobreak
- {\bf End intermezzo.}\medbreak}
-%For in \onecol
-%;numvrb400
-\def\begindemo{\endgraf\line\bgroup
- $\vcenter\bgroup\hsize.475\hsize
- \beginverbatim}
-%
-\def\yields{\endverbatim
- \global\thisverbatim{}\egroup$
- \kern\gutter
- $\vcenter\bgroup\hsize.55\hsize}
-%
-\def\enddemo{\egroup$\hss\egroup}
-%;numvrb500
-\def\pagenorepresentation#1{\quad\dotfill
- {\oldstyle#1}}
-%
-\def\fbox#1{\setbox0\hbox{\strut
- $\;$#1$\,$}\leavevmode\rlap{\copy0}%
- \makelightbox}
-%Knuth's frac Ex 11.6
-\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
- \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}%
- \kern-.1em/\kern-.15em\lower.25ex
- \hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}
-%Defaults
-\let\small\eightpoint
-\overfullrule=0pt
-%;nonum
-%Contents
-%Newcount
-% \itemcnt.................208
-%Newtoks
-% \itemtag.................209
-%Shortcuts
-% \ea, \nx....................1
-% \ag.........................2
-% \dash, \Dash................3
-% \DeK.....................6, 7
-%Font switching
-% \tiny......................51
-% \small....................414
-% \cs.......................255
-%Footnote, paragraph
-% \ftncnt...................202
-% \ftn..................203-204
-%LaTeX
-% \\........................251
-% \cite.....................252
-% \verb.....................253
-% \em.......................254
-%Lay-out
-% \keywordsbox..............301
-% \abstractbox..............311
-% \contentsbox..............321
-% \beginkeywords........303-305
-% \endkeywords..............306
-% \keywordsname.............302
-% \keywords.............307-310
-% \beginabstract........313-315
-% \endabstract..............316
-% \abstractname.............312
-% \abstract.............317-320
-% \begincontents........323-325
-% \endcontents..............326
-% \contentsname.............322
-% \contents.............327-330
-% \beginsummary.........
-% \endsummary...............
-% \summary..............
-% \beginquote...........331-332
-% \endquote.............333-334
-% \quote................335-338
-%Centering texts
-% \begindisplaycenterline
-% \enddisplaycenterline
-% \displaycenterline
-% \begincenter
-% \endcenter
-% \center
-% \begincenterblock
-% \endcenterblock
-% \begincenter..........339-342
-% \endcenter................343
-% \center...............344-347
-%
-% \bitem....................351
-% \itemno...................352
-% \nitem................353-359
-% \aitem................360-366
-% \Aitem................367-373
-% \endlist..................374
-% \example..............376-378
-% \endintermezzo........379-380
-% \begindemo............401-403
-% <escape char>yields...405-408
-% \enddemo..................410
-%Parameterization ToC setting
-% \pagenorepresentation.501-502
-%Built on manmac
-% \fbox.................504-505
-%Defaults
-% \overfullrule=0pt.........507
-%
-%History of changes
-%Jan 95 \xyz and \partlogo to tools.dat
-% \pagenorepresentation added
-%July 1994 Boxes for keywords, abstract,
-% and contents added.
-%March 1994 Set up
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Additions%;newpage
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%math extras%
-%From Math into BLUes the mods
-%-- \centering into \centeringp
-% in order not to
-% conflict with LaTeX
-%-- \eqalign has gotten a repetitive
-% template to allow for more
-% than one alignment point.
-%-- arrows for commutative diagrams
-%-- Knuth's typographer's half
-%-- prime for accenting summation symbols
-%-- Poor man's symbols
-% blackboard, grtlss, ext tensor prod.
-\newskip\centeringp%plain's
-\centeringp=0pt plus1000pt minus1000pt
-\def\eqalign#1{\null\,\vcenter{\openup
- \jot\m@th\ialign{\strut\hfil
- $\displaystyle {##}$&&%mod cgl
- $\displaystyle {{}##}$\hfil\crcr
- #1\crcr }}\,}
-\def\eqalignno#1{\displ@y
- \tabskip\centeringp
- \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil
- $\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
- &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil
- \tabskip\centeringp &\llap{$\@lign##$}%
- \tabskip\z@skip\crcr
- #1\crcr}}
-\def\leqalignno#1{\displ@y
- \tabskip\centeringp
- \halign to\displaywidth {\hfil
- $\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
- &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil
- \tabskip\centeringp&\kern-\displaywidth
- \rlap{$\@lign ##$}\tabskip\displaywidth
- \crcr #1\crcr}}
-%
-\def\fracdek#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
- \raise.50ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}
- \kern-.1em/\kern-.15em\lower.25ex
- \hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}
-%
-\def\lllongrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel%
- \relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel%
- \relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
-\def\llongrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel%
- \relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
-\def\adaptedbaselines{%
- \baselineskip20pt
- \lineskip3pt
- \lineskiplimit3pt}
-\def\mapright#1{\smash{\mathop{
- \llongrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}}
-\def\lmapright#1{\smash{\mathop{
- \lllongrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}}
-\def\mapdown#1{\Big\downarrow
- \rlap{$\vcenter{\hbox{$#1$}}$}}
-\def\mapup#1{\Big\uparrow
- \rlap{$\vcenter{\hbox{$#1$}}$}}
-%
-\def\acclap#1{{}^{\rlap{$\scriptstyle
- #1$}}}
-%
-\def\cfsymbol{\vbox{\hbox to \wd0{\hss
- \vrule height1.5\ht0}
- \hrule
- \hbox to \wd0{\vrule depth1.5\ht0
- \hss}}}
-%Space saving variant continued fraction
-\def\cf#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1\,\over
- \,#2$}\vcenter{\cfsymbol}\kern-\wd0
- {#1\atop#2}}
-%
-\def\IN{{\rm I\kern-.5ex N}}
-\def\Z{{\rm Z\kern-.9ex Z}}
-\def\Q{{\rm\kern.2ex\vrule
- height1.5ex depth-.1ex
- width.4pt\kern-.7ex Q}}
-\def\R{{\rm I\kern-.5ex R}}
-\def\C{{\rm\kern.3ex\vrule
- height1.5ex depth-.05ex
- width.4pt\kern-.7ex C}}
-\def\gtrless{\mathrel{\vcenter{
- \offinterlineskip\hbox{${>}$}%
- \kern-.2ex\hbox{${<}$} } }}
-\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{% <--!!
- \vrule#1\vrule}\hrule}}
-\def\boxtimes{\mathbin{\boxit
- {$\times$}}}
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%math extras%;newpage
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%icons%
-%From icons via LaTeX's fonts.
-%Here use is made of gkpmac's picture
-%environment.
-\def\icmat#1#2{%ICon MATrix(rectangular)
-%#1 is ht of icon matrix, e.g. 4
-%#2 is wd of icon matrix, e.g. 2
-\vbox{\hrule
- \hbox to#2\unitlength{\vrule
- height#1\unitlength\hfil\vrule}%
- \hrule}%
-}%end icmat
-%
-\def\icurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle
-%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with UT
-%the upper triangular part, e.g. 4
-%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular)
-%matrix, e.g. 2
-\vbox to #1\unitlength{\hrule
- \hbox{\gkpbeginpicture(#2,#2)(0,0)%
- \put(0,#2){\line(1,-1){#2}}%
- \gkpendpicture\vrule}%
- \vss}%
-}%end icurt
-%
-\def\squineicurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle
-%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with UT
-%the upper triangular part, e.g. 4
-%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular)
-%matrix, e.g. 2
-%For small diaglines
-\csname newcount\endcsname\half
-\half#2 \divide\half 2
-\vbox to #1\unitlength{\hrule
- \hbox{\gkpbeginpicture(#2,#2)(0,0)%
- \put(0,0){\squine(0,\the\half,#2,#2,%
- \the\half,0)}%
- \gkpendpicture\vrule}%
- \vss}%
-}%end icurt
-\def\icllt#1#2{%IConLowerLeftTriangle
-%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with LT
-%the lower triangular part, e.g. 4
-%#2 is wd of icon (lower triangular)
-%matrix, e.g. 2
-\vbox to #1\unitlength{\vss
- \hbox{\vrule
- \gkpbeginpicture(#2,#1)(0,0)%
- \put(0,#2){\line(1,-1){#2}}%
- \gkpendpicture}%
- \hrule}%
-}%end icllt
-%
-\def\icuh#1#2#3{%IConUpperHessenberg
-%#1 is size of icon matrix, with UH
-% the upper Hessenberg part, e.g. 4
-%#2 is wd of icon (upper Hesenberg)
-% matrix, e.g. 1
-%#3 is size Lower Left triangular part,
-% #1-#2 (for simplicity the latter is added,
-% could have been calculated, perhaps some
-% inconsistency test could be incorporated)
-\vbox{\offinterlineskip
- \hrule
- \hbox to#1\unitlength{\vrule height%
- #2\unitlength depth0pt\relax
- \hfil\vrule}%
- \hbox to#1\unitlength
- {\gkpbeginpicture(#3,#3)(0,0)%
- \put(0,#3){\line(1,-1){#3}}%
- \gkpendpicture\hfil\vrule}%
- \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hfil\vrule
- width#2\unitlength height.2pt\relax}%
- }%
-}%end icuh
-%Example of use
-%\input blue.tex
-%\beginscript
-%\unitlength=1ex
-%$$\icmat44\kern\unitlength\icllt44=
-% \icllt44\icuh413\qquad AL=LH$$
-%$$\icmat63=\icmat63\kern\unitlength
-% \icurt63\qquad A=QR$$
-%\endscript
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%icons%;newpage
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%btable%
-%Table Diversions cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%EuroTeX '92 proceedings, MAPS92.2.
-%The article discusses typsetting tables
-%via plain, surveys related work,
-%introduces the file btable.tex, and
-%provides a discipline for typesetting
-%cell-blocks.
-%;numvrb
-\newbox\btablebox
-\newtoks\thisbtable\newtoks\everybtable
-\newtoks\prebtable\newtoks\postbtable
-%Cell vertical size,
-%row height and depth (separation implicit),
-\newdimen\cvsize
-\newdimen\tsht \newdimen\tsdp
-\newdimen\tvsize\newdimen\thsize
-%Parameter setting macros: Rules
-\def\hruled{\def\lineglue{\hrulefill}
- \def\colsep{}\def\rowsep{\hrule}
- \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
- \let\headersep=\rowsep}
-\def\vruled{\def\lineglue{\hfil}
- \def\colsep{\vrule}\def\rowsep{}
- \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
- \let\headersep=\hrule}
-\def\ruled{\def\lineglue{\hrulefill}
- \def\colsep{\vrule}\def\rowsep{\hrule}
- \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
- \let\headersep=\rowsep}
-\def\nonruled{\def\lineglue{\hfil}
- \def\colsep{}\def\rowsep{}
- \def\rowstbsep{\vrule}
- \def\headersep{\hrule}}
-\def\dotruled{\def\lineglue{\dotfill}
- \def\rowsep{\hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}}
- \def\colsep{\lower1.5\tsdp\vbox to
- \cvsize{\leaders\hbox to0pt{\vrule
- height2pt depth2pt width0pt\hss.\hss}
- \vfil}}
- \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
- \let\headersep=\rowsep}
-%Parameter setting macros:
-% Controling positioning
-\def\ctr{\def\lft{\hfil}\def\rgt{\hfil}}
-%Centered
-\def\fll{\def\lft{} \def\rgt{\hfil}}
-%Flushed left
-\def\flr{\def\lft{\hfil}\def\rgt{}}
-%Flushed right
-%Parameter setting macros: Framing
-\def\framed{\let\frameit=\boxit}
-\def\nonframed{\def\frameit##1{##1}}
-\def\dotframed{\let\frameit=\dotboxit}
-%;vrblin=100
-\def\beginbtable{\vbox\bgroup
-\ifx\empty\rowstblst \let\rsl=\rowstblst
-\else\ea\def\ea\rsl\ea{\rowstblst{}}%Append with sentinel
-\fi\ifx\empty\template\ifx\empty\rsl
- \def\template{\colsepsurround
- \lft####\rgt&&\lft####\rgt\cr}
- \else\def\template{\colsepsurround
- ####\hfil&&\lft####\rgt\cr}\fi
-\fi
-\def\tstrut{\vrule height\tsht
- depth\tsdp width0pt}
-%Logical mark up of column and
-%row separators, via use of
-\def\cs{&\colsepsurround\colsep
- \colsepsurround&}
-\def\prs{&\colsepsurround\lineglue&}
-\def\srp{&\lineglue\colsepsurround&}
-\def\rs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr
- \ifx\empty\rowsep
- \else\noalign{\rowsep}\fi
- \ifx\empty\rsl
- \else\ea\nxtrs\fi}
-\def\grs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr\ghostrow}
-\def\ghostrow{\rss\prs\logms2\lineglue\cr\nxtrs}
-\def\rss{&\colsepsurround\rowstbsep
- \colsepsurround&}
-\def\hs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr
- \ifx\empty\headersep
- \else\noalign{\headersep}\fi
- \ifx\empty\rsl\else\ea\nxtrs\fi}
-\the\everybtable\relax
-\the\thisbtable\relax
-\cellsize
-\tsht=.775\cvsize\tsdp=.225\cvsize
-\setbox\btablebox=\vbox\bgroup
- \tabskip=0pt\relax\offinterlineskip
- \halign\bgroup
- \span\template\ifx\empty\first
- \ifx\empty\rsl
- \else\ifx\empty\header
- \else\ea\rss\fi
- \fi\else\first\ea\rss\fi
- \ifx\empty\header
- \ifx\empty\first
- \ifx\empty\rsl\else
- \ea\nxtrs\fi\else\ea\hs\fi
- \else\header\tstrut\ea\hs\fi}%
-%end \beginbtable
-%;vrblin=200
-\def\endbtable{\colsepsurround
- \tstrut\crcr\egroup\egroup
- %end setbox
- \global\thsize=\wd\btablebox
- \global\tvsize=\ht\btablebox
- \global\advance\tvsize by\dp\btablebox
- \the\prebtable
- \ifx\btablecaption\empty
- \else\hbox to\thsize{\strut\hfil
- \btablecaption\hss}\captionsep\fi
- \frameit{\copy\btablebox}
- \ifx\footer\empty
- \else\footersep\hbox to\thsize{\strut
- \footer\hss}\fi
- \egroup\the\postbtable
- \thisbtable={}}%
-%end \endbtable
-%
-\def\btable#1{\beginbtable#1\endbtable}
-%Defaults %;vrblin=300
-\def\cellsize{\cvsize=4ex
- \tsht=.775\cvsize\tsdp=.225\cvsize}
-%\cellsize
-\def\colsepsurround{\kern.5em}
-\def\btablecaption{}
-\def\first{}
-\def\header{}
-\def\rowstblst{}
-\def\footer{}
-\def\captionsep{\medskip}
-\def\headersep{\hrule}
-\def\footersep{\smallskip}
-\def\rowstbsep{\vrule}
-\def\template{}
-\ctr
-\nonruled
-\nonframed
-%end Defaults
-%Auxiliaries %;vrblin=350
-\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule
- \vbox{#1}\vrule}\hrule}}
-\def\dotboxit#1{\vbox{\offinterlineskip
- \hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}%
- \hbox{\lower\dp\btablebox\vbox to\tvsize{%
- \xleaders\hbox to0pt{\hss\vrule
- height1.5pt depth1.5pt width0pt.\hss
- }\vfil}%
- \vbox{#1}\lower\dp\btablebox\vbox to\tvsize{%
- \xleaders\hbox to0pt{\hss\vrule
- height1.5pt depth1.5pt width0pt.\hss
- }\vfil}}%
- \hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}}}
-%And to account for logical columns with
-%\logms% logical multispan
-\def\spicspan{\span\omit}
-\def\logms#1{\omit\mscount=#1\multiply
- \mscount by2 \advance\mscount by-1
- \loop\ifnum\mscount>1
- \spicspan\advance\mscount by-1
- \repeat}
-%To process FIFO
-\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi
- \process{#1}\fifo}
-\def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
-%To handle row stub list
-\def\nxtrs{\ifx\empty\rsl
- \else\def\nxtel{\ea\nrs\rsl\srn}%
- \ea\nxtel\fi}%next Row Stub
-\def\nrs#1#2\srn{\gdef\rsl{#2}#1\rss}
-%\endinput %btable
-%;nonum
-%Contents btable.tex
-%Newbox
-% \btablebox..................1
-%Newtoks
-% \thisbtable, \everybtable...2
-% \prebtable, \postbtable.....3
-%Parameter setting: rules
-% \hruled.................10-13
-% \vruled.................14-17
-% \ruled..................18-21
-% \nonruled...............22-25
-% \dotruled...............26-33
-%Parameter setting: positioning
-% \ctr.......................36
-% \fll.......................38
-% \flr.......................40
-%Parameter setting: framing
-% \framed....................43
-% \nonframed.................44
-% \dotframed.................45
-%User macro
-% \beginbtable..........101-148
-% \endbtable............201-217
-% \btable...................219
-%Defaults
-% \cellsize.............301-303
-% \colsepsurround...........304
-% \btablecaption............305
-% \first....................306
-% \header...................307
-% \rowstblst................308
-% \footer...................309
-% \captionsep...............310
-% \headersep................312
-% \footersep................312
-% \rowstbsep................314
-% \template.................314
-% \ctr......................320
-% \nonruled.................321
-% \nonframed................322
-%Auxiliaries
-% \boxit................351-352
-% \dotboxit.............353-363
-% \spicspan.................366
-% \logms................367-371
-% \fifo.................373-374
-% \ofif.....................375
-% \nxtrs................377-379
-% \nrs......................380
-%
-%History of changes
-%Version
-%December 1994
-%\rowstblst (and \rsl):
-% no longer does last element of list
-% need extra braces.
-%\postbtable is token variable
-%to guide user positioning.
-%\data omitted in the macro.
-%Formatting of footer made symmetrical
-%with caption.
-%\dotboxit corrected such that
-%vertical dotted lines are symmetrical
-%July 1994
-% \cellsize is invoked in
-% \beginbtable.
-% Token vars for \prebtable
-% \postbtable.
-%June 1994
-% \beginbtable...\endbtable
-% two-part macro
-% \btable minimal variant
-% \preinsert, \postinsert changed
-% into \prebtable, \postbtable
-% toks vars: \everybtable,
-% \thisbtable
-%Version 1.1 \btablecaption as caption
-% (to prevent name clashes)
-% \def\cellsize{\cvsize=
-% et cetera} to be used
-% as default
-% and after font change.
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%btable%;newpage
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%vrb%
-%vrb.tex
-%Author: C.G. van der Laan
-% Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB
-% Garnwerd The Netherlands
-% 0594621525, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl.
-%Purpose: Verbatim macros via plain,
-% to be used with AnyTeX.
-% ;numvrb
-%User toks variables
-\newtoks\thisverbatim
-\newtoks\everyverbatim
-\newtoks\preverbatim
-\newtoks\postverbatim
-%
-%User customization
-\preverbatim{\medskip}
-\postverbatim{\smallbreak}
-% ;vrblin100
-%User `options': \numvrb
-\newcount\vrblin
-\def\numvrb{\vrblin0
- \everypar{\advance\vrblin1
- \llap{\sevenrm\the\vrblin\quad}}}
-\def\nonum{\everypar={}}
-% : \emc, \unmc
-\def\makeescape#1{\catcode`#1=0 }
-\def\makeactive#1{\catcode`#1=13 }
-{\makeactive\<
- \gdef\emc{\makeactive\<%
- \def<##1>{$\langle##1\rangle$}}}
-\def\unmc{\catcode`\<=12 }%;vrblin200
-%User macro
-\def\beginverbatim{\begingroup
- \the\preverbatim\tt\setupverbatim
- \the\everyverbatim\relax
- \the\thisverbatim\relax
- \verbatimgobble}
-%
-\def\endverbatim{\the\postverbatim
- \endgroup\global\thisverbatim={}}
-%
-\def\setupverbatim{%\makeactive\`%
- \let\!=!\makeescape\!%Knuth&Levy
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%TB381
- \parskip0pt
- \obeylines\uncatcodespecials
- \obeyspaces}
-%
-{\obeyspaces\global\let =\ \catcode`\^=7
- \obeylines\gdef\verbatimgobble#1^^M{}%
-%\makeactive\` \gdef`{\relax\lq}%TB381
-}%
-\def\uncatcodespecials{\def\do##1{%
- \catcode`##1=12 }\dospecials}
-%
-\def\math{\bgroup$\catcode`\_=8\relax
- \catcode`\^=7\relax}
-\def\endmath{$\egroup}
-%
-\def\verbatim#{\beginverbatim\bgroup
- \aftergroup\endverbatim
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-% ;vrblin250
-%Minimal | tag for inline verbatim
-\def\vrt{{\tt\char`\|}}\makeactive\|
-\def|{\bgroup\tt\setupverbatim
- \the\everyverbatim\relax
- \the\thisverbatim\relax
- \def|{\egroup\thisverbatim{}}}
-%;\vrblin300
-%centering verbatims
-\def\boxlines{\obeyspaces\fifol}
-%\gdef\fifol#1^^M{\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi
-% \processl{#1}\fifol}
-\def\begincenterverbatim{$$%
- \def\processl##1{\hbox{##1}}%
- \def\lofif##1\fifol{\fi\egroup
- \egroup$$\thisverbatim{}}
- \let\endcenterverbatim\lofif
- \bgroup\tt\setupcopy
- \let\!=!\catcode`\!=0
- \the\everyverbatim\the\thisverbatim
- \vbox\bgroup\boxlines}
-%
-{\obeylines\gdef\fileverbatim#1{%
- \thisverbatim{\input#1}\beginverbatim
- \endverbatim
-}}
-\def\bluefileverbatim#1\par{\fileverbatim{#1}}
-%Default
-\everyverbatim{\baselineskip12pt
- plus2ptminus1pt
- \lineskip1ptplus1ptminus1pt}
-%\endinput
-% ;nonum
-%Contents vrb.tex cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Newtoks
-% \thisverbatim.................2
-% \everyverbatim................3
-% \preverbatim..................4
-% \postverbatim.................5
-%Customization
-% \preverbatim..................8
-% \postverbatim.................9
-%Options
-% \numvrb.................103-105
-% \vrblin.....................104
-% \nonum......................106
-% \makeescape.................108
-% \makeactive.................109
-% \emc....................111-112
-% \unmc.......................113
-% <#1>........................112
-%User macro
-% \beginverbatim..........202-206
-% <esc char>endverbatim...208-209
-% \verbatim...............228-231
-% \setupverbatim..........211-215
-% \verbatimgobble.............218
-% `...........................219
-% \uncatcodespecials..........221
-% <escape char>math.......224-225
-% <escape char>endmath....... 226
-% \begincenterverbatim....305-313
-%Inline verbatim
-% \vrt........................252
-% vertical bar symbol...... ..253
-%Files
-% \bluefileverbatim...........
-%
-%History of changes
-%March 1996 \bluefileverbatim added
-%July 1994 Version 2
-% \pre- and \postverbatim
-% changed into token vars.
-% Added
-% \unmc, unable metacode
-% \verbatim minimal tag
-% <escape char>math
-% <escape char>endmath
-%Febr 1994 Release Version 1.0
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%vrb%;newpage
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bibliography%
-%From BLUe's Bibliography%;numvrb
-%\ls<name> template
-\newcount\bcnt
-\def\lsstraight{\let\ls\nitem}
-%
-%\ls a la AMS
-%
-\newcount\suffixcnt
-\def\lsams{\frenchspacing
- \let\lstnme\relax \let\lstyear\relax
- %
- \def\ls##1{\ea\bibitem##1}
- %
- \def\bibitem##1(##2){%
- \def\authornme{##1}%
- \def\authoryear{##2}%
- \ifx\lstnme\authornme
- \def\authornme{------}%
- \ifx\lstyear\authoryear
- \global\advance\suffixcnt1
- \def\authoryear{--}%
- \else\let\lstyear\authoryear\suffixcnt0
- \fi
- \else\let\lstnme\authornme
- \let\lstyear\authoryear\suffixcnt0
- \fi\nitem\authornme$\,$%
- (\authoryear\suffix)}%end \bibitem
-%
-\def\suffix{\ifcase\suffixcnt\or a\or b\or
- c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or
- k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or
- s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z\fi}
-} %;vrblin100
-%Loading
-%Load selected entries
-\def\gobble#1{}
-\def\loadselectivefrom#1{%#1 lit etc.
- \def\lst##1{\ifx##1\undefined\ea\gobble
- \else \ea\gdef\ea##1\fi}
- \input #1.dat \relax%e.g. lit.dat
- } %;vrblin200
-\newif\ifstore \storetrue
-\newtoks\thisreferences
-\newtoks\referencesname
-\newtoks\prereferences
-\newtoks\postreferences
-\newtoks\referencesfile
-\newbox\referencesbox
-\referencesfile{lit}
-%\referencesname{References}
-\def\references#1{\beginreferences#1%
- \endreferences}
-\def\bluereferences#1\par
- {\beginreferences#1\endreferences}
-\def\loadreferences{\loadselectivefrom
- {\the\referencesfile}}
-\def\beginreferences#1\endreferences{%
- \bgroup\def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1
- \global\let##1\referenceserror\else
- \message{***\tt\string##1
- already loaded.***}
- \fi\namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}}%
- \fifo#1\ofif
- \if]#1]\else\ea\loadreferences\fi
- %formatting
- \ifstore\global\setbox\referencesbox=
- \vbox\bgroup\fi\prenum{}\postnum{}
- \lsams%Default ls
- \the\thisreferences
- \def\lst##1{\ls{##1}
- \xdef##1{\the\itemno}}
- \the\namelst\endreferences}
-%
-\def\referenceserror{Reference not in
- database (Sorry.)\loaderror{Reference}}
-%
-\def\endreferences{\smallbreak\egroup
- \ifstore\egroup\fi
- \thisreferences{}}
-%
-\def\pasteupreferences{%
- \the\prereferences
- \unvbox\referencesbox
- \the\postreferences}
-%
-\prereferences{\head{\the
- \referencesname}}
-%\postreferences{}
-%;vrblin250
-%Double loading is not prevented
-%instead a message is provided.
-\def\beginpictures#1\endpictures{%
- \def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1
- \gdef##1{Picture {\tt\string##1} not
- in database, Sorry.
- \loaderror{Picture}}%
- \else \message{***\string##1
- already loaded.***}%
- \fi}%
- \fifo#1\ofif
- \loadselectivefrom{\the\picturesfile}
- \commonforpic}
-%
-%\def\endpictures{\egroup}
-%
-\def\pictures#1{\beginpictures#1%
- \endpictures}
-\def\bluepictures#1\par
- {\beginpictures#1\endpictures}
-\def\loadallpictures{\input\the
- \picturesfile.dat\relax\commonforpic}
-%
-\def\loaderror#1{\write16{#1 not in
- database}}
-%\endinput %;nonum
-%Contents bibliography
-% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Newcount
-% \bcnt.........................2
-% \suffixcnt....................8
-%Newif
-% \ifstore....................201
-%Newtoks
-% \thisreferences.............202
-% \referencesname........203, 206
-% \prereferences.........204, 234
-% \postreferences.............205
-%Newbox
-% \referencesbox..............206
-%Initializations
-% \prereferences..........231-232
-% \postreferences.............233
-%\ls customization
-% \lsstraight.................3-6
-% \lsams.....................9-34
-% \suffix...................30-33
-%loading
-% \gobble.....................102
-% \loadselectivefrom......104-109
-%User level
-% \references.............208-209
-% \beginreferences........210-225
-% \endreferences..........226-228
-% \pasteupreferences......230-233
-% \beginpictures..........251-259
-% \endpictures................260
-% \pictures...............261-262
-% \loadallpictures........263-265
-% \loaderror..............266-267
-%History of changes
-%July 1994 Information supplied before
-% \beginscript, past up later.
-% Separate loading of pictures.
-%June 1994 Simpler user interface
-% \beginreferences
-% \<name_1> ... \<name_n>
-% \endreferences
-%Created May 1994
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bibliography%;newpage
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Cross-Refs%
-%From BLUe's Cross-Referencing
-%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl %;numvrb
-\newif\ifadvance \advancetrue
-\newcount\frmcnt
-\newtoks\prenum\newtoks\postnum
-%Default prenum and postnum
-\prenum{(}\postnum{)}
-%Automatic numbering
-\def\frmnum{\ifadvance\global\advance
- \frmcnt1 \fi
- \the\prenum\the\frmcnt\the\postnum}
-%Automatic numbering and attaching a name
-\def\ref{\frmnum\create}
-%\def\create#1{\ifx#1$$\else
-% \xdef#1{\the\frmcnt}\fi}
-%The version, which handles also displaylines
-\def\create#1{\ifx#1$$\else
- \ifx#1\hfil\hfil\else
- \xdef#1{\the\prenum\the\frmcnt
- \the\postnum}\fi\fi}
-%Citation
-\newif\ifproof \prooftrue
-\def\crsref#1{\ifx#1\undefined{\ifproof
- \leavevmode\vadjust{\kern-1ex
- \rightline{\vbox to0pt{\vss
- \rlap{FR: \tt\string#1}}}}\fi}
- \else#1\fi}
-%;nonum
-%Contents Cross-Referencing
-% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Newifs, newcounts
-% \ifadvance, \ifproof..........1, 18
-% \frmcnt...........................2
-%Newtoks
-% \prenum, \postnum.................3
-%Context
-% \prenum, \postnum.................4
-%Automatic numbering, referencing
-% \frmnum.........................7-9
-% \ref.............................11
-% \create.......................15-16
-%Cross referencing
-% \crsref.......................19-23
-%
-%History of changes
-%Jan 95 \prenum and postnum values are
-% stored together with the number
-% by \create
-%June 94 Designed.
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%cross-ref%;newpage
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%gkppic%
-%From gkpmac (line diagrams)
-% `Pictures (a subset of \LaTeX's
-% conventions)'
-%These macros have been used for typesetting
-%`Concrete Mathematics,' among others.
-% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl ;numvrb
-%\catcode`@=11 % borrow the private macros
-% % of PLAIN (with care)
-\newskip\hsssglue
-\hsssglue=0pt plus 1fill minus 1fill
-\def\hsss{\hskip\hsssglue}
-
-\newdimen\unitlength
-\newdimen\linethickness
-\newdimen\@picheight \newdimen\@xdim
-\newdimen\@ydim \newdimen\@len \newdimen\@save
-\newcount\@multicount \newcount\@xarg
-\newcount\@yarg\newbox\@picbox \newbox\@mpbox
-
-\font\tenln=line10 \font\tenlnw=linew10
-\font\tencirc=lcircle10
-\font\tencircw=lcirclew10
-\font\smallln=linew10 scaled 483 % magstep-4
-
-\def\thinlines{\let\linefont=\tenln
- \let\circlefont=\tencirc
- \linethickness=\fontdimen8\linefont}
-\def\thicklines{\let\linefont=\tenlnw
- \let\circlefont=\tencircw
- \linethickness=\fontdimen8\linefont}
-\thinlines
-
-\def\gkpbeginpicture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){\begingroup
-\@picheight=#2\unitlength \let\line=\@line
- \setbox\@picbox=\hbox to#1\unitlength
- \bgroup\kern-#3\unitlength
- \lower#4\unitlength\hbox\bgroup
- \ignorespaces}
-\def\gkpendpicture{\egroup\hss\egroup
- \ht\@picbox=\@picheight \dp\@picbox=\z@
- \leavevmode\box\@picbox\endgroup}
-
-\def\put(#1,#2)#3{\raise#2\unitlength
- \rlap{\kern#1\unitlength #3}\ignorespaces}
-
-\def\multiput(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{\@multicount
- =#5\@xdim=#1\unitlength \@ydim=#2\unitlength
-\setbox\@mpbox=\hbox{#6}%
- \loop\ifnum\@multicount>0
- \raise\@ydim\rlap{\kern\@xdim
- \unhcopy\@mpbox}%
- \advance\@xdim#3\unitlength
- \advance\@ydim#4\unitlength
- \advance\@multicount\m@ne
- \repeat\ignorespaces}
-
-%makebox is replaced because its reference
-%point does not coincide with LaTeX's
-%\def\makebox(#1,#2)#3{\setbox\@picbox=
-% \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss#3\hss}%
-% \advance\@ydim-\dp\@picbox
-% \ht\@picbox=#2\unitlength
-% \dp\@picbox=\z@
-% \leavevmode\lower.5\@ydim\box\@picbox}
-\def\makebox(#1,#2)#3{%
- \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss
- \vbox to#2\unitlength{\vss
- \hbox{#3}\vss}\hss}}
-%LaTeX's framebox is added
-\def\framebox(#1,#2)#3{\setbox0=
- \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss
- \vbox to#2\unitlength{\vss
- \hbox{#3}\vss}\hss}%
- \makelightbox\kern-\wd0\box0}
-
-\newif\ifneg
-\def\@line(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg=#1 \@yarg=#2
- \@len=#3\unitlength \leavevmode
- \ifnum\@xarg<0 \reverseline \else
- \negfalse \@ydim=\z@\fi
- \ifnum\@xarg=0 \@vline
- \else\ifnum\@yarg=0 \@hline
- \else\@sline\fi\fi
-\ifneg\kern-\@len\else\@save=\@ydim\fi}
-\def\reverseline{\negtrue \kern-\@len
- \@xarg=-\@xarg
- \@ydim=\@len \multiply\@ydim\@yarg
- \divide\@ydim\@xarg \@yarg=-\@yarg}
-
-\def\@hline{\vrule height.5\linethickness
- depth.5\linethickness width\@len}
-\def\@vline{\kern-.5\linethickness\vrule
- width\linethickness
- \ifnum\@yarg<0 height\z@ depth\else
- depth\z@ height\fi\@len
- \kern-.5\linethickness}
-
-\def\@sline{\setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\linefont
- \count@=\@xarg \multiply\count@ 8
- \ifnum\@yarg>0 \advance\count@\@yarg
- \advance\count@-9
- \else \advance\count@-\@yarg
- \advance\count@ 55 \fi
- %\immediate\write0{count@=\the\count@}%
- \char\count@}%
- \ifnum\@yarg<0 \@picheight=-\ht\@picbox
- \advance\@ydim\@picheight
- \else \@picheight=\ht\@picbox \fi
- \@xdim=\wd\@picbox \@save=\@ydim
-%\hbox to0pt{\hss$\bullet$\hss}%
- \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len
- \raise\@ydim\copy\@picbox
- \advance\@xdim\wd\@picbox
- \advance\@ydim\@picheight%\immediate
- %\write0{x, y: \the\@xdim, \the\@ydim}%
- \repeat
- \advance\@xdim-\@len \kern-\@xdim
- \multiply\@xdim\@yarg
- \divide\@xdim\@xarg
- \advance\@ydim-\@xdim
-%Mod cgl June 94
- \ifdim\@len<\ht\@picbox
- \kern\wd\@picbox\else
- \raise\@ydim\box\@picbox\fi}
-
-\def\vector(#1,#2)#3{\@line(#1,#2){#3}%
- \ifnum\@xarg=0 \@vvector
- \else\ifnum\@yarg=0 \@hvector
- \else\@svector\fi\fi}
-\def\@hvector{\ifneg\rlap{\linefont\char
- 27}\else\smash{\llap{\linefont\char45}}\fi
- } % we have to smash because of font bug
-\def\@vvector{\ifnum\@yarg<0
- \raise-\@len\rlap{\linefont\char63}%
- \else\setbox\@picbox=\rlap{\linefont
- \char54}\advance\@len-\ht\@picbox
- \raise\@len\box\@picbox\fi}
-
-\def\@svector{\setbox\@picbox=\hbox
- to\z@{\linefont
- \ifnum\@yarg<0 \count@=55 \@yarg=-\@yarg
- \else\count@=-9 \fi
- \ifneg\multiply\@xarg16 \multiply\@yarg2
- \else\hss % \llap
- \ifnum\@xarg>2 \multiply\@xarg9
- \multiply\@yarg2
- \advance\count@29
- \else\ifnum\@yarg>2 \multiply\@xarg16
- \multiply\@yarg9
- \advance\count@-20
- \else\multiply\@xarg24 \multiply\@yarg3
- \fi\fi\fi
- \advance\count@\@xarg
- \advance\count@\@yarg \char\count@
- \ifneg\hss\fi}% \rlap
- \raise\@save\box\@picbox}
-
-\def\disk#1{\@len=#1\unitlength
- \count@='160 \@diskcirc}
-\def\circle#1{\@len=#1\unitlength
- \count@='140 \@diskcirc}
-\def\@diskcirc{\setbox\@picbox=
- \hbox{\circlefont\char\count@}%
- \@xdim=\wd\@picbox \leavevmode
- \ifdim\@len>15.499\@xdim \@bigdc
- \else \@smalldc\fi}
-\def\@bigdc{\ifnum\count@<'160 \@bigcirc
- \else \@len=15\@xdim \@diskcirc\fi}
-\def\@smalldc{{\advance\@len-.5\@xdim
- \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len
- \advance\count@\@ne
- \advance\@xdim\wd\@picbox
- \repeat
- \hbox{\circlefont\char\count@}}}
-\def\@bigcirc{{\circlefont\count@=15
- \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char\count@
- }\@xdim=\wd\@picbox
- \ifdim\@len>2.5\@xdim \@len=2.5\@xdim\fi
- \advance\@len-.125\wd\@picbox
- \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len
- \advance\count@4
- \advance\@xdim.25\wd\@picbox
- \repeat
- \@ydim=.5\@xdim
- \advance\@ydim.5\linethickness
- \setbox\@picbox=\vbox{\hbox{\char
- \count@\advance\count@-3\char\count@}%
- \nointerlineskip
- \hbox{\advance\count@\m@ne\char
- \count@\advance\count@\m@ne
- \char\count@}}%
- \kern-\@ydim\lower\@ydim\box\@picbox}}
-
-\newif\ifovaltl \newif\ifovaltr
-\newif\ifovalbl \newif\ifovalbr
-\ovaltltrue \ovaltrtrue
-\ovalbltrue \ovalbrtrue
-\def\oval(#1,#2){\@xdim=#1\unitlength
- \@ydim=#2\unitlength
- {\circlefont
- \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char0}
- \ifdim\@xdim<\wd\@picbox
- \@xdim=\wd\@picbox\fi
- \ifdim\@ydim<\wd\@picbox
- \@ydim=\wd\@picbox\fi
- \@save=\@xdim
- \ifdim\@ydim<\@save \@save=\@ydim \fi
- \count@=39
- \loop \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char
- \count@}\ifdim\@save<\wd\@picbox
- \advance\count@-4
- \repeat
- \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height\ht
- \@picbox depth\dp\@picbox width\z@
- \kern\wd\@picbox}%
- \@save=.5\wd\@picbox
- \advance\@save-.5\linethickness
- \setbox0=\hbox to\@xdim{\ifovaltl
- \char\count@\else\strut\fi
- \kern-\@save\leaders\hrule height
- \ifovaltl\linethickness\else\z@\fi
- \hfil
- \leaders\hrule height\ifovaltr
- \linethickness\else\z@\fi
- \hfil\kern\@save
- \ifovaltr\advance\count@-3
- \char\count@\else\strut\fi
- \kern-\wd\@picbox}%
- \advance\count@\m@ne
- \setbox2=\hbox to\@xdim{\ifovalbl
- \char\count@\else\strut\fi
- \kern-\@save\leaders\hrule height
- \ifovalbl\linethickness\else\z@\fi
- \hfil
- \leaders\hrule height
- \ifovalbr\linethickness\else
- \z@\fi\hfil\kern\@save
- \ifovalbr\advance\count@\m@ne
- \char\count@\else\strut\fi
- \kern-\wd\@picbox}%
- \@save=\@ydim
- \advance\@save-\wd\@picbox
- \divide\@save 2
- \setbox\@picbox=\vbox{\box0
- \nointerlineskip
- \hbox to\@xdim{\vrule height\@save
- width\ifovaltl\linethickness
- \else\z@\fi
- \hfil\ifovaltr\vrule
- width\linethickness
- \kern-\linethickness\fi}%
- \nointerlineskip
- \hbox to\@xdim{\vrule height\@save
- width\ifovalbl\linethickness
- \else\z@\fi
- \hfil\ifovalbr\vrule
- width\linethickness
- \kern-\linethickness\fi}%
- \nointerlineskip\box2}%
- \@save=.5\@ydim
- \advance\@save.5\linethickness
- \leavevmode
- \kern-.5\@xdim
- \kern-.5\linethickness
- \lower\@save\box\@picbox}}
-
-\def\begincpic#1\endcpic{\vcenter{\hbox
- {\beginpicture#1\endpicture}}}
-
-% Squines (quadratic splines)
-% example of use: to plot f(x) between
-% x0 and x1, you can say
-% \put(0,0){\squine(x0,xm,x1,y0,ym,y1)},
-% where y0=f(x0), y1=f(x1)
-% xm=(y0-y1+s1x1-s0x0)/(s1-s0),
-% ym=(s0(s1x1-y1)-s1(s0x0-y0))/(s1-s0),
-% s0=f'(x0), and s1=f'(x1).
-
-\newdimen\@xi \newdimen\@xii
-\newdimen\@xiii \newdimen\@xiv
-\newdimen\@xpt \newdimen\@xoldpt
-\newdimen\@yi \newdimen\@yii
-\newdimen\@yiii \newdimen\@yiv
-\newdimen\@ypt \newdimen\@yoldpt
-\def\squineelem{.}
-%\def\squineelem{\tencirc q}
-\def\squine(#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6){\setbox
- \@picbox\hbox{\squineelem}%
- \global\@xoldpt=#1\unitlength
- \global\@yoldpt=#4\unitlength
- \kern\@xoldpt
- \@xi=\@xoldpt
- \@xii=#2\unitlength
- \@xiii=#3\unitlength
- \@yi=\@yoldpt
- \@yii=#5\unitlength
- \@yiii=#6\unitlength
- \squinerec
- \@xpt=#3\unitlength
- \@ypt=#6\unitlength
- \@addpoint
- \raise\@ypt\copy\@picbox}
-\newif\iffar
-\def\squinerec{\farfalse
- \testnear\@xi\@xiii \testnear\@yi\@yiii
- \iffar \decast \fi}
-\def\testnear#1#2{\@save=#1\advance
- \@save-#2%
- \ifdim\@save<\z@ \@save=-\@save\fi
- \ifdim\@save>\p@ \fartrue \fi}
-\def\decast{\@xpt=\@xi
- \advance\@xpt\@xii \divide\@xpt2
- \advance\@xii\@xiii \divide\@xii2
- \@xiv=\@xpt
- \advance\@xiv\@xii
- \divide\@xiv2
- \@ypt=\@yi
- \advance\@ypt\@yii
- \divide\@ypt2
- \advance\@yii\@yiii
- \divide\@yii2
- \@yiv=\@ypt
- \advance\@yiv\@yii
- \divide\@yiv2
- \begingroup\@xii=\@xpt \@xiii=\@xiv
- \@yii=\@ypt \@yiii=\@yiv
- \squinerec\endgroup
- \@xpt=\@xiv \@ypt=\@yiv \@addpoint
- \@xi=\@xiv \@yi=\@yiv \squinerec}
-\def\@addpoint{%
- %\message{(\the\@xpt,\the\@ypt)}%
- \global\advance\@xoldpt-\@xpt
- \wd\@picbox=-\@xoldpt
- \raise\@yoldpt\copy\@picbox
- \global\@xoldpt=\@xpt
- \global\@yoldpt=\@ypt}
-%Additions%;vrblin399
-\newtoks\xdim \newtoks\ydim
-\newtoks\xoffset \newtoks\yoffset
-\newtoks\everypicture
-\newtoks\thispicture
-\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}%defaults
-\def\beginpicture{\bgroup
- \the\everypicture\the\thispicture
- \gkpbeginpicture(\the\xdim,\the\ydim)%
- (\the\xoffset,\the\yoffset)}
-\def\endpicture{\gkpendpicture\egroup
- \global\thispicture{}}
-\def\rhombus(#1,#2)#3#4{%
-%#1,#2 ratio of horizontal/vertical size, <=6
-%#3 the size in unitlengths (half of total width)
-%#4 text to be put in the middle.
-%The centre is the reference point,
-%like \oval.
-\setbox0=\hbox{\line(#1,#2){#3}}%
-\setbox1=\hbox{\line(#1,-#2){#3}}%
-\hbox to0pt{\hss
- \vbox to0pt{\offinterlineskip\vss
- \copy0\copy1\vss}%
- \vbox to0pt{\vss\copy1\copy0\vss}\hss}%
- \vbox to0pt{\vss
- \hbox to 0pt{\hss#4\hss}\vss}}
-%lu is pointing left up,
-%rl is pointing roght down
-\def\rdarrowhead{\hbox to 0pt{\hss
- \vrule height.1ptdepth.1ptwidth.5ex
- \vrule height.5ex\relax}}
-\def\luarrowhead{\hbox to 0pt{\vrule
- depth.5ex\relax
- \vrule height.1ptdepth.1ptwidth.5ex}}
-%\endinput %;nonum
-%
-%Contents Picture environm. named
-%gkppic. cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Dimensions
-% \unitlength......................7
-% \linethickness...................8
-% \@picheight......................9
-% \@xdim, \@ydim................9-10
-% \@xarg, \@yarg, \@len........10-12
-% \@save..........................10
-% \@picbox........................12
-% \@mpbox.........................12
-% \@xi, \@xii, \@xiii, \@xiv.270-271
-% \@xpt, \@xoldpt................272
-% \@yi, \@yii, \@yiii, \@yiv.273-274
-% \@ypt, \@yoldpt................275
-%Newifs
-% \ifneg..........................70
-% \ifovaltl, \ifovaltr...........185
-% \ifovalbl, \ifovalbr...........186
-% \iffar.........................297
-%Fonts
-% \tenln, \tenlnw.................14
-% \tencirc, \tencircw..........15-16
-% \smallln........................17
-%Size switching
-% \thinlines, \thicklines......19-25
-%Picture environment
-% \gkpbeginpicture
-% (and \line in there)......27-32
-% \gkpendpicture...............33-35
-% \begincpic, \endcpic.......258-259
-% \put.........................37-38
-% \multiput....................40-49
-%Picture elements
-% \makebox.....................59-62
-% \framebox....................64-68
-% \@line.......................71-78
-% \reverseline.................79-82
-% \@hline......................84-85
-% \@vline......................86-90
-% \@sline.....................92-115
-% \vector....................117-120
-% \@hvector..................121-123
-% \@vvector..................124-128
-% \@svector..................130-147
-% \disk......................149-150
-% \circle....................151-152
-% \@diskcirc.................153-157
-% \@bigdc....................158-159
-% \@smalldc..................160-165
-% \@bigcirc..................166-183
-% \oval......................189-256
-%Curves
-% \squineelem................276-277
-% \squine....................278-293
-% \squinerec.................295-297
-% \testnear..................298-301
-% \decast....................302-320
-% \@addpoint.................321-327
-%Additions, compatible blue.tex conventions
-%Newtoks
-% \xdim, \ydim,
-% \xoffset, \yoffset.........400-401
-%\everypicture, \thispicture..402-403
-%\beginpicture................406-409
-%\endpicture..................410-411
-%\rhombus.....................412-424
-%\luarrowhead.................430-432
-%\rlarrowhead.................427-429
-%History of changes
-%Dec 94 \rhombus picture element added.
-% \luarrowhead, \rlarrowhead added.
-%Jun 94 Extensions added for compati-
-% bility with blue.tex.
-% \makebox adapted to LaTeX.
-% \framebox added.
-% \@sline adapted for case
-% \@len less then \ht\@picbox
-% (suppress line
-% element but kern conditionally.)
-% The `dot' element in \squine has
-% been parameterized and initialized
-% differently.
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%gkppic%;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%%%%%%%%% Amy's Diagonal line %%%%%%%%%%
-\newif\ifminuswd
-\newif\ifminusht
-\newbox\dotwide
-\newbox\dotbox
-\newdimen\savehtofdiagline
-\newdimen\htofdiagline
-\newdimen\wdofdiagline
-\newdimen\dotmove
-\newdimen\newsaveht
-\newdimen\savewdofdiagline
-%
-\def\diagline #1 #2 wd #3 ht{%
-%#1 dot, e.g. .
-%#2 width in units, eg 2ex
-%#3 height in units, eg 3ex
-%Amy Hendrickson, TB6#2, 1985
-%Comment cgl: Line thickness varies over
-%the direction, nearly verticals go wrong.
-\global\setbox\dotwide=\hbox{#1}%
-\global\setbox\dotbox=
- \hbox to0pt{\hss#1\hss}%
-\global\wdofdiagline=#2\relax%
-\ifdim\wdofdiagline<1sp
- \global\minuswdtrue
- \global\advance\wdofdiagline
- by-2\wdofdiagline
-\else\global\minuswdfalse%Robustness
-\fi% turn neg dim to positive
-\global\htofdiagline=#3\relax%
-\ifdim\htofdiagline<1sp
- \global\advance\htofdiagline
- by-2\htofdiagline\global\minushttrue
-\else\global\minushtfalse%Robustness
-\fi
-\global\dotmove=1pt%%
-\setbox1=\hbox{%
- \global\divide\htofdiagline
- by\the\wdofdiagline\relax}%
-\ifminuswd\rlap\bgroup%
-\else\bgroup\fi%
-\loop\ifdim\htofdiagline>.4pt%CGL mod
-\global\divide\htofdiagline by2%
-\global\divide\dotmove by2\repeat%
-\global\savehtofdiagline=\htofdiagline%
-\loop\ifdim\wdofdiagline>0pt%
-\hskip\ifminuswd-\dotmove%
- \else\dotmove\fi%
-\ifminusht\lower\else\raise\fi%
- \htofdiagline\copy\dotbox%
-\global\advance\htofdiagline
- by\savehtofdiagline%
-\global\advance\wdofdiagline
- by-\dotmove\repeat%
-\egroup%
-}% end diagonal line
-\def\amyicurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle
-%#1 is ht of icon matrix,
-%with UT the upper triangular part, e.g. 4ex
-%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular)
-%matrix, e.g. 2ex
-\vbox to #1{\hrule
- \hbox{\diagline . #2 wd -#2 ht\vrule}%
- \vfil}%
-}%end amyicurt
-%endamy's diagline%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%;nonum;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-\newtoks\picturesfile
-\picturesfile{pic}
-%;numvrb
-%begin%%%%%%Generalized \samplebox
-\def\point#1 #2 #3{\kern#1\unitlength
- \raise#2\unitlength\hbox to0pt{\the\prefil
- \the\prepoint#3\the\postfil
- }\kern-#1\unitlength}
-%
-\def\gbox#1#2#3#4{%#1=ht,#2=dp,#3=wd
-%#4=text. Assumed: the dimen vars
-%\xshift, \yshift have been initialized.
-%position of begin of text.
-{\setbox0=\vtop{\vbox to#1{%
- \hbox to#3{}\vss}\nointerlineskip
- \vbox to#2{}}%
-%now \box0 has the desired
-%ht, dp, and wd
- \hbox{\makelightbox\kern-#3%
- \raise\yshift\hbox to#3{\kern\xshift
- #4\hss}%
- }}}%;nonum;newpage
-%
-%
-%Turtle graphics macros added, July 1995
-%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, July 1995
-%\newdimen\unitlength
-\unitlength3ex %deault
-\newdimen\unitlengthx
-\newdimen\unitlengthy
-\newdimen\x \newdimen\auxdim
-\newdimen\leftx \newdimen\rightx
-\newdimen\y \newdimen\yy
-\newdimen\lefty \newdimen\righty
-%\newcount\i
-\newcount\k \newcount\kaux
-\newcount\loccnt \newcount\modsum
-\newcount\level \newcount\order
-\newcount\kmax
-\newcount\kk \newcount\ekk
-\newcount\dir
-\newbox\nel \newbox\nwl
-\newbox\hlfwndelm
-%\newdimen\linethickness \linethickness.2pt
-\newdimen\linesize
-\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule
- height\linethickness
- width\linethickness}
-\def\xy#1{%Function: place #1 at x, y
- \vbox to0pt{\kern-\y
- \hbox to0pt{\kern\x#1\hss}\vss}}
-%
-\def\xytxt#1{%Function: place text #1 at x, y
- \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss
- \hbox to0pt{\strut#1\hss}\kern0pt}}}
-%
-\def\N#1{\xy{\kern-.5\linethickness
- \vbox to0pt{\vss
- \hrule height#1\unitlength
- width\linethickness}}%
-\advance\y#1\unitlength}
-%
-\def\S#1{\advance\y-#1\unitlength
- {\N{#1}}}
-%
-\def\E#1{\xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss
- \hrule width#1\unitlength
- height\linethickness
- depth0pt\vss
-}}\advance\x#1\unitlength}
-%
-\def\W#1{\advance\x-#1\unitlength
- {\E{#1}}}
-%
-\def\NE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
-\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
-\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
- \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
- \advance\x\wd\hlfwndelm
- \advance\y\ht\hlfwndelm
-\repeat}
-%
-\def\NW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
-\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
-\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
- \advance\x-\wd\hlfwndelm
- \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
- \advance\y\ht\hlfwndelm
-\repeat}
-%
-\def\SW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
-\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
-\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
- \advance\x-\wd\hlfwndelm
- \advance\y-\ht\hlfwndelm
- \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
-\repeat}
-%
-\def\SE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
-\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
-\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
- \advance\y-\ht\hlfwndelm
- \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
- \advance\x\wd\hlfwndelm
-\repeat}
-%
-%Convenient aliases are
-\let\0\N
-\let\1\E
-\let\2\S
-\let\3\W
-%to supply text to the east (by preceding
-%it with \hss it is centered)
-\def\trttxt#1{\hbox to0pt{%
- \kern\x\vbox to0pt{\vss
- \hbox to0pt{\strut#1\hss
- }\kern\y}\hss}}
-%white writing i.e. just move, don't draw
-\def\whiteE#1{\advance\x#1\unitlength }
-\def\whiteN#1{\advance\y#1\unitlength }
-\def\whiteW#1{\advance\x-#1\unitlength }
-\def\whiteS#1{\advance\y-#1\unitlength }
-%sometimes the following variants with
-%global changes are needed
-\def\globalN#1{\xy{\kern-.5\linethickness
- \vbox to0pt{\vss
- \hrule height#1\unitlength
- width\linethickness}}%
-\global\advance\y#1\unitlength}
-%
-\def\globalS#1{\global\advance
- \y-#1\unitlength{\N{#1}}}
-%
-\def\globalE#1{\xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss
- \hrule width#1\unitlength
- height\linethickness
- depth0pt\vss
-}}\global\advance\x#1\unitlength}
-%
-\def\globalW#1{\global\advance
- \x-#1\unitlength{\E{#1}}}
-%
-\newbox\trielm
-\linethickness.2pt
-\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule
- width1.74\linethickness
- height\linethickness\relax}
-%To account for element in 30 degrees direction
-\unitlengthy\ht\trielm %default.2pt
-\unitlengthx\wd\trielm %default.3482pt
-\unitlength\unitlengthy%default.2pt
-%
-\def\WSW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\divide\auxdim2
- \loop\advance\auxdim-\unitlengthy
- \ifdim\auxdim>-.5\unitlengthy
- \advance\x-\unitlengthx
- \advance\y-\unitlengthy
- \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\trielm}}%
- \repeat}
-%
-\def\ESE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\divide\auxdim2
- \loop\advance\auxdim-\unitlengthy
- \ifdim\auxdim>-.5\unitlengthy
- \advance\y-\unitlengthy
- \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\trielm}}%
- \advance\x\unitlengthx
- \repeat}
-%
-\def\correction{\multiply\auxdim23
- \divide\auxdim32\relax}
-%
-%And the shortcut
-\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname
- {\the\kk}}
-%The useful \bintree for trees
-\def\bintree{\S1\ifnum2=\kk\eertnib\fi
- \divide\kk2
- {\W{\the\kk}\bintree}%
- \E{\the\kk}\bintree\relax}
-\def\eertnib#1\relax{\fi\global\advance\k1
- \whiteS1\xytxt{ \csname\the\k\endcsname}}
-%
-%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, July 1995
-%\newdimen\x \newdimen\y \newdimen\yy
-%\newcount\k \newcount\kmax
-\ea\newdimen\csname X1\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname X2\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname X3\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname X4\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname X12\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname X23\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname X34\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname X123\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname X234\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname X1234\endcsname
-\def\X#1{\csname X#1\endcsname}
-%
-\ea\newdimen\csname Y1\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname Y2\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname Y3\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname Y4\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname Y12\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname Y23\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname Y34\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname Y123\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname Y234\endcsname
-\ea\newdimen\csname Y1234\endcsname
-\def\Y#1{\csname Y#1\endcsname}
-%
-\newbox\smileybox
-%Next the METAfont spline implementation
-\def\mfs{\ifnum\k=\kmax \sfm\fi
-\advance\k1
-\midpoints\x\X{1234}\y\Y{1234}\putatxy
-{\X2\X{12}\X3\X{123}\X4\X{1234}%
- \Y2\Y{12}\Y3\Y{123}\Y4\Y{1234}\mfs}%
-{\X1\X{1234}\X2\X{234}\X3\X{34}%
- \Y1\Y{1234}\Y2\Y{234}\Y3\Y{34}\mfs}\relax}%end \mfs
-%
-\def\sfm#1\relax{\fi}
-%
-%
-\def\midpoints{%z1,...,z4 -> z1, z12, z23,...,z1234
-\X{12}\X1\advance\X{12}by\X2\divide\X{12}by2
-\X{23}\X2\advance\X{23}by\X3\divide\X{23}by2
-\X{34}\X3\advance\X{34}by\X4\divide\X{34}by2
-\X{123}\X{12}\advance\X{123}by\X{23}\divide\X{123}by2
-\X{234}\X{23}\advance\X{234}by\X{34}\divide\X{234}by2
-\X{1234}\X{123}\advance\X{1234}by\X{234}\divide\X{1234}by2
-%
-\Y{12}\Y1\advance\Y{12}by\Y2\divide\Y{12}by2
-\Y{23}\Y2\advance\Y{23}by\Y3\divide\Y{23}by2
-\Y{34}\Y3\advance\Y{34}by\Y4\divide\Y{34}by2
-\Y{123}\Y{12}\advance\Y{123}by\Y{23}\divide\Y{123}by2
-\Y{234}\Y{23}\advance\Y{234}by\Y{34}\divide\Y{234}by2
-\Y{1234}\Y{123}\advance\Y{1234}by\Y{234}\divide\Y{1234}by2 }
-%\putatxy already in blue.tex
-\def\putatxy{\hbox to0pt{\kern\x\kern-.15pt
- \vbox to0pt{\vss\hrule width.3pt
- height.3pt\relax
- \kern\y}\hss}}
-%
-%\def\S#1{...}%See earlier
-%
-\def\initialize#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%points: (#1,#2),...(#7,#8)
- \csname X1\endcsname#1\unitlength
- \csname X2\endcsname#3\unitlength
- \csname X3\endcsname#5\unitlength
- \csname X4\endcsname#7\unitlength
- \csname Y1\endcsname#2\unitlength
- \csname Y2\endcsname#4\unitlength
- \csname Y3\endcsname#6\unitlength
- \csname Y4\endcsname#8\unitlength}
-%
-%
-%\def\smiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
-% \copy\smileybox\eyes\mouth\kern1000\unitlength} }
-%\def\winksmiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
-% \copy\smileybox\winkeye\mouth\kern1000\unitlength} }
-%\def\sadsmiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
-% \copy\smileybox\squinteyes\sadmouth\kern1000\unitlength} }
-%
-%Contents turtle tools
-%Storage allocations
-%\newcount
-% \k, \loccnt, \modsum,
-% \level, \order, \kmax,
-% \kk, \ekk, \dir
-%newdimen
-% \x, \leftx, \rightx,
-% \y, \yy, \lefty, \righty,
-%\newbox
-% \hlfwndelm, \trielm
-%Definitions
-% \N, \E, \S, \W
-% \NE, \SE, \SW, \NW
-% \WSW, \ESE
-% \whiteN, \whiteE, \whiteS, \whiteW
-% \globalN, \globalE, \globalS, \globalW
-% \correction
-% \draw
-% \bintree, \eertnib
-% \putarxy
-% \mfs, \sfm
-% \midpoints
-% \initialize
-%Aliases
-%\0, \1, \3, \4
-%History of changes
-%July 1995 Setup turtle graphics
-%\endinput
-%
-%
-%Undocumented features
-%\rnd from Reid, 1987
-%(Included in index macros of BLUe.)
-%\newcount\rndnum \newcount\rndtmp
-%\newcount\rndval
-\def\rnd{\multiply\rndnum371{}%
- \advance\rndnum1{}%
- \ifnum\rndnum>99999
- \rndtmp\rndnum \divide\rndtmp100000
- \multiply\rndtmp100000
- \advance\rndnum-\rndtmp
- \fi\rndval\rndnum
- \divide\rndval1000 }
-%
-\def\dieiii{\rnd\throw=
- \ifnum\rndval<34 0\else
- \ifnum\rndval<67 1\else2
- \fi\fi}
-\def\dieiv{\rnd\throw=
- \ifnum\rndval<25 0\else
- \ifnum\rndval<50 1\else
- \ifnum\rndval<75 2\else3
- \fi\fi\fi}
-\def\diev{\rnd\throw=
- \ifnum\rndval<20 0\else
- \ifnum\rndval<40 1\else
- \ifnum\rndval<60 2\else
- \ifnum\rndval<80 3\else4
- \fi\fi\fi\fi}
-%
-%
-%;numvrb
-%Formats.
-\def\loadformat{\input fmt.dat\relax}
-%
-\def\concert{\ifx\undefined\concertfmt
- \let\concertfmt=x\fi
- \loadformat
- \let\concertfmt\undefined
-}
-%;vrblin50
-\newtoks\addressesfile
-\addressesfile{address}
-%
-\def\letter{\ifx\undefined\letterfmt
- \let\letterfmt=x\fi
- \loadformat
- \let\letterfmt\undefined
-}
-%;vrblin100
-\newcount\reportloadcnt
-%Prevent double loading.
-\def\report{\ifx\undefined\reportfmt
- \let\reportfmt=x\fi
- \ifnum\reportloadcnt=0 \ea\loadformat\fi
- \advance\reportloadcnt1
- \let\reportfmt\undefined
-}
-%;vrblin150
-\newcount\transparenciesloadcnt
-\def\transparencies{%
- \ifx\undefined\transparenciesfmt
- \let\transparenciesfmt=x\fi
- \ifnum\transparenciesloadcnt=0
- \ea\loadformat\fi
- \advance\transparenciesloadcnt1
- \let\transparenciesfmt\undefined
-}%
-\newcount\trsno
-\newbox\trsppt
-\newcount\transparenciespptloadcnt
-\def\transparenciesppt{%
- \ifx\undefined\transparenciespptfmt
- \let\transparenciespptfmt=x\fi
- \ifnum\transparenciespptloadcnt=0
- \ea\loadformat\fi
- \advance\transparenciespptloadcnt1
- \let\transparenciespptfmt\undefined
-}%;nonum;newpage
-%
-%
-%;numvrb
-%Tools
-%General macros.
-\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi
- \process{#1}\fifo}
-\def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
-%
-{\obeylines\gdef\fifol#1
- {\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi%
- \processl{#1}\fifol}}
-\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi}
-%
-{\obeyspaces\gdef\fifow#1 {\ifx
-\wofif#1\wofif\fi\processw{#1}\ \fifow}}
-\def\wofif#1\fifow{\fi}
-%
-\long\def\gobbletool#1\endinput{\egroup}
-\long\def\tool#1{\ifx#1\undefined
- \bgroup\unouterdefs
- \ea\gobbletool\fi}
-%
-\def\toolverbatim{\thisverbatim{%
- \baselineskip12ptplus2ptminus1pt
- \lineskip1ptplus1ptminus1pt}%
- \beginverbatim}
-%
-\let\cgl\relax
-%\def\cgl{\endverbatim\endinput}
-%
-\def\unouterdefs{%List of defs which
- %have to be neglected
- \ea\let\csname+\endcsname\relax
- \catcode`\^12
- %more to come
-}
-%
-\newif\iffound
-\def\loc#1#2{\def\locate##1#1##2\end
- {\ifx\empty##2\empty\foundfalse
- \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate#2.#1\end}
-%
-\def\contentsdatabase#1{%#1 pic lit address
-\ea\let\ea\name\csname toc#1\endcsname
-\immediate\openout\name=contents#1
-%Define list element tag `\lst'
-\def\lst##1##2{\let##1\relax
- \advance\k1
- \immediate\write\name{##1}}
-\input #1.dat\relax
-\message{Database #1 contains
- \the\k\space entries.
- See the file contents#1 for
- the list of the names of the entries.}}
-%
-\newwrite\tocfmt
-\newwrite\toctools
-%
-\def\contentstoolsorfmt#1{%#1 tools fmt
-\bgroup
-\ea\let\ea\name\csname toc#1\endcsname
-\immediate\openout\name=contents#1
-\long\def\tool##1##2\endinput{%
- \immediate\write\name{\nx##1}}
-\unouterdefs
-\input #1.dat\relax
-\message{Database #1 contains
- \the\k\space entries.}%
-\egroup}
-%
-%Tags for the address database
-\newif\ifregisteredblue
-%Searching the database
-\newtoks\searchfile
-\newtoks\foundfile
-\newtoks\namelst
-\def\search#1{\def\loc##1##2{%
- \def\locate####1##1####2\end
- {\ifx\empty####2\empty\foundfalse
- \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate##2.##1\end}
- \def\lst##1##2{\loc{#1}{##2}\iffound
- \immediate\write16{\nx##1}%log file
- \namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}
- \def##1{##2}%define found element
- \fi}\input\the\searchfile.dat\relax}
-%;vrblin200
-\def\bluechapter#1\par
- {\beginchapterhead#1\unskip\endchapterhead}
-%Because of \par not in fmt.dat
-\def\blueexample#1\par
- {\example{#1\unskip}}
-%
-\def\bluedisplaycenterline#1\par
- {\begindisplaycenterline
- #1\enddisplaycenterline}%;nonum;newcol
-%
-%
-%;numvrb
-%Tools
-%Next sorted on <tag>tool
-%
-\def\loadtool{\input tools.dat\relax}
-%;vrblin20
-%Binarytreetool
-\newcount\ltree \newcount\m
-\newcount\lu \newcount\levelone
-\newdimen\tophns \newdimen\tophnshalf
-\newdimen\vnodesep
-\newdimen\treewidth %\treewidth=
-%\prod_{i=1}^k{1+1/2i} * \tophns, for level k tree.
-\newtoks\thisbintree
-\newtoks\everybintree
-\def\beginbintree{\begingroup
- \let\bintreetool=x
- \loadtool
- \startbintree}
-\newtoks\thisbt
-\newtoks\everybt
-\newtoks\prebt
-\newtoks\postbt
-\def\beginbt{\begingroup
- \let\bttool=x
- \loadtool\bt}
-%;vrblin50
-%Bridgetool
-\def\beginbridge{\begingroup
- \let\endbridge\endgroup
- \let\bridgetool=x
- \loadtool
-}
-%;vrblin100
-%Crosswordstool
-\def\begincrosswords{\begingroup
- \let\endcrosswords\endgroup
- \let\crosswordstool=x
- \loadtool
-}
-%;vrblin150
-%Hanoitool
-\def\hanoi#1{\beginhanoi{#1}\endhanoi}
-\def\beginhanoi{\begingroup
- \let\endhanoi\endgroup
- \let\hanoitool=x
- \loadtool
-\sethanoi}
-%;vrblin200
-%Indextool
-\newcount\indexloadcnt
-\def\loadindexmacros{%
- \ifx\undefined\indextool
- \let\indextool=x\fi
- \ifnum\indexloadcnt=0
- \ea\loadtool\fi
- \advance\indexloadcnt1
- \let\indextool\undefined}
-%(mini-)ToCtool
-\newwrite\toc
-\newcount\tocloadcnt
-\def\loadtocmacros{%
- \ifx\undefined\toctool
- \let\toctool=x\fi
- \ifnum\tocloadcnt=0
- \ea\loadtool\fi
- \advance\tocloadcnt1
- \let\toctool\undefined}
-%;vrblin250
-%Language tools
-\def\english{\let\englishtool=x
- \loadtool
- \let\englishtool\undefined
-}
-\def\russian{\let\russiantool=x
- \loadtool
- \let\russiantool\undefined
-}
-%;vrblin500
-%ntglogo
-\font\calx=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\newbox\ntglogobox
-\def\loadntglogo{\let\ntglogotool=x
- \loadtool
- \let\ntglogotool\undefined
-}
-\def\loadntginfo{\let\ntginfotool=x
- \loadtool
- \let\ntginfotool\undefined
-}
-%
-%;vrblin525
-\newbox\smileybox
-\newcount\smileysloadcount
-\def\smiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex
- \hbox{\unitlength.01pt
- \copy\smileybox
- \eyes\mouth
- \kern1000\unitlength} }
-\def\winksmiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex
- \hbox{\unitlength.01pt\copy\smileybox
- \winkeye\mouth
- \kern1000\unitlength} }
-\def\sadsmiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex
- \hbox{\unitlength.01pt\copy\smileybox
- \squinteyes\sadmouth
- \kern1000\unitlength} }
-\def\loadsmileys{\ifx\undefined\smileystool
- \let\smileystool=x\fi
- \ifnum\smileysloadcount=0 \ea\loadtool
- \else\message{--- smileys already loaded---}\fi
- \advance\smileysloadcount1
- \let\smileystool\undefined}
-%
-%;vrblin550
-\def\loadxyz{\let\xyztool=x
- \loadtool
- \let\xyztool\undefined
-}
-%;vrblin575
-\def\loadpartlogo{\let\partlogotool=x
- \loadtool
- \let\partlogotool\undefined
-}
-%;vrblin600
-%Pascaltool
-%Declarations
-\newtoks\prepascal
-\newtoks\postpascal
-\newtoks\reservedset
-\newcount\commentstatus
-%Initializations
-\let\reservedwordsfont\bf
-\let\pascalprogramfont\it
-\let\pascalcommentfont\rm
-\prepascal{\medskip\noindent}
-\postpascal\prepascal
-%Reserved words need right catcodes
-%
-\def\beginpascal{\begingroup
- \let\pascaltool=x
- \loadtool
- \afterassignment\fifol\let\dummy=}%;nonum;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%***Storage allocation*** ;numvrb
-%\new...-s needed in the various tools
-%Space is once reserved.
-%General
-\newtoks\storedheadline
-\newtoks\storedfootline
-\newtoks\appendixname
-\appendixname{Appendix}
-\newcount\storedpageno
-%;vrblin10
-%From \contentsdatabase
-\newwrite\tocpic
-\newwrite\toclit
-\newwrite\tocaddress
-%;vrblin20
-%From \letter
-\newtoks\letterfile
-%\newtoks\addressesfile
-\newtoks\addresseename\newtoks\fullname
-\newtoks\addresseelist
-\newtoks\subject
-\newtoks\ourreference
-\newtoks\yourreference
-\newtoks\enclosures
-\newdimen\longindentation
-\newdimen\storedvsize
-\newskip\vaoffset%vert address offset
-\newskip\haoffset%hor address offset
-\newbox\affiliationbox
-\letterfile{letter}
-%\addressesfile{address}
-%From \transparencies
-\newtoks\regularheadline
-\newtoks\regularfootline
-%;vrblin50
-%From \report
-\newtoks\chapternumbering
-\newtoks\thischapterhead
-\newtoks\everychapterhead
-\newtoks\prefacename
-\newtoks\bibliographydata
-\newtoks\chaptertitle
-\newtoks\prechapterhead
-\newtoks\postchapterhead
-\newtoks\headtitle
-\newtoks\subheadtitle
-\newtoks\subsubheadtitle
-\newtoks\prepoint
-\newtoks\prefil
-\newtoks\postfil
-\newtoks\thisexample
-\newtoks\everyexample
-\newtoks\exampletitle
-\newbox\prefacebox
-\newbox\contentsbox
-\newbox\forewordtranslatorbox
-\newdimen\generalindent
-\newdimen\gutter \gutter1em
-\newdimen\xshift
-\newdimen\yshift
-\newdimen\subsubheadindent
-\newcount\headcnt
-\newcount\chaptercnt
-\newcount\examplecnt
-\newcount\exercisecnt
-\newwrite\toc
-\newwrite\toe
-\newif\ifrunin
-%;vrblin100
-%From transparencies
-\newtoks\identification
-%\newtoks\crowner
-\newtoks\headtitle
-\newtoks\subheadtitle
-\newtoks\subsubheadtitle
-\newskip\leftskiptrs
-\newskip\rightskiptrs
-%;vrblin125
-%From crosswords
-\newif\ifpuzzle
-\newcount\cnt
-\newdimen\csize
-%;vrblin150
-%From index
-\newif\ifcontinue%controls loops
-\newif\iffound%locating accent cs
-\newif\ifproof\prooftrue
-\newtoks\indword
-\newcount\n
-\newcount\lc
-\newcount\r
-\newcount\ic
-\newcount\uone
-\newcount\jc
-\newcount\jj
-\newcount\jjone
-%Counters
-%\newcount\n
-%\newcount\m
-%\newcount\k
-%\newcount\kk
-\n=0
-\newcount\kzero\kzero0 %Bias value
-\newcount\pk
-\newcount\pkone%Used in sortcs
-\newcount\frst%First value of range
-\newcount\last %Last value of range
-\newcount\slast%Successor \last
-\newcount\dif %Difference \last-\frst
-\newcount\nw %Number of words
-\newcount\nc %Number of characters/comp
-\newcount\numex %Number of exchanges
-\newcount\rndval%Random number
-\newcount\rndnum%Seed random generator
-\newcount\rndtmp%Temporary value
-\newcount\throw
-\newcount\status%Status comparison
-\newcount\low
-\newcount\up
-\newif\ifgoon
-\newread\inxin
-\newtoks\indword
-\newtoks\indexfile
- %To parameterize the resulting index
-\newtoks\irfile
- %To parameterize the IRs
-\newtoks\indexname
-\newtoks\preindex
-\newtoks\postindex
-\newtoks\ignores
-\newtoks\conseqs
-\newtoks\consyms
-\newtoks\srtkeys
-\newtoks\srtkeypairs
-%;vrblin500
-%Contents Tools
-%- bridgetool
-%- crosswordstool
-%- hanoitool
-%- indextool
-%- langauages englishtool (default)
-%- ntglogotool
-%- ntginfotool
-%- russiantool
-%- smileys
-%- toctool
-%- xyztool
-%- pascaltool
-%;nonum
-%History of changes Tools
-% Jan 1995 Created
-% Summer 1995 Smileys added
-% March 1996 Toc tool added
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-%
-%
-\def\\{\hfil\break}
-\let\annotation\relax
-\generalindent\parindent
-\subsubheadindent\generalindent
-\loadntglogo
-\english
-\catcode`\@=12
-\endinput
-%for Mac as pre format
-\global\advance\count0-1 \dump
-%%%end blue.tex, cgl%%% \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/blu/fmt.dat b/macros/blu/fmt.dat
deleted file mode 100644
index 684c4540f2..0000000000
--- a/macros/blu/fmt.dat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1418 +0,0 @@
-%The material is shareware and subject
-%to the separate notes on copyright.
-%
-%File of formats to cooperate with blue.tex
-%To print the formats properly, copy
-%the following 11-lines job and
-%substitute the semicolon token
-%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x)
-% ---Kees---
-%\input blue.tex
-%\hfuzz25pt
-%\title{File: fmt.dat}
-%\issue{Version 1.0}
-%\beginscript
-%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0
-% \catcode`\!=12
-% \catcode`\|=12
-% \input fmt.dat}
-%\beginverbatim
-%`semi-col'endverbatim
-%\endscript %or use pgfile.tex
-%
-%
-%
-%Contents:
-%- concert
-%- letter
-%- report
-%- transparencies
-%
-\message{fmt.dat browsed (Version March 1996)}
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%concert%
-%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl %;numvrb
-\tool\concertfmt
-\message{ ---Concert format, Jan 95, cgl--- }
-%Concert format TeXbook 409, 412
-%\font\twelverm=cmr12
-%\font\twelvebf=cmbx12
-%\font\twelveit=cmti12 %all in blue.tex
-%\font\twelvesl=cmsl12
-%\font\twelvemus=cmmi12
-%
-\def\bigtype{\let\rm=\twelverm
- \let\bf=\twelvebf\let\it=\twelveit
- \let\sl=\twelvesl\let\mus=\twelvemus
- \baselineskip=14pt minus 1pt \rm}
-\def\medtype{\let\rm=\tenrm
- \let\bf=\tenbf\let\it=\tenit
- \let\sl=\tensl\let\mus=\teni
- \baselineskip=12pt minus 1pt \rm}
-\def\smalltype{\let\rm=\eightrm
- \let\bf=\eightbf\let\it=\eightit
- \let\sl=\eightsl\let\mus=\eighti
- \baselineskip=9.5pt minus .75pt \rm}
-%
-\def\flat{\raise.2ex\hbox{\mus\char"5B}}
-\def\sharp{\raise.4ex\hbox{\mus\char"5D}}
-\let\,=\thinspace
-\def\(#1){{\rm(}#1\/{\rm)}}
-% ;vrblin50
-\def\composition#1{\halign{\bf
- \quad##\hfil\cr\kern-1em#1\crcr}}
-% use \cr's if more than one line
-\def\composer#1{\rightline{\bf#1}}
-\def\movements#1{\halign{\quad\it##\hfil
- &&\qquad\it##\hfil\cr#1\crcr}}
-\def\soloists#1{\centerline{\bf
- \vbox{\halign{##\hfil\cr#1\crcr}}}}
-% ;vrblin100
-\def\tsaologo{\vbox{\bigtype\bf
- \line{\hrulefill}
- \kern-.5\baselineskip
- \line{\hrulefill\phantom
-{ THE ST.\,ANFORD ORCHESTRA }\hrulefill}
- \kern-.5\baselineskip
- \line{\hrulefill\hbox
-{ THE ST.\,ANFORD ORCHESTRA }\hrulefill}
- \kern-.5\baselineskip
- \line{\hrulefill\phantom
-{ R. J. Drofnats, Conductor }\hrulefill}
- \kern-.5\baselineskip
- \line{\hrulefill\hbox
-{ R. J. Drofnats, Conductor }\hrulefill}
- }}
-%Defaults
-\onecol\hsize=4in\bigtype
-\endinput %;nonum
-%Contents
-%Fonts
-% \bigtype................10-13
-% \medtype................14-17
-% \smalltype..............18-21
-% \flat......................23
-% \sharp.....................24
-% \,.........................25
-% \(...).....................26
-%Layout
-% \composition............51-52
-% \composer..................54
-% \movement..................55
-% \soloists...............57-58
-% \tsalogo..............101-115
-%Defaults
-% \onecol\hsize\bigtype.....117
-%History of changes.
-%Jan 95 Creation.
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%concert%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%letter%;numvrb
-\tool\letterfmt
-%Inspired upon the TeXbook App E
-%\today already in blue.tex
-\message{ ---Letter format,
- Jan 95, cgl--- }
-%Addresses assumed in address.dat
-%Toks vars: \letterfile\addressesfile
-%Address handling
-\def\beginaddresses#1\endaddresses{%
- \def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1
- \let##1\addresserror
- \else \message{\Dash\string##1
- already loaded.\Dash}%
- \fi\namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}}
- \fifo#1\ofif%end defining all names
- \loadselectivefrom{\the\addressesfile}}
-%with on top the trivial variant
-\def\addresserror{Address not in database,
- Sorry.\loaderror{Addresses}}
-\def\addresses#1{\beginaddresses
- #1\endaddresses}
-%
-\def\addressee#1{\ea
- \splitaddress#1\egroup}%;nonum
-%
-%with at the lower level
-%;numvrb;vrblin50
-\def\splitaddress#1\\#2\\{\addresseename{#1%
- \unskip}\fullname{#2\unskip}\setbox
- \affiliationbox\hbox\bgroup#2\\}%;nonum
-%
-%To handle letters
-%;numvrb;vrblin100
-\def\letterto#1{{\everyscript{\notlastscript}
- \storedvsize\vsize
- \storedheadline\headline
- \storedfootline\footline
- \beginaddresses#1\endaddresses
- \let\lst\processletter
- \the\namelst}}
-%
-\def\lettertoall{{\everyscript{\notlastscript}
- \def\lst##1{\processletter}
- \input\the\addressesfile.dat\relax}}%;nonum
-%
-\def\makesearchletters{\def\lst{%
- \thisscript{\notlastscript}
- \processletter}
- \the\namelst}
-%with at the lower level
-%;numvrb;vrblin150
-\def\processletter#1{{%#1 name or address
- \headline\storedheadline
- \footline\storedfootline
- \vsize\storedvsize
- \addressee{#1}
- \beginscript
- \input\the\letterfile\relax
- \endscript}}
-%;vrblin175
-%\def\makelistaddresseetags{\def\lst
-% ##1##2{\namelst\ea{\the\namelst##1}}
-% \input\the\addressesfile\relax}%;nonum
-%
-%`Page makeup'
-%;numvrb;vrblin200
-\headline{\line{\vbox to3cm{%
-\line{\logo\hss
- \vbox{\hsize.33\hsize\small
- \the\address\\\the\netaddress\\\the\telephone}
-}\kern3pt\hrule\vss}\hss}%
-\addresseewindow
-%and for follow pages
-\global\headline{\line{\vbox
- to3cm{\vss%Implicit vspace
- \line{\tenrm \To: \the\fullname
- \hss\today/\the\subject/\the\crowner\
- \oldstyle\the\ourreference}\kern2pt\hrule
- \vss}}}%end follow \headline
-}%end \headline
-%
-\footline{\line{\vbox{%
- \kern\baselineskip\hrule\kern.5ex
- \hbox{\strut\the\businessaccount}}\hss}
-%and for follow pages
- \global\vsize19cm
- \global\footline{\line{\null
- \hss--{\oldstyle\the\count0}--\hss
- }}%end follow \footline
-}%end \footline
-%;vrblin250
-\def\addresseewindow{\line{%
-\vbox to 4cm{%Window height Dutch
- %envelopes
-\vskip\vaoffset %To shift address vert.
-\leftskip\haoffset%To shift address hor.
-\unhbox\affiliationbox
-\vss}\hss}%end line
-\line{\hbox to\longindentation
- {\hbox to11ex{\Subject\hss:}
- \the\subject\hss}\today\hss}
-\line{\hbox to11ex{\small \Ourref\hss:}
- \the\crowner\
- \oldstyle\the\ourreference\hss}
-\line{\hbox to11ex{\small \Yourref\hss:}
- \the\yourreference\hss}
-}%;nonum
-%
-%Processing labels
-%;numvrb;vrblin300
-\def\makelabels#1{\vsize=26cm%
- \headline{}\footline{}%
- \beginaddresses#1\endaddresses
- \let\lst\processlabel
- \the\namelst}
-%
-\def\makealllabels{\vsize=28cm
- \headline{}\footline{}
- \def\lst##1{\processlabel}
- \input\the\addressesfile.dat\relax
-}
-%
-\def\makesearchlabels{\vsize=28cm
- \headline{}\footline{}
- \let\lst\processlabel
- \the\namelst}%;nonum
-%
-%with at the lower level
-%;numvrb;vrblin350
-\def\processlabel#1{\addressee{#1}%
- \boxit{\kern1cm\vbox to3.5cm
- {\noindent\leftskip.33\hsize
- \hsize.9\hsize
- \unhbox\affiliationbox\vss}
- {\smallskip\small
- \leftskip\generalindent
- \the\author\\
- \the\address\bigskip}
-}\smallskip}%end \processlabel%;nonum
-%
-%general things
-% ;numvrb;vrblin400
-\def\beginscript{%
- \lastscript\the\everyscript
- \the\thisscript
-\begingroup\pageno1 \null
-\vskip3\bigskipamount
-}%end \beginscript
-\let\beginletter\beginscript
-%
-\def\endscript{\smallskip
- \vfil\eject\endgroup
- \tracingstats1
- \stop\thisscript{}}
-\let\endletter\endscript
-%;vrblin500
-%To be replaced by your salutation
-\def\sincerely{{\bigskip
- \parindent\longindentation
- Sincerely,
- \medskip
- \the\author\vskip3\bigskipamount}}
-%
-\def\dear{Dear \the\addresseename,\bigskip}
-%
-\def\ps{\bigskip\small\item{P.S.}}
-\def\cc{\bigskip\small\item{cc.}}
-\def\appendix#1{\newpage\tenpoint
- \centerline{\bf\the\appendixname\ #1}
- \bigskip}%;nonum
-\def\enclosures{\bigskip\small}
-%
-%Defaults, Initializations \letter
-% ;numvrb;vrblin900
-%\loadntglogo
-\onecol%Because in blue.tex
- %\twocol default
-\addressesfile{address}
-\searchfile{address}
-\letterfile{letter}
-\def\email#1{}\def\phone#1{}\def\fax#1{}
-%Separation headline and rest
-\vsize13cm%First page
-\hsize13cm\pagewd\hsize
-\hoffset1cm
-\parindent0pt
-\generalindent2pc
-\interlinepenalty1000
-\longindentation.667\hsize
-\storedvsize\vsize
-\storedheadline\headline
-\storedfootline\footline
-\raggedbottom
-\def\english{
- \def\To{To}
- \def\Yourref{Your ref}
- \def\Ourref{Our ref}
- \def\Subject{Subject}}
-\def\nederlands{
- \def\today{\ifcase \month \or Januari\or Februari\or
- Maart\or April\or Mei\or
- Juni\or Juli\or Augustus\or September\or October\or
- November\or December\fi { }{\ea
- \oldstyle \number \day }, {\ea \oldstyle \number \year }}
- \def\To{Aan}
- \def\dear{Beste}
- \def\Yourref{Uw ref}
- \def\Ourref{Onze ref}
- \def\Subject{Subject}
- \def\sincerely{{\bigskip
- \parindent\longindentation
- Hoogachtend,
- \medskip
- \the\author\vskip3\bigskipamount}}
-}
-\english
-\endinput %;nonum
-%
-%Contents
-%Address
-% \beginaddresses...........9-19
-% \endaddresses...............21
-% \addresses...............23-24
-% \addressee...............26-27
-%lower level
-% \splitaddress............51-54
-%Letter
-% \letterto..............101-107
-% \lettertoall...........109-110
-% \makesearchletters.....112-115
-%lower level
-% \processletter.........151-158
-% \makelistaddresseetags.176-183
-%Header and footer
-% \headline..............201-214
-% \footline..............216-224
-%lower level
-% \addresseewindow.......251-266
-%Labels
-% \makelabels............301-304
-% \makealllabels.........306-309
-% \makesearchlabels......311-313
-%lower level
-% \processlabel..........351-360
-%Composition
-% \beginscript...........401-406
-% (\beginletter).............407
-% \endscript.............409-412
-% (\endletter)...............413
-% \sincerely.............502-506
-% \dear......................508
-% \ps........................510
-% \cc........................511
-% \appendix..............512-514
-% \enclosures
-% \nederlands
-% \english
-%Defaults.................901-9xx
-%History of changes.
-%May 96 \nederlands (\endlish) added
-%Aug 95 Extended by \makesearchletters
-%Jan 95 Creation.
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%letter%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%report%;numvrb
-\tool\reportfmt
-%Report format Jan 95 ;numvrb
-%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-\message{ ---Report format,
- Jan 95, cgl--- }
-\let\chapterfont\Large
-\font\subtitlefont=cmr12 scaled\magstep2
-%
-\immediate\openout\ans=answers
-\immediate\openout\toe=examples
-\immediate\openout\toc=contents
-%;vrblin100
-%Chapter title matters
-\prechapterhead{\newpage\null
- \vskip4pc\bgroup\catcode`\^=7
- \the\everychapterhead
- \the\thischapterhead
- \global\advance\chaptercnt1
-% \xdef\chapno{\the\chaptercnt}%
-}
-%;vrblin110
-\postchapterhead{\egroup
- \headcnt0 \exercisecnt0 \examplecnt0
- \immediate\write\toc{\nx\separator{\alfanum
- \the\chaptercnt}{\the\chaptertitle}}
- %suppress headline first page chapter
- \global\headline{\global\headline
- {\hbox to\pagewd
- {\sl\the\chaptertitle\hfill
- \the\title}}}%
- \footline{\hbox to\pagewd{\small
- \rlap{Draft \today}\hfill\dash
- {\oldstyle\the\pagenumber}\dash
- \hfill\llap{\copyright
- \the\crowner}}}%
-%Example is redefined here such that on
-%first use if ever in the chapter, it
-%redefines itself as the regular macro,
-%while writing the chapter title to the
-%table-of-examples, ToE, file.
-%In this way titles of chapters without
-%examples are suppressed in the ToE.
- \def\example{\immediate\write\toe{\nx
- \separator{\alfanum
- \the\chaptercnt}{\the\chaptertitle}}
- \let\example\regularexample\example}
-%To get the title of ToC Appendix also in
-%the ToC the \immediate is needed
- \thischapterhead{}\vskip3pc}
-%
-\def\beginchapterhead{\the\prechapterhead
- \storechaptertitle}
-%
-\def\storechaptertitle#1\endchapterhead{%
- \global\chaptertitle{#1}\endchapterhead}
-%
-\def\endchapterhead{\centerline{\chapterfont
- \the\chapternumbering\the\chaptertitle}
- \the\postchapterhead\ignorewhitespace}
-%
-\def\chapterhead{\bgroup
- \def\storechaptertitle##1{\egroup
- \global\chaptertitle{##1}%
- \endchapterhead}
- \beginchapterhead}
-%
-\def\setupappendices{\thischapterhead=
- {\chaptercnt64 \gdef\alfanum{\char}%
- \global\chapternumbering
- {\alfanum\the\chaptercnt: }}}
-%
-\def\pasteupanswers
-{\chapterhead{Answers to the Exercises}
- \immediate\closeout\ans
- {\ninepoint\parindent2pc
- \input answers\relax}}
-%
-\def\pasteuptoe{%
- \chapterhead{List of Examples}
-\immediate\closeout\toe %Table Of Examples
-{\ninepoint\def\exampleno##1.##2: {\noindent
- \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}.%
- {\oldstyle##2}\hss}}%
- \def\separator##1{\smallbreak\noindent
- \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}\hss}}
- \parindent0pt\obeylines\sl
- \input examples\relax}}
-%
-\def\pasteuptoc{%
- \chapterhead{Table of \the\contentsname}
-\immediate\closeout\toc%Table Of Contents
-{\ninepoint\def\contentsno##1.##2:
- {\noindent\hbox to\generalindent
- {{\oldstyle##1}.{\oldstyle##2}\hss}}
- \def\separator##1{\smallbreak\noindent
- \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}\hss}}
- \def\she{\noindent\hbox
- to1.5\generalindent{\hss}}
- \def\sshe{\noindent\hbox
- to2\generalindent{\hss}}
- \parindent0pc\obeylines\sl
- \input contents\relax}}
-%
-\preindex{\chapterhead{\the\indexname}}
-%
-\def\pagenorepresentation#1{\quad\dotfill
- \hbox to\generalindent{\hfil\oldstyle#1}}
-%
-%;vrblin250
-%Invariant for value \parindent
-\def\beginquote{\endgraf\bgroup
- \parindent\generalindent
- \narrower\smallbreak\noindent}
-%;vrblin300
-%Header matters
-\def\beginhead{\the\prehead
- \global\advance\headcnt1
- \storeheadtitle}
-%
-\def\storeheadtitle#1\endhead{%
- \global\headtitle{#1}\endhead}
-%
-\def\endhead{\centerline{\headfont
- \the\headtitle}\the\posthead}
-%
-\def\head{\bgroup
- \def\storeheadtitle##1{\egroup
- \global\headtitle{##1}\endhead}
- \beginhead}
-%
-\posthead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{%
- \write\toc{\contentsno
- \nx\alfanum\the\chaptercnt.\the\headcnt:
- \the\headtitle\nx\nx\nx
- \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number
- \pageno}}}\writetoc
- \nobreak\medskip\noindent
- \ignorewhitespace}
-%;vrblin350
-\def\beginsubhead{\the\presubhead
- \the\thissubhead
- \storesubheadtitle}
-%
-\def\storesubheadtitle#1\endsubhead{%
- \global\subheadtitle{#1}\endsubhead}
-%
-\def\endsubhead{{\subheadfont
- \the\subheadtitle}\the\postsubhead}
-%
-\def\subhead{\bgroup
- \def\storesubheadtitle##1{\egroup
- \global\subheadtitle{##1}\endsubhead}
- \beginsubhead}
-%
-\postsubhead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{%
- \write\toc{\nx\nx\nx\she
- \the\subheadtitle\nx\nx\nx
- \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number
- \pageno}}}\writetoc
- \ifrunin\ \else\quad\fi\ignorewhitespace}
-%;vrblin400
-\def\beginsubsubhead{\the\presubsubhead
- \the\thissubsubhead
- \storesubsubheadtitle}
-%
-\def\storesubsubheadtitle#1%
- \endsubsubhead{\global
- \subsubheadtitle{#1}\endsubsubhead}
-%
-\def\endsubsubhead{{\subsubheadfont
- \the\subsubheadtitle}\the\postsubsubhead}
-%
-\def\subsubhead{\bgroup
- \def\storesubsubheadtitle##1{%
- \egroup\global
- \subsubheadtitle{##1}%
- \endsubsubhead}
- \beginsubsubhead}
-%
-\postsubsubhead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{%
- \write\toc{\nx\nx\nx\sshe
- \the\subsubheadtitle\nx\nx\nx
- \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number
- \pageno}}}\writetoc
- \ifrunin\ \else\quad\fi\ignorewhitespace}
-%
-%Inner markup;vrblin500
-%;vrblin525
-\def\beginexample{\vskip0pt plus5ex
- \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-5ex
- \medskip
- \global\advance\examplecnt1
- \bgroup\catcode`\^=7 \the\everyexample
- \the\thisexample\storeexampletitle}
-%
-\def\storeexampletitle#1\endexample{%
- \global\exampletitle{#1}\endexample}
-%
-\def\endexample{%
- \xdef\writeexa{\write\toe{\exampleno
- \alfanum\the\chaptercnt.\the\examplecnt:
- \the\exampletitle
- \nx\nx\nx\pagenorepresentation
- {\the\count0}}}\writeexa
- {\the\examplename} {\sl(\the\exampletitle)}
- \egroup
- \nobreak\endgraf\noindent\ignorewhitespace}
-%
-\def\example{\bgroup
- \def\storeexampletitle##1{\egroup
- \global\exampletitle{##1}\endexample}
- \beginexample}
-%
-%;vrblin550
-%Mod item macros, to prevent hanging out
-%with \parindent=0pt
-\def\hang{\hangindent\generalindent}
-%
-\def\itemitem{\endgraf\leavevmode
- \hskip\generalindent
- \hangindent2\generalindent\textindent}
-%
-\def\textindent#1{\leavevmode
- \hskip\generalindent
- \llap{#1\enspace}\ignorespaces}
-%;vrblin575
-\def\exercise{\medbreak
- \global\advance\exercisecnt1
- \hangindent\generalindent
- \noindent\hbox to\generalindent{%
- {\oldstyle\the\chaptercnt}.{\oldstyle
- \the\exercisecnt}\hfil}}
-%
-\def\answer{\endgraf\medbreak
- \immediate\write\ans{}
- \immediate\write\ans{\string\ansno
- \the\chaptercnt.\the\exercisecnt:}%
- \copytoblankline}
-%
-\def\ansno#1.#2:{\medbreak\noindent
- \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle#1}%
- .{\oldstyle#2}\hss}\hangindent
- \generalindent\ignorespaces}
-%;vrblin700
-%Preliminary pages matters
-%Markup preliminary pages via \beginscript
-\def\beginscript{\lastscript
-\the\everyscript\begingroup
-\the\thisscript
-\pageno-1 \headline{}\footline{}
-\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Cover}}\fi
-\kern7\bigskipamount
-\centerline{\chapterfont\the\title}
-\bigskip\if!\the\subtitle!\else
-\centerline{\subtitlefont\Dash
- \the\subtitle\Dash}\fi
-\vskip\bigskipamount
-\centerline{by}
-\vskip\bigskipamount
-\centerline{\subtitlefont\the\author}
-\vfill
-\ifx\coverpic\undefined
-\else$$\coverpic$$
-\fi
-\vfill
-\if!\the\translator!
-\else\rightline{\subtitlefont
- Translated by \the\translator}
-\fi
- \newpage
-\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Inside
- Cover}}\fi
-%
-\kern3\bigskipamount
-\pasteupkeywords
-\smallskip
-\the\bibliographydata
-\vfill\vfill
-\pasteupacknowledgements
-%
- \newpage
-\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Title
- Page}}\fi
-\kern7\bigskipamount
-\centerline{\chapterfont\the\title}
-\bigskip
-\centerline{\subtitlefont\Dash
- \the\subtitle\Dash}
-\vskip\bigskipamount
-\centerline{by}
-\vskip\bigskipamount
-\centerline{\subtitlefont\the\author}
-\vfill\pasteupabstract\vfill\vfill
-%
-\ifvoid\forewordtranslatorbox
-\else \newpage
- \ifproof\rightline{\rlap
- {\sl Foreword Translation}}\fi
- \vfill
- \unvbox\forewordtranslatorbox
- \vfill
- \rightline{\vtop{\hbox{Irina Gorbunova
- %\the\translator
- }\hbox{\the\author}}}\vfill
-\fi
-%
-\ifvoid\prefacebox
-\else \newpage
- \ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Preface
- Page}}\fi
- \vfill\pasteuppreface\vfill\vfill
-\fi
- \newpage
-\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Contents
- Page}}\fi
-\vfill\pasteupcontents
-\vfill\eject
-%\immediate\openout\ans=answers
-%\immediate\openout\toe=examples
-%\immediate\openout\toc=contents
-}%end \beginscript
-%
-%;vrblin800
-%Auxiliaries preliminary pages
-\def\beginkeywords{\setbox\keywordsbox
- \vbox\bgroup{\bf\the\keywordsname: }}
-%
-\preacknowledgements{\leftline{\bf
- \the\acknowledgementsname}\medskip}
-%
-\def\pasteupacknowledgements{\ifvoid
- \acknowledgementsbox
- \else\the\preacknowledgements\unvbox
- \acknowledgementsbox\bigskip
- \makesignature\fi}
-%
-\def\beginpreface{\setbox\prefacebox
- \vbox\bgroup}
-%
-\def\endpreface{\egroup}
-%
-\def\preface#{\beginpreface\bgroup
- \aftergroup\endpreface
- \afterassignment\ignorespaces
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\def\pasteuppreface{\centerline{\chapterfont
- \the\prefacename}\bigskip\unvbox\prefacebox}
-%
-\def\beginforewordtranslator{\setbox
- \forewordtranslatorbox=
- \vbox\bgroup\begincenter}
-%
-\def\endforewordtranslator{\endcenter\egroup}
-%
-\def\forewordtranslator#{\beginforewordtranslator
- \bgroup
- \aftergroup\endforewordtranslator
- \let\dummy=}
-%
-\def\pasteupforewordtranslator{\unvbox
- \forewordtranslatorbox\relax}
-%
-\def\begincontents{%
- \setbox\contentsbox\vbox\bgroup
- \def\separator{\vbox to.5ex{}}
- \def\newcol{\cr}
- \ea\def\csname par\endcsname{&}\obeylines
- \valign\bgroup&\noindent\strut
- \hsize=7cm##\cr}
-%
-\def\endcontents{\cr\egroup\egroup}
-%
-\def\pasteupcontents{\unvbox\contentsbox}
-%
-%;vrblin900
-\def\endscript{\xcol=\maxcols
- \vfill\eject\endgroup\backcover
- \tracingstats=1 \stop\thisscript{}}
-%
-\def\pwtbackcover{\headline{}\footline{}%
-\begingroup%inside back cover.
-\hsize=12cm \hoffset2cm
-\ifproof\hbox to13cm{\hss\rlap{\sl
- Inside Back}}%14cm is regular page
- %width of PWT
-\fi
-\vfill
-\loadntginfo \ntginfo
-\vfill
-%Irina, you can include here another half
-%page about CyrTUG.
-%It should be possible to have both
-%info parts on one page.
-%Adapt eventually the \hsize.
-%---Kees---
-\eject\endgroup
- \ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Back
- Cover}}\fi
- \vskip.75\vsize
- \pictures{\cglpic}
- $$\cglpic\vbox{%
- \hbox to12ex{\hss Thank You\hss}
- \hbox to12ex{\hss\cs{bye}\hss}}$$
-}%end \pwtbackcover
-%;vrblin1000
-%Defaults
-\def\onecol{\maxcols=1
- \hsize=14cm%MOD
- \pagewd=\hsize
- \colwd=\hsize
- \vsize=25cm
- \xcol=1
-\hyphenchar\tentt='055
-\hyphenchar\ninett='055
-\hyphenchar\eighttt='055
-\tolerance500
-\hbadness=499
-\hfuzz=7pt
-}
-\onecol
-\tolerance500\hbadness=499\vbadness=500
-\everychapterhead={\catcode`\^=7 }
-\everyhead\everychapterhead
-\everysubhead\everychapterhead
-\everysubsubhead\everychapterhead
-\hoffset1cm
-\generalindent2pc
-\parindent0pt
-\subsubheadindent0pt
-\parskip\smallskipamount
-\chapternumbering{}
-\let\regularexample\example
-\let\exampleno\relax
-\let\contentsno\relax
-%\let\coverpic\relax
-\let\backcover\relax
-\everyverbatim{\emc}
-\gutter1em
-\def\alfanum{\number}
-\prefacename{Preface}
-\postfil{\hss}
-\def\she{\hskip5em}
-\def\sshe{\hskip6em}
-\endinput %;nonum
-%Table of Contents report format
-%Token vars (declared in blue.tex)
-% \prefacename
-% \bibliographydata
-% \chaptertitle
-% \prechapterhead
-% \postchapterhead
-% \headtitle
-% \subheadtitle
-% \subsubheadtitle
-% \prepoint
-% \prefil
-% \postfil
-%Box vars (declared in blue.tex)
-% \prefacebox
-% \contentsbox
-%New dimens (declared in blue.tex)
-% \generalindent
-% \gutter
-% \xshift
-% \yshift
-% \subsubheadindent
-%New counts (declared in blue.tex)
-% \headcnt
-% \chaptercnt
-% \examplecnt
-% \exercisecnt
-%New writes (declared in blue.tex)
-% (opened in \beginscript)
-% \toc
-% \toe
-%Fonts
-% \chapterfont\Large.........4
-% \subtitlefont..............5
-%Chapter title matters
-% \chapno (manmac)
-% \prechapterhead.......102-109
-% \postchapterhead......111-138
-% \beginchapterhead.....140-141
-% \storechaptertitle....143-144
-% \endchapterhead.......146-148
-% \chapterhead..........150-154
-% \setupappendices......156-159
-% \pasteupanswers.......161-165
-% \pasteuptoe...........167-176
-% \pasteuptoc...........178-191
-% \pagenorepresentation.193-194
-%Summary
-% \beginsummary (blue.tex)
-% \endsummary (blue.tex)
-% \summary (blue.tex)
-% \beginquote...........252-254
-% \endquote (blue.tex)
-%Header matters
-%Head
-% \beginhead............302-304
-% \storeheadtitle.......306-307
-% \endhead..............309-310
-% \head.................312-315
-% \posthead.............317-324
-%Subhead
-% \beginsubhead.........351-353
-% \storesubheadtitle....355-356
-% \endsubhead...........358-359
-% \subhead..............361-364
-% \postsubhead..........366-371
-%Subsubhead
-% \beginsubsubhead......401-403
-% \storesubsubheadtitle.405-407
-% \endsubsubhead........409-410
-% \subsubhead...........412-417
-% \postsubsubhead.......419-424
-%Inner markup
-% \begindemo (blue.tex)
-% <escape char>yields(blue.tex)
-% \enddemo (blue.tex)
-% \beginexample.........526-531
-% \storeexampletitle....533-534
-% \endexample...........536-544
-% \example..............546-549
-% \hang.....................553
-% \itemitem.............555-557
-% \textindent...........559-561
-% \exercise.............576-581
-% \answer...............583-587
-% \ansno................589-592
-%Generalized \samplebox
-% \point (blue.tex)
-% \gbox (blue.tex)
-%Centering verbatims
-% \boxlines (blue.tex)
-% \begincenterverbatim(blue.tex)
-% \endcenterverbatim (blue.tex)
-%Preliminary pages matter
-% \def\beginscript......703-772
-%Closing pages matter
-% \endscript............901-903
-% \pwtbackcover.........905-929
-%Auxiliaries
-% \beginkeywords........802-803
-% \preacknowledgements..805-806
-% \pasteupacknowledgements808/812
-% \beginpreface.........814-815
-% \endpreface...............817
-% \preface..............819-822
-% \pasteuppreface.......824-825
-% \beginforewordtranslator827/9
-% \endforewordtranslator....831
-% \forewordtranslator...833-836
-% \pasteupforewordtranslator838/9
-% \begincontents........841-847
-% \endcontents..............849
-% \pasteupcontents..........851
-% NTG info (tools.dat)
-%Defaults...............1000-10xx
-% (\she....................1037
-% \sshe...................1038)
-%end Table of Contents
-%
-%History of changes
-%July 95 \immediate\openout\toc=contents
-% etc. included in \beginscript
-%Jan 95 Creation
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%report%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs%
-%trs.tex from BLUe's Transparencies
-% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Purpose: Preparing transparencies from
-% TeX marked up copy.
-% ;numvrb
-\tool\transparenciesfmt
-\message{ ---Transparencies format, Jan 95,
- revision March 1996, cgl--- }
-\catcode`\@=11
-\font\titlefont =cmr12
- scaled\magstep4\relax
-\font\subheadfont =cmr12
- scaled\magstep3\relax
-%\font\subsubheadfont=cmr12
-% scaled\magstep2\relax
-\font\headlinefont =cmr12
- scaled\magstep1\relax
-\let\headfont\titlefont
-\font\ffont=cmr7\relax
-\let\authorfont\titlefont
-\let\subsubheadfont\subheadfont
-%
-%Rest all in blue.tex
-%\font\largerm=cmr12
-% scaled\magstep2
-%etc
-%\def\large{\def\rm{\fam0\largerm}%
-%etc.
-%}
-\let\small\tenpoint
-%
-%Mark up title transparency;vrblin200
-\def\begincontents{\global\setbox
- \contentsbox\vbox\bgroup
- \leftskip1.5\leftskiptrs
- \large\baselineskip3.5ex
- \everypar{$\bullet$\enspace}
- \obeylines}
-%
-\def\endcontents{\egroup}
-%;vrblin250
-\def\beginscript{\lastscript
- \the\everyscript\the\thisscript
- \pictures\cglpic
- \begincenter
- \footline={}\headline={}
-\message{\the\title}
- {\titlefont\the\title}
- \medskip
- {\Dash\the\subtitle\Dash}
- \bigskip
- {\authorfont\the\author}
- \medskip\hfil\the\address
- \bigskip$$\box\contentsbox$$}
-%
-\def\endscript{\endcenter\vfill
-\rightline{\small\cglpic\vbox{%
- \hbox to12ex{\hss Thank You\hss}
- \hbox to12ex{\hss\cs{bye}\hss}}
-}\vfill\eject\stop
-\gdef\bluehead##1\par{\head{##1}}
-\gdef\bluesubhead##1\par{\subhead{##1}}
-\gdef\bluesubsubhead##1\par{\subsubhead{##1}}
-}
-%
-%Mark up regular transparencies;vrblin300
-\prehead{\nxttrs\headline\regularheadline
- \footline\regularfootline\pageno1
- \prehead{\nxttrs}}
-%
-\posthead{\medskip}
-%
-\def\beginhead#1\endhead{\the\prehead
- \headtitle{#1}\subheadtitle{}%
- \subsubheadtitle{}{\headfont#1}%
- \the\posthead}
-%
-\def\head#1{\beginhead#1\endhead}
-% ;vrblin350
-\presubhead{\medbreak}
-%
-\postsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
-%
-\def\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead{%
- \subheadtitle{#1}\subsubheadtitle{}%
- \the\presubhead{\subheadfont#1}%
- \the\postsubhead\thissubhead{}}
-%
-\def\subhead#1{\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead}
-% ;vrblin400
-\presubsubhead{\smallbreak}
-%
-\postsubsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
-%
-\def\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead{%
- \subsubheadtitle{#1}
- \the\presubsubhead{\subsubheadfont#1}
- \the\postsubsubhead\thissubsubhead{}}
-%added March 1996
-\def\subsubhead#1{%
- \beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead}
-%
-{\obeylines\gdef\bluehead#1
- {\head{#1}}%
-\gdef\bluesubhead#1
- {\subhead{#1}}%
-\gdef\bluesubsubhead#1
- {\subsubhead{#1}}}
-%;vrblin450
-\preverbatim{\leftskip\leftskiptrs
- \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax}
-%;vrblin500
-\def\bitem{\bgroup\leftskip\leftskiptrs
- \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax
- \def\bitem{\item{$\bullet$}\strut}
- \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
- \smallbreak}
- \let\smallskip\smallbreak
- \bitem}
-%enumerate item
-\def\eitem{\bgroup\leftskip\leftskiptrs
- \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax
- \def\eitem##1{\item{##1}\strut}
- \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
- \smallbreak}
- \let\smallskip\smallbreak
- \eitem}
-%;vrblin550
-\let\bgnsyn\beginsyntax
-\def\beginsyntax{\bgroup
- \leftskip\leftskiptrs
- \rightskip0pt plus 1fil\relax\bgnsyn}
-%
-\let\endsyn\endsyntax
-%
-\def\endsyntax{\endsyn\egroup}
-%
-%Header and footer ;vrblin600
-\regularheadline={\line{\vbox to0pt{\vss
- \centerline{\titlefont
- \strut\the\title}
- \vskip2ex
- \line{\logo\hfill\vbox{%
- \llap{\strut\the\headtitle}
- \llap{\strut\the\subheadtitle}
- \llap{\strut\the\subsubheadtitle}}}
- \vskip1ex
- \hrule width\hsize height1pt
- }}%end hbox
-}%end headline
-% ;vrblin650
-\regularfootline={\vbox to 0pt{%
-\leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\relax
- \hrule width\hsize height1pt
- \vskip.5ex
- \line{\small
- \rlap{\the\identification}%
- \hfil--{\oldstyle\the\pagenumber}--\hfil
- \llap{\copyright\the\crowner}%
- }\vss}%end vbox
-}%end footline
-%
-%Auxiliaries ;vrblin700
-\def\nxttrs{\vfill\eject}
-\def\continue{\vfill
- \rightline{\dots continued}\eject}
-%Defaults;vrblin900
-\identification{\today}
-%\let\small\tenpoint
-\def\begincenter{\leftskip0pt plus1fill
-\rightskip0pt plus 1fill\parfillskip0pt
-\obeylines} \def\endcenter{}
-%
-\onecol
-\hsize=17.5cm \vsize=20cm
-\voffset3.5cm%\hoffset-1truecm
-\pagewd=\hsize
-\pagenumber{\folio}
-\leftskiptrs.2\hsize\relax
-\rightskiptrs.1\hsize\relax
-\overfullrule0pt\parindent0pt
-\large
-\loadntglogo
-\def\logo{\copy\ntglogobox}
-\catcode`\@=11
-\endinput %;nonum
-%Contents transparencies format
-%Fonts
-% \titlefont...................5-6
-% \subheadfont.................7-8
-% \subsubheadfont.............9-10
-% \headlinefont..............11-12
-% \authorfont...................15
-% \largerm..............(blue.tex)
-% \largeit..............(blue.tex)
-% \largesl..............(blue.tex)
-% \largesy..............(blue.tex)
-% \largeex..............(blue.tex)
-% \largebf..............(blue.tex)
-% \largett..............(blue.tex)
-% \large................(blue.tex)
-% \largebig.............(blue.tex)
-% \small.......................124
-%Newtoks
-% \identification.......(blue.tex)
-% \crowner..............(blue.tex)
-% \headtitle............(blue.tex)
-% \subheadtitle.........(blue.tex)
-% \subsubheadtitle......(blue.tex)
-%Newskips
-% \leftskiptrs, \rightskiptrs..908/9
-%Page size
-% \hsize, \vsize...............903
-% offsets......................904
-% \pagewd......................905
-%Markup title
-% \begincontents...........201-206
-% \endcontents.................208
-% \beginscript.............251-263
-% \endscript...................265
-%Markup regular transparencies
-% \prehead.................301-302
-% \beginhead\endhead.......306-309
-% \head........................311
-% \posthead....................304
-% \presubhead..................351
-% \beginsubhead\endsubhead.355-358
-% \subhead.....................360
-% \postsubhead.................353
-% \presubsubhead...............401
-% \beginsubsubhead
-% \endsubsubhead......405-408
-% \subsubhead..............410-411
-% \postsubsubhead..............403
-% \bluehead
-% \bluesubhead
-% \bluesubsubhead
-% \preverbatim.............451-452
-% \bitem...................501-507
-% \beginsyntax.............552-554
-% \endsyntax...................558
-%Header and footer
-% \headline................601-615
-% \footline................651-660
-% \identification..............901
-%Auxiliaries
-% \nxttrs......................701
-% \continue................702-703
-% \begincenter (blue.tex)
-% \endcenter...(blue.tex)
-% \center......(blue.tex)
-%Personalisation (blue.tex)
-%Defaults
-% \logo........................913
-% \pagenumber..................906
-% \onecol......................907
-% \hsize,\vsize................903
-% \leftskiptrs.................908
-% \rightskiptrs................909
-% \large.......................911
-%History of changes
-%March 1996 \bluehad etc. added
-%Jan 1995 As format with blue.tex
-%Aug 1994 Centering markup automated
-%Jul 1994 \contentsbox is used
-% \pagenumber introduced
-%Jun 1994 More consistent with
-% blue.tex.
-% \small is \eightpoint.
-% \begincontents...\endcontents
-%Feb 1994 Release Version 1.0
-%Example of use
-%\bluetitle Manmac BLUes
-%
-%\bluesubtitle how to typeset a book via \TeX
-%
-%\contents{
-%User's guide
-%Coding
-%}
-%
-%\beginscript
-%\bluehead Why?
-%
-%To return to the roots...
-
-%\bluehead User's Guide
-%
-%Relative numbering
-%\pagenumber{U\folio}\pageno=1
-%...
-%\nxttrs %Next transparency
-%\bluesubsubhead Markup paragraphs
-%
-%...
-%\continue%Continuation on next slide
-%...
-%\bluehead Conclusions
-%
-%\pagenumber{--x--}
-%\bitem...
-%\bitem
-%\smallbreak
-%\vfil
-%\rightline{\vtop{\hbox{Thank you}
-% \hbox{\cs{bye}}}}
-%\endscript
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs%!cgl
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs%
-%Preprint for BLUe's Transparencies
-% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Purpose: Printing transparencies from
-% TeX marked up copy in A6,
-% 4 on each page.
-% ;numvrb
-\tool\transparenciespptfmt
-\message{ ---Transparencies A6 proof format, May 95,
- cgl--- }
-\hfuzz=25pt \vfuzz=25pt
-\font\titlefont=cmbx10
-\font\headfont=cmr10
-\let\subheadfont\headfont
-\let\headlinefont\titlefont
-\font\ffont=cmr5
-\let\authorfont\headfont
-\let\subsubheadfont\subheadfont
-%
-%Mark up title transparency;vrblin200
-\def\begincontents{\setbox
- \contentsbox\vbox\bgroup
- \baselineskip3ex\null\vfil
- \everypar{$\bullet$\enspace}
- \obeylines\parindent1em}
-%
-\def\endcontents{\egroup}
-%;vrblin250
-\def\beginscript{\lastscript
- \the\everyscript\the\thisscript
- \leavevmode\noindent
- \setbox\trsppt=\vbox to.475\vsize
- \bgroup\hsize.475\hsize\parindent2em
- \null\vfil
- \titlefont\the\title
- \smallskip\subtitlefont
- \Dash\the\subtitle\Dash
- \medskip\let\\\par
- \authorfont\the\author
- \smallskip\the\address
- \medskip$$\box\contentsbox$$}
-%
-\def\endscript{\vss
-\rightline{\small\cglpic\qquad}
-\vss
-\line{\strut\hss--\the\trsno--\hss}\egroup
-\boxit{\box\trsppt}\endgraf
-\vfill\eject\stop}
-%
-\def\nxttrs{\vfil\kern3ex
-\ifnum\trsno>0 \line{\strut\hss
- --\the\trsno--\hss}\fi
-\egroup
-\boxit{\box\trsppt}\advance\trsno1
-\ifodd\trsno\kern3ex\else
- \hfil\break\vfil\noindent\fi
-\setbox\trsppt=\vbox to.475\vsize\bgroup
-\hsize.475\hsize\parindent2em\null\par\noindent}
-%
-%Mark up regular transparencies;vrblin300
-\prehead{\nxttrs\trsno1 \medskip\noindent\hfil
- \global\prehead{\nxttrs\medskip\noindent\hfil}}
-%
-\posthead{\medskip\noindent}
-%
-\def\beginhead#1\endhead{\the\prehead
- \headtitle{#1}\subheadtitle{}%
- \subsubheadtitle{}{\headfont#1}%
- \the\posthead}
-%
-\def\head#1{\beginhead#1\endhead}
-% ;vrblin350
-\presubhead{\medbreak\noindent\hfil}
-%
-\postsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
-%
-\def\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead{%
- \subheadtitle{#1}\subsubheadtitle{}%
- \the\presubhead{\subheadfont#1}%
- \the\postsubhead\thissubhead{}}
-%
-\def\subhead#1{\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead}
-% ;vrblin400
-\presubsubhead{\smallbreak\noident\hfil}
-%
-\postsubsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
-%
-\def\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead{%
- \subsubheadtitle{#1}
- \the\presubsubhead{\subsubheadfont#1}
- \the\postsubsubhead\thissubsubhead{}}
-%
-\def\subsubhead#1{%
- \beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead}
-%;vrblin450
-\preverbatim{}
-%;vrblin550
-%
-%Header and footer ;vrblin600
-\headline={\hbox to\pagewd{\titlefont
- \hss\the\title\hss}
-}%end headline
-% ;vrblin650
-\footline={\hbox to\pagewd{%
- \rlap{\fiverm\strut\the\identification}\hss
- \llap{\fiverm\copyright\the\crowner}}%
-}%end footline
-%
-%Auxiliaries ;vrblin700
-\catcode`\@=11
-\def\fivepoint{\def\rm{\fam0\fiverm}%
- \textfont0=\fiverm \scriptfont0=\fiverm
- \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
- \textfont1=\fivei \scriptfont1=\fivei
- \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
- \textfont2=\fivesy \scriptfont2=\fivesy
- \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
- \textfont3=\tenex \scriptfont3=\tenex
- \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
- \def\it{\fam\itfam\fivei}\def\oldstyle
- {\fam1 \fivei}\textfont\itfam=\fivei
- \def\sl{\fam\slfam\fivei}%
- \textfont\slfam=\fivei
- \def\bf{\fam\bffam\fivebf}%
- \textfont\bffam=\fivebf
- \scriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
- \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\fiverm}%
- \textfont\ttfam=\fiverm
- \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
- \normalbaselineskip=7pt plus1pt minus1pt
- \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}%
- \let\sc=\fivexrm
- \let\big=\fivebig
- \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height7pt
- depth2pt width\z@}%
- \normalbaselines\rm}
- \def\fivebig#1{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to4.5pt{}\right.\n@space$}}
-\catcode`\@=12
-%
-\def\continue{\vss
- \rightline{\dots continued}\nxttrs}
-%Defaults;vrblin900
-\identification{\today}
-\onecol
-\hsize=18.5cm \vsize=25cm
-\pagewd=\hsize
-%\pagenumber{\folio}
-\let\small\fivepoint
-\overfullrule0pt
-\parindent0pt
-\obeylines
-\endinput
diff --git a/macros/blu/lit.dat b/macros/blu/lit.dat
deleted file mode 100644
index 4381b28d42..0000000000
--- a/macros/blu/lit.dat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2375 +0,0 @@
-%Database of EP related literature, to be processed by blue.fmt.
-%Version Aug 1994
-%Files: lit.dat (data this file)
-%C.G. van der Laan, Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd, The Netherlands
-% 05941-1525, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Note: Don't include blank lines! (TeX ends paragraphs then and will
-% disturb your typeset list of references.)
-% Don't use \verb|...| or so for verbatims (catcodes are fixed once read)
-%Auxiliary macros
-%\def\thepage{\folio} %Necessary when with tugboat.sty
-%\def\tubissue#1(#2){\TUB~#1, no.~#2}%To be independent from tugboat.sty c.q.
- % ltugboat.sty.
-%Conventions entries
-%\def\<name> %Key for database, add a, b, ...
-% {<family name> <initials> (<year>): %All with minimal interpunction
-% <title> %No discrimination
-% <source> %ISBN for books in here, pages as range
-% \annotation{<Comments, annotations.>}% <numbers>\dash<numbers>
-%}%end entry
-%
-%Data
-\lst\aap
- {Association of American Publishers (1989):
- Markup of Tabular Material.
- Version 2.0 AAP Inc.
-}
-\lst\aapstd
- {Association of American Publishers (1987):
- Standard for electronic manuscript preparation and markup.
- AAP inc.
- \annotation{Association of American Publishers,
- 2005 Massachusetts Avenue, NW. Washington, DC 20036,
- Phone: (202) 232-3335.}
-}
-\lst\aapaut
- {Association of American Publishers (1989):
- Author's guide to electronic manuscript preparation and
- markup.
- AAP inc. (2$^{nd}$ version.)
-}
-\lst\aapref
- {Association of American Publishers (1989):
- Reference manual on electronic manuscript preparation and markup.
- AAP inc.
- (2$^{nd}$ version.) ISBN 1-55653-084-6.
-}
-\lst\aaptab
- {Association of American Publishers (1989):
- Markup of tabular material.
- AAP Inc. ISBN 1-55653-085-4.
- (2$^{nd}$ version.).
-}
-\lst\aapmat
- {Association of American Publishers (1989): Markup of
- Mathematical Formulas.
- AAP Inc. EPSIG.
- (2$^{nd}$ version.)
-}
-\lst\abrahamspw
- {Abrahams P.W (1990): \TeX\ for the impatient.
- Addison-Wesley.
-}
-\lst\adobeb
- {Adobe (1985):
- PostScript Language Reference Manual.
- Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-10174-2.
-}
-\lst\adobeA
- {Adobe Magazine (1995):
- The Technology of type.
- Adobe Magazine, 2, 16\dash19.
- (A nice survey of the outline fonts in relation to truetype.)
-}
-\lst\ahoav
- {Aho A.V, R. Sethi (1988):
- Maintaining Cross-references in Manuscripts.
- Softw.Pract.exp., 18, 1, 1\dash14.
-}
-\lst\alexanderjc
- {Alexander J.C (1986):
- Tib, a reference setting package.
- \tubissue{ 7}(3), 138\dash139.
- \annotation{An update note is in \tubissue{8}(2), 102.
- A C program inspired upon troff's refer (and its successor bib).
- It is a preprocessor tailored for use with (All)\TeX.
- It allows for a few citation styles, and a publisher can extend these.
- It provides also for a powerful word-definition citation search.
- Flexible in general.
- Tagging of the entries a la refer has to be obeyed.
- From the UKTuG meeting of 1990 the following characteristics.
- It consists of:
- tibdex, a hashing program to speed up access to
- large collections of citations, by creating an index to the bibliography;
- tiblist, to format and print the database;
- looktib, a program to query the database;
- tib, main program goes through the source document and looks for
- keywords between [ and ].
- Advantages: 1-pass, pattern-matching citation no need to invent unique
- key, compatible with UNIX refer databases,
- good toolbox of style elements, single index
- of bibliographies, formatting more-closely related to \TeX.
- Disadvantages: pre-processor system, possible wrong matches, possible errors
- in repeated citations, non-algorithmic style language, left up to Tib
- to work out citation type, lack of extensibility in field,
- not very robust (crashes).}
-}
-%\lst\amsa {AMS (1989): AMS-\LaTeX. AMS.}
-\lst\amsb
- {AMS (1991):
- A look inside the AMS.
- \annotation{A nice brochure of what AMS is all about.}
-}
-\lst\amsc
- {AMS (1991):
- Think about publishing with the AMS.
- \annotation{Another nice brochure about the merits of
- publishing with AMS: effective marketing, extensive promotion, world-wide
- distribution, better sales, longer life of book, royalties, support
- worthwhile noncommercial activities for the benefit of the scientific
- community at large, for example the \TeX\ project.}
-}
-\lst\amsd
- {AMS (1993):
- \AmSTeX\ User's Guide 2.1.
-}
-\lst\amse
- {AMS (1993):
- \AmSTeX\ Installation Guide 2.1.
-}
-\lst\amsf
- {AMS (1993):
- \AmS-\LaTeX\ User's Guide 1.1.
-}
-\lst\amsg
- {AMS (1993):
- \AmS-\LaTeX\ Installation Guide 1.1.
-}
-\lst\amsh
- {AMS (1993):
- AMSfonts. User's Guide 2.1.
-}
-\lst\amsi
- {AMS (1993):
- AMSfonts. Installation Guide 2.1.
-}
-\lst\amsj
- {AMS (1993):
- Guidelines for preparing electronic manuscripts.
- \AmSTeX\ (booklet, 52p), and the mirrored one
- \AmS-\LaTeX\ (booklet, 58p).
- \annotation{The first is very well-done.
- I have not seen a guideline of similar quality of yet!
- Simply the best available. Much experience is embodied to learn from.
- The second is verbose, incomplete, and deals at length with issues
- an author should not be bothered with.}
-}
-\lst\amsteljja
- {Amstel J.J van, J Bomhoff, G.J Schoenmakers (1978):
- Inleiding tot het programmeren 1.
- Academic Service.
-}
-\lst\appeltwa
- {Appelt W (1987):
- Macros with keyword parameters.
- \tubissue{8}(2), 284\dash287.
-}
-\lst\appeltwb
- {Appelt W (1988):
- Typesetting Chess.
- \tubissue{9}(3), 284\dash287.
-}
-\lst\appeltwc
- {Appelt W (1988):
- \TeX\ f\"ur Fort\-geschrit\-tene\-\Dash
- Pro\-gram\-mier\-tech\-ni\-ken und Makro\-pa\-kette.
- Addison-Wesley.
-}
-\lst\appeltwd
- {Appelt W (1988):
- Introduction to \TeX. Addison-Wesley.
-}
-\lst\aps
- {APS (1992):
- The REV\TeX{} input guide.
- (From the file server.)
-}
-\lst\arsenaud
- {Arsenau D (1992):
- overcite.sty, drftcite.sty, citesty.
- (From the file server.
- No longer needed when BLUe's Bib, especially as part of blue.fmt,
- is used.)
-}
-\lst\arsenaudb
- {Arsenau D (1993):
- Typesetting paragraphs of a specified shape.
- MAPS 93.2, 191\dash193.
-}
-\lst\asher
- {Asher (1992):
- Inside Type \& Set.
- \tubissue{13}(1), 13--22.
-}
-\lst\aurbachrl
- {Aurbach R.L (1987):
- Automatic Index Generation for \LaTeX.
- \tubissue{8}(2), 201\dash209.
- \annotation{The IdxTeX program provides the external processing
- and generates a file of \LaTeX{} source which may be included
- in a document to produce the desired index.}
-}
-\lst\batageljv
- {Batagelj V (1994):
- Combining \TeX{} and PostScript.
- Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 83\dash90.
-}
-\lst\barlettfh
- {Barlett F.H (1991):
- Contra-\LaTeX, or what really works in the publishing world.
- TUG '91. \tubissue12(3), 367\dash371.
-}
-\lst\barrond
- {Barron D (1989): Why use SGML?
- Electronic publishing, 2,1, 3--24.
-}
-\lst\bechtolsheimsa
- {Bechtolsheim S. von (1988):
- Tutorial on \cs{futurelet}.
- \tubissue{9}(3), 276\dash278.
-}
-\lst\bechtolsheimsaa
- {Bechtolsheim S von (1988):
- Using the emacs editor to savely edit \TeX\ sources.
- \TeX niques 7, 195\dash202.
-}
-\lst\bechtolsheims
- {Bechtolsheim S von (1989):
- \cs{csname} and \cs{string}.
- \tubissue{10}(2), 203\dash206.
- \annotation{Apart from the basics, SvB discusses the convenient
- (read non-double) loading of macro files, and
- the cross-referencing. Common to both applications is the use
- of \cs{csname} and \cs{string}. No nesting of \cs{csname},
- and no mentioning of associating \cs{csname} with arrays.}
-}
-\lst\bechtolsheimsb
- {Bechtolsheim S von (1993):
- \TeX\ in Practice.
- 1.~Basics
- 2.~Paragraphs, Math and Fonts
- 3.~Tokens, Macros
- 4.~Output Routines, Tables
- Springer-Verlag.
-}
-\lst\beebenhfa
- {Beebe N.H.F (1988):
- A \TeX\ driver family.
- \TeX niques 5, 71\dash113.
-}
-\lst\beebenhfb
- {Beebe N.H.F (1989):
- \TeX\ and graphics: The state of the problem.
- Cahiers GUTenberg, 2, 13\dash53.
-}
-\lst\beebenhfc
- {Beebe N.H.F (1991):
- The TUGlib server.
- MAPS 91.2, 117\dash123.
- (Also \TeX line 11.)
-}
-\lst\beebenhfd
- {Beebe N.H.F (1992):
- \LaTeX\ Editing Support.
- MAPS 92.1, 91\dash114.
-}
-\lst\beebenhfe
- {Beebe N.H.F (1993):
- Bibliography prettyprinting and syntax checking.
- \tubissue{14}(3/4), 222, respectively ?\dash?.
-}
-\lst\beetonbn
- {Beeton B.N (editor, 1991):
- TUG Resource Directory.
- \annotation{It contains: TUG membership list,
- \TeX\ User Associations,
- Sources of \TeX\ software,
- Output Device Drivers,
- \TeX\ archives,
- Electronic Discusion Lists,
- \TeX\ bibliography.}
-}
-\lst\beetonbnb
- {Beeton B.N (1990):
- \TUB{} production: \TeX, \LaTeX, and paste-up.
- SGML-\TeX{} meeting, Groningen. \annotation{Unpublished}
-}
-\lst\bell
- {Bell System Technical Journal (1978):
- UNIX Time Sharing System.
- BTJ, Vol 57, 6, part 2.
-}
-\lst\bentleyjla
- {Bentley J.L (1986):
- Programming Pearls.
- ISBN 0-201-10331-1. Addison-Wesley.
-}
-\lst\bentleyjlb
- {Bentley J.L (1988):
- More programming Pearls---confessions of a coder.
- ISBN 0-201-11889-0. Addison-Wesley.
-}
-\lst\berryka
- {Berry K (199?):
- Expanded plain \TeX.
- From the file server.
- \annotation{A toolbox to cooperate with Any\TeX. It contains
- a fancy cross-referencing scheme, and left justification
- of math displays, among others. An announcement of
- the availability of the toolbox\Dash and its contents\Dash
- has appeared in \tubissue{11}(4), 571\dash572.}
-}
-\lst\bestr
- {Best R (1993):
- \TeX\ zonder omhaal; voor ATARI PC en andere PCs.
- MAPS 93.1\&2, 57\dash68, resp.~111\dash114.
- MAPS 94.1\&2, 31\dash34, 35\dash36, resp.~43\dash44.
- (Also ATARI-ST Journal.)
-}
-\lst\bienzt
- {Bienz T, R Cohn (1993):
- Portable Document Format Reference Manual.
- Adobe Systems Inc. Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-62628-4.
-}
-\lst\bleekerj
- {Bleeker J (1989): Electronische verzending,
- bewerking en opslag van wetenschappelijke artikelen.
- In: SGML de consequenties.
- De eerste Nederlandse SGML conferentie.
- SGML User's Group Holland. (Dutch)
-}
-\lst\bloemenpa
- {Bloemen P (1993):
- 4all\TeX: NTG's \TeX{} for MS-DOS.
- MAPS 93.2, 141\dash154.
- \annotation{The announcement of this working environment. For simple users only
- 1 HD flop, and in its full glory over 30 HD floppies. Available
- from NTG's shop. Shareware.}
-}
-\lst\bloemenpb
- {Bloemen P (1993):
- Shells for \TeX.
- MAPS 93.2, 155\dash159.
- (It discusses \TeX Shell and 4\TeX.)
-}
-\lst\bloemenpc
- {Bloemen P (1994):
- \PS{} fonts in \TeX.
- MAPS 94.2, 139\dash148.
-}
-\lst\bodenheimerb
- {Bodenheimer B (?):
- Frequently asked questions.
- comp.text.tex newsgroup.
- (Adapted by Van Oostrum in MAPS 91.1, 85\dash92.).
-}
-\lst\boothv
- {Booth V (1975): Writing a scientific paper.
- The Biochemical Society, London.
-}
-\lst\borceuxf
- {Borceux F (1990): De la construction de diagrammes.
- Cahiers GUTenberg, 5, 41\dash48.
-}
-\lst\botwaylc
- {Botway L, C Biemesderfer (198?):
- \LaTeX\ command summary.
- \TeX niques 10.
-}
-\lst\braamsjl
- {Braams J.L (1991):
- Babel, a multilingual style-option system for use with \LaTeX's standard
- document styles.
- \tubissue{12}(2), 291\dash301.
- (Pre-release MAPS 91.1;
- updated \tubissue{14}(1), 60\dash61.)
-}
-\lst\braamsjla
- {Braams J.L, V Eijkhout, N.A.F.M Poppelier (1990):
- The development of national \LaTeX\ styles.
- \tubissue{10}(3), 401--406.
-}
-\lst\braamsjlb
- {Braams J.L (1991):
- Babel, a multilingual style-option system
- for use with \LaTeX's standard document styles.
- \tubissue{12}(2), 291--301.
- (Early version in MAPS 91.1.)
-}
-\lst\bridge
- {BRIDGE. Monthly of the NBB (Dutch Bridge Union).
-}
-\lst\brueggemana
- {Br\"uggemann-Klein A, D Wood (1989):
- Drawing trees nicely with \TeX.
- EP-ODD, 2, 2, 101\dash115.
- (Also in \TeX\ Applications, Uses and Methods, Malcom Clark, editor.)
-}
-\lst\bruinr
- {Bruin R de, C.G van der Laan, J.R Luyten, H.F Vogt (1988):
- Publiceren met \LaTeX.
- CWI Syllabus 19.
- (See also Addendum `Publiceren met \LaTeX' in MAPS 92.1.)
-}
-\lst\bryanma
- {Bryan M (1988):
- SGML, an Author's Guide to the Standard
- Generalized Markup Language.
- Addison-Wesley.
-}
-\lst\bryanm
- {Bryan M (1993):
- A \TeX{} user's guide to ISO's Documentstyle Semantics and Specification
- Language (DSSSL).
- Proceedings TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), ?\dash?.
-}
-\lst\buergerd
- {B\"urger D (1990):
- \LaTeX\ for scientists and engineers. MC Graw-Hill.
-}
-\lst\bzylw
- {Bzyl W, T Przechlewski (1993):
- An application of literate programming: creating a format for the Bulletin
- of the Polish TUG.
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 296\dash299.
- \annotation{Very promising this using of the experience embodied in {\tt tugboat.sty}
- via transformation into Web and modify this with GUST's mods via
- change files. As a bonus there is an index.
- Handy to locate commands, but it won't help to locate
- the various @begin$<foo>$ commands because these are invoked via
- csnames.}
-}
-\lst\cameronpj
- {Cameron P.J (1990):
- Adventures of a new \TeX nician.
- \TeX line 12, 2\dash3.
-}
-\lst\carlisleda
- {Carlisle D (1992):
- longtable.sty.
- From the fileserver.
-}
-\lst\chemtex
- {Chem-\TeX (?):
- From the file server.
-}
-\lst\chenp
- {Chen P, M Harrison (1987):
- Automatic index preparation.
- CSB-TR 87/347. UCB.
- \annotation{A nice survey of issues relevant to preparing indexes
- automatically. Existing indexing tools in use in various systems
- are discussed. The paper emerged from the experience gained in writing
- the makeindex C program.}
-}
-\lst\cheswickb
- {Cheswick B (1990):
- A permuted index for \TeX\ and \LaTeX.
- CSR 145. AT\&T.
- (Also \TeX niques 14. Handy for looking up if a command is already in use.)
-}
-\lst\childsba
- {Childs B (1989):
- Teaching \TeX.
- \tubissue{10}(2), 156\dash163.
-}
-\lst\childsbb
- {Childs, B (1989):
- Answers to \TeX\ tests.
- \tubissue{10}(3), 319\dash323.
-}
-\lst\clarkaa
- {Clark A.F (1987):
- Halftone output from \TeX.
- \tubissue{8}(3), 270\dash274.
-}
-\lst\clarkma
- {Clark M (1987):
- More symbols for \TeX.
- \TeX line 5, 7\dash8.
-}
-\lst\clarkmaa
- {Clark M (1988):
- A note comparing \TeX\ to SGML.
- SGML User's Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 67\dash68.
-}
-\lst\clarkmab
- {Clark M (1988):
- A note comparing \TeX\ to SGML.
- SGML User's Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 67\dash68.
-}
-\lst\clarkmac
- {Clark M (1989):
- \TeX\ and/or SGML.
- Proceedings Euro\TeX89. Karls\-ruhe.
- \annotation{Context sensitivity as a tool for checking
- input correctness is stressed;
- an example of how to do this within \TeX\
- is given.}
-}
-\lst\clarkmb
- {Clark M (editor, 1990):
- \TeX\ applications, uses and methods.
- Proceedings of Euro\TeX\ '88.
- Ellis Horwood. ISBN 0-13-912296-6.
-}
-\lst\clarkmc
- {Clark M (1992):
- Portable Graphics in \TeX.
- Proceedings TUG '92. \tubissue{13}(3), 253\dash260.
- (Also as chapter 17 in his \TeX\ Primer.)
-}
-\lst\clarkmd
- {Clark M (1992):
- A plain \TeX\ primer.
- Oxford University Press. 480p.
-}
-\lst\cms
- {The Chicago manual of style (1982).
- University of Chicago Press.
-}
-\lst\coffings
- {Coffin G.S (1954): Bridge Plays:
- Four classics. Faber and Faber. London.
-}
-\lst\commacm
- {Comm ACM (1988):
- Special Issue: Hypertext.
- Comm. ACM, 88, 31, 7.
- \annotation{It contains:
- An overview of hypertext, by J.B Smith, S.F Weiss;
- KMS: A distributed hypermedia system for managing knowledge in
- organizations, by R.M Akscyn, D.L McCracken, E.A Yoder;
- Reflections on notecards: seven issues for the next generation of
- hypermedia systems, by F.G Halasz;
- HAM: A general purpose hypertext abstract machine, by B Campbell, J.M
- Goodman;
- Abstraction mechanisms in hypertext, by P.K Carg;
- Hypertext and the new Oxford dictionary, by D.R Raymond, F.W Tompa;
- Searching for information in a hypertext medical handbook, by
- M.E Frisse;
- Hypertext '87: Keynote address, by A van Dam.
- There are conferences devoted to the subject at least each year.}
-}
-\lst\coombsjh
- {Coombs J.H, A.H Renear, S.J DeRose (1987):
- Markup systems and the future of scholarly text processing.
- Comm. ACM, 30, 11, 933\dash947.
-}
-\lst\cowanrf
- {Cowan R.F (1985):
- Making tables with macros. tables.tex \& tabledoc.tex.
- (Available from file servers.)
-}
-\lst\crowhurste
- {Crowhurst E (1986):
- ACOL in competition. Pelham. London.
-}
-\lst\damrauj
- {Damrau J, M Wester (1991): Form letters with 3-across
- labels capability. TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 510\dash516.
-}
-\lst\dobrowolskiae
- {Dobrowolski A, E (1992):
- Typesetting SGML documents using \TeX.
- Proceedings TUG '92. \tubissue{12}(4), 409\dash414.
-}
-\lst\dolw
- {Dol W, E.H.M Frambach, M van der Vlerk (1993):
- 4\TeX: a \TeX\ workbench for MS-DOS PCs.
- MAPS 93.1, 53\dash56.
-}
-\lst\dolwb
- {Dol W (1993):
- The ease of including graphics in \TeX{} documents using 4\TeX.
- MAPS 93.2, 171\dash176.
-}
-\lst\dolwc
- {Dol W, E.H.M Frambach, S Kroonenberg, M van der Vlerk (1994):
- \TeX{} \& 4\TeX{} Guide.
- (Booklet to accompany NTG's 4All\TeX{} CD-ROM.)
-}
-\lst\doobma
- {Doob M (1990):
- A gentle introduction to \TeX.
- \TeX niques 12.
- (Also from the file server, as is my review.)
-}
-\lst\doobmb
- {Doob M, C Platt (1993):
- Virtual fonts in a production environement.
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 275\dash281.
-}
-\lst\doumontjl
- {Doumont J.L (1994):
- Pascal pretty-printing:
- an example of `preprocessing within \TeX.'
- Proceedings TUG '94. \tubissue{15}(3), 167\dash173.
-}
-\lst\downesmja
- {Downes M.J. (1991):
- Dialogue with \TeX.
- Proceedings TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 502\dash509.
-}
-\lst\drilcon
- {DRILCON (1990): A program for conversion between \TeX\ and wordprocessors.
- KUB. The Netherlands.
- (It uses an intermediate language.)
-}
-\lst\duchierd
- {Duchier D (1990):
- \TeX, ex\-ter\-nal tensor pro\-duct.
- \TeX HaX 90.20.
-}
-\lst\dunna
- {Dunnr A (1987):
- Using \PS{} with \TeX.
- \tubissue{8}(2), 171\dash173.
-}
-\lst\durstlka
- {Durst L.K (1989): Bibliographic citations, or variations
- on the old shell game. \tubissue{10}(3), 390\dash394.
- \annotation{It discusses how to cope with \TeX ing a bibliography. BLUe's Bib
- has undoubtedly been influenced by this work, because I read it
- at least a year before creating BLUe's Bib. Durst does not use the
- list separator \TeX nique, and therefore the encoding is a little more
- complex. Also the writing to a file and the external sorting makes it
- more cumbersome. In the paper it is not worked out how to use it within
- one of \TeX's flavours.
- The basic approach is very similar to mine, however.}
-}
-\lst\durstlkb
- {Durst L.K (1990):
- Long-winded endnotes and exercises with hints or solutions.
- \tubissue{11}(4), 580\dash588.
- \annotation{A comment is given in Hefferon (1991): Getting {\tt\char92answers}
- in \TeX.}
-}
-\lst\durstlkc
- {Durst L.K (1991):
- Some tools for making indexes: Part I.
- \tubissue{12}(2), 248\dash258.
-}
-\lst\dysonmc
- {Dyson M.C (1992):
- The curriculum as a hypertext.
- EP-ODD, 5, 2, 63\dash72.
-}
-\lst\dysonmcb
- {Dyson M.C (1993):
- Teaching digital typography\Dash the Didot project.
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 329\dash332.
- (Also MAPS 93.2, 216\dash218.)
-}
-\lst\eijkhoutva
- {Eijkhout V (1990):
- Unusual paragraph shapes.
- \tubissue{11}(1), 51\dash53.
-}
-\lst\eijkhoutvb
- {Eijkhout V (1990):
- An indentation scheme.
- \tubissue{11}(4), 613\dash616.
- (Also MAPS 90.2.)
-}
-\lst\eijkhoutvc
- {Eijkhout V (1990):
- A {\tt\char92parskip} scheme.
- \tubissue{11}(1), 616\dash619.
- (Also MAPS 90.2.)
-}
-\lst\eijkhoutvd
- {Eijkhout V (1992):
- \TeX\ by Topic. Addison-Wesley.
-}
-\lst\eijkhoutve
- {Eijkhout, V (1993):
- The bag of tricks. \tubissue{13}(4), 494\dash495.
- (It is about how to layout a macro. What I like most of it is the
- summary of how to counteract unwanted spaces. At the end the important
- difference between the \cs{ifUndefinedCS} and \cs{if}\cs{UndefinedCS}
- has been treated.)
-}
-\lst\einarssonb
- {Einarsson B, W.M Gentleman(1984):
- Mixed Language programming.
- Soft.Prac.Exp., 14, 4 383\dash396.
-}
-\lst\eppsteind
- {Eppstein D (1985):
- Trees in \TeX.
- \tubissue{6}(1), 31\dash37.
-}
-\lst\fergusonmj
- {Ferguson M.J (1991):
- INRS-\TeX\ (new version).
- (See also his multilingual reports, \tubissue{11}(4), 514\dash515)
-}
-\lst\fineja
- {Fine J (1992): Some basic control macros for \TeX.
- \tubissue{13}(1), 75\dash83.
-}
-\lst\floydrw
- {Floyd R.W (1978): The paradigms of programming.
- Comm ACM ?\dash?.
- Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985.
- ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9.
- \annotation{}
-}
-\lst\furutar
- {Furuta R, J Scofield, A Shaw (1982):
- Document Formatting Systems: Survey, Concepts, and Issues.
- Computing Surveys, 14, 3, 417\dash472.
-}
-\lst\genussapl
- {Genussa P.L (1987):
- Document Preparation Method
- of the United States Aire Force
- Automated Technical Order System.
- SGML Users' group. Bulletin 2, 1.
-}
-\lst\gibbonsj
- {Gibbons J (1993):
- Footnotes with verbatim material.
- TTN, 2, 4, p.9.
- \annotation{\LaTeX's footnote implementation has been modified to allow also for
- verbatims similar to plain's encoding. Basically it comes down to handling
- the `argument.' Really nice.}
-}
-\lst\glendowng
- {Glendown G (1990): Round boxes for plain \TeX.
- \tubissue{10}(3), 385--386.
-}
-\lst\goossensma
- {Goossens M (1993):
- POSTSCRIPT en \LaTeX, de komplementariteit in de praktijk.
- MAPS 93.1, 101\dash113.
-}
-\lst\goossensmb
- {Goossens M, F Mittelbach, A Samarin (1993):
- The \LaTeX-companion. Addison-Wesley.
-}
-\lst\goossensmc
- {Goossens M, F Mittelbach, A Samarin (1993):
- Customizing \LaTeX's lists.
- MAPS 93.2, 177\dash183.
-}
-\lst\goossensmd
- {Goossens M, S.P.Q Rahtz (1994):
- Colour slides with \LaTeX{} and Seminar.
- Baskerville, 4,1, 8\dash12.
-}
-\lst\goossensme
- {Goossens M, S.P.Q Rahtz (1994):
- Simple colour design and colour in \LaTeX2$\epsilon$.
- Euro\TeX, 196\dash205.
-}
-\lst\grahamrla
- {Graham R.L, D.E Knuth, O Pastashnik (1989):
- Concrete Mathematics. Addison-Wesley.
- \annotation{The macros for formatting this book are available from the
- CTAN and known as gkpmac.tex.}
-}
-\lst\greeni
- {Green I (1992):
- citesort.sty.
- (From the file server.)
-}
-\lst\greeneam
- {Greene A.M (1989):
- \TeX reation\Dash Playing Games with \TeX's mind.
- \tubissue{10}(4), 691\dash705.
-}
-\lst\greenwadegd
- {Greenwade G.D (1993):
- The Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network\Dash CTAN.
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 342\dash351.
- (Also MAPS 93.2, 133\dash140.)
-}
-\lst\griesd
- {Gries D (1983 snd printing):
- The science of programming.
- Springer-Verlag. ISBN 0-387-90641-x.
-}
-\lst\grootenhuisj
- {Grootenhuis J (1990):
- Typesetting SGML coded Mathematics.
- Paper presented at Markup'90. Charleston.
-}
-\lst\guittetc
- {Guittet C (1986):
- FORMEX: une mise en practique des normes internationales.
- SGML user's group. Bulletin, 1, 2.
-}
-\lst\gurariema
- {Gurari E.M (1989):
- An introduction to the theory of computation.
- Computer Science Press.
-}
-\lst\gurariemb
- {Gurari E.M (1994):
- \TeX{} \& \LaTeX\Dash Drawing \& Literate Programming.
- Mc Graw Hill. ISBN 0-07-025208-4.
-}
-\lst\gurariemc
- {Gurari E.M (1994):
- Writing with \TeX.
- Mc Graw Hill. ISBN 0-07-025207-6.
-}
-\lst\hafnerja
- {Hafner J (1992):
- Foil\TeX, a \LaTeX-like system for typesetting foils.
- \tubissue{13}(3), 347\dash356.
-}
-\lst\hagenja
- {Hagen J, A.F Otten (1994):
- PPCH\TeX: Chemische structuur formules in \TeX.
- MAPS 94.2, 167\dash177.
-}
-\lst\hagenjb
- {Hagen J (1994):
- Een meertalige interface naar \TeX.
- MAPS 94.2, 178\dash182.
-}
-\lst\hagenjc
- {Hagen J (1994):
- Sub- en Superscripts in Chemische Formules.
- MAPS 94.2, 183.
-}
-\lst\hamiltonb
- {Hamilton Kelly B (1989):
- The autodoc-option.
- \tubissue{10}(2), 274\dash284.
-}
-\lst\hamiltonba
- {Hamilton Kelly B (1990):
- Some macros to draw crosswords.
- \tubissue{11}(1), 103\dash119.
-}
-\lst\hamiltonh
- {Hamilton H (1989):
- Mastering \TeX{} with templates.
- TUG '89. \tubissue{10}(4), 541\dash548.
- \annotation{It has all to do with learning by example.}
-}
-\lst\hammingrw
- {Hamming R.W (1978): One man's view of computer science.
- Comm ACM ?\dash?.
- Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985.
- ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9.
- \annotation{}
-}
-\lst\haralambousy
- {Haralambous Y (1992):
- \TeX\ conventions concerning languages. TTN, 1, 4, 3\dash10.
-}
-\lst\heckelp
- {Heckel P (1982):
- The elements of friendly software design.
- Warner Books. ISBN 0-446-38040-7.
-}
-\lst\hemelj
- {Hemel J, C.G van der Laan, R.C.G.M Lauwerier (1989):
- Het maken van transparanten voor overhead-projectie.
- RC-Rapport 23.
- \annotation{In this report a set of 4 characteristic transparencies---a drawing,
- a bar-chart, a pie-chart,
- a list of items with some formulas---is selected,
- and the aspects which come along when making these by hand,
- by Wordperfect, or by \LaTeX, are discussed. The results are shown and
- the needed amount of work for each approach is summarized among others.}
-}
-\lst\hendersonda
- {Henderson D (1989):
- Outline fonts with METAfont.
- \tubissue{10}(1), 36\dash38.
-}
-\lst\hendersondb
- {Henderson D (1989):
- Introduction to METAfont.
- \tubissue{10}(4), 467\dash480.
-}
-\lst\hendricksonaa
- {Hendrickson A (1985):
- Some diagonal line hacks.
- \tubissue{6}(2), 83\dash86.
- \annotation{The macros go wrong for (nearly) vertical lines.}
-}
-\lst\hendricksonab
- {Hendrickson A (1989):
- Macro\TeX.
-}
-\lst\hendricksonac
- {Hendrickson A (1990):
- Getting \TeX nical: Insights into \TeX\ macro writing \TeX niques.
- \tubissue{11}(3), 359\dash370.
-}
-\lst\hendricksonax
- {Hendrickson A (priv.\ comm.).
-}
-\lst\henricip
- {Henrici, P (1977): Applied and computational complex analysis.
- II. Special functions, integral transformations, asymptotics, continued
- fractions. John-Wiley.
-}
-\lst\herwijnenea
- {Herwijnen E van (1988):
- Electronic submission of Physics
- articles to publishers. De $1^e$ Nederlandse
- SGML conferentie. SGML: De Consequenties.
- \annotation{Also published in: Computer Physics
- Communications 57 (1989) 244\dash250:
- The use of text interchange standards
- for submitting physics articles to journals.
- In the context of this paper the discussion of
- SGML related to \TeX\ is relevant.}
-}
-\lst\herwijnene
- {Herwijnen E van (1990):
- Practical SGML. Kluwer.
-}
-\lst\herwijnenea
- {Herwijnen E van, N.A.F.M Poppelier, C.A Rowley (to appear):
- Standard DTDs and scientific publishing.
- MAPS 92.2, 69\dash80.
-}
-\lst\herwijneneb
- {Herwijnen E van (priv. comm.): Streamlining publishing
- procedures.
-}
-\lst\herwijnenec
- {Herwijnen E van (1988):
- TexT Processing at CERN I.
- SGML Users' Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 39--54.
-}
-\lst\hoarecar
- {Hoare C.A.R (1980): The emperor's old clothes.
- Comm ACM ?\dash?.
- Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985.
- ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9.
- \annotation{}
-}
-\lst\hobbyjda
- {Hobby J.D (1992):
- A user's manual for METAPost.
- CSTR 162. AT\&T Bell Laboratories.
- (Since 1995 METAPost is in the public domain.)
-}
-\lst\hobbyjdb
- {Hobby J.D (1992):
- Introduction to METAPost.
- Euro\TeX{} 92. 21\dash36.
-}
-\lst\hoenigajaa
- {Hoenig A.J (1987):
- \TeX{} does windows.
- \tubissue{8}(2), 212\dash216.
-}
-\lst\hoenigajab
- {Hoenig A.J (1989):
- Fractal images with \TeX.
- Proceedings TUG '89. \tubissue{10}(4), 491\dash497.
-}
-\lst\hoenigaja
- {Hoenig A.J (1990):
- Labelling figures in \TeX\ documents.
- TUG '90. \tubissue{12}(1), 125\dash128.
-}
-\lst\hoenigajb
- {Hoenig A.J (1991):
- When \TeX\ and METAfont talk:
- Typesetting on curved paths and other special effects.
- TUG91 proceedings. \tubissue{12}(3), 554\dash557.
-}
-\lst\hoenigajba
- {Hoenig A.J (1991):
- Typesetting along arbitrary curves with \TeX\ and METAfont.
- TUG91 proceedings.
-}
-\lst\hoenigajc
- {Hoenig A.J (1991):
- \TeX\ for new users. MAPS 91.2, 91\dash96.
-}
-\lst\hoenigajd
- {Hoenig A.J (1992):
- When \TeX\ and METAfont work together.
- Euro\TeX\ '92 proceedings, 1\dash19.
- (An updated version released in MAPS 93.1.)
-}
-\lst\hoenigaje
- {Hoenig A (1992): Q \& A. Partitioned Matrices.
- \tubissue{13}(1), 60\dash62.
-}
-\lst\hoenigajf
- {Hoenig A (1994):
- Less is more: Complex page layouts and shapes with \TeX.
- TUG94 proceedings. \tubissue{15}(3), 232\dash243.
-}
-\lst\hooveraza
- {Hoover A.Z (1989):
- Using wordperfect 5.0 to create \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ documents.
- \tubissue{10}(4), 549\dash559.
-}
-\lst\hooverazb
- {Hoover A.Z (1991):
- Getting Postscript into \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ documents.
- TUG '91. MAPS 91.2.
-}
-\lst\hooverazc
- {Hoover A.Z (1992):
- The key to successful support: knowing your \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ users.
- Euro\TeX{} '92 proceedings, 1\dash19.
- (Also MAPS 92.2.)
-}
-\lst\horakk
- {Horak K (priv. comm. 1992):
- Examples of (scientific) METAfont use.
- (Some have been encorporated in NTG's PR set.)
-}
-\lst\horakka
- {Horak K (1994):
- Fighting with big METAfont pictures
- when printing them reversely or landscape.
- Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 105\dash107.
-}
-\lst\hornbkp
- {Horn B.K.P (1993):
- Where are the Math fonts?
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 282\dash284.
-}
-\lst\hornbkpa
- {Horn B.K.P (1993):
- New from Y\&Y: complete bitmap-free \TeX{} packages!
- Flyer 8p.
- \annotation{Reviewed in Notices of the AMS by J.L Casti.
- Very good with respect to
- encorporation of Postscript (product: DVIPSONE)
- and the accompanying previewer (product: DVIWindo).
- No virtual fonts are supported, and as
- argued by the author there is no need for it to do so.}
-}
-\lst\horowitze
- {Horowitz E (1984):
- Fundamentals of programming languages.
- Computer Science Press. ISBN 0-88175-004-2.
-}
-\lst\hosekd
- {Hosek D (1991):
- \TeX\ Output Devices.
- TUG Resource Directory, 133\dash158.
-}
-\lst\houtjfmj
- {Hout J.F.M.J, M.J.A Mirande, E.B Smuling (1981):
- Geven van hoorcolleges.
- Aula 807.
- \annotation{Apart from the useful survey aspects it supplies also references
- to Gagn\'e's work.}
-}
-\lst\isosgml
- {ISO (8879): Information Processing\Dash Text and Office
- Systems\Dash Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML). 1986--10--15.
-}
-\lst\isosgmltr
- {ISO (TR9573): Information Processing\Dash SGML
- Support Facilities\Dash Techniques for using SGML.
- 1988--09--12.
-}
-\lst\iwakumat
- {Iwakuma Tetsuo (1994):
- A guide to use Macros and Style files in \LaTeX.
- MAPS 94.2, 73\dash110.
-}
-\lst\jackowskibc
- {B Jascowski, M Ry\'cko (1994):
- Labyrinth of METAfont paths in outline.
- Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 18\dash32.
-}
-\lst\janschcr
-{J\"ansch C.R, U R\"ode, K Schnepper (1988):
- Macro expansion, a tool for the systematic development of scientific software.
- TUM-I8814.
-}
-\lst\jeffreya
- {Jeffrey A (1990): Lists in \TeX's mouth.
- \tubissue{11}(2), 237\dash244.
-}
-\lst\jeffreyab
- {Jeffrey A (1993):
- A Postscript font installation package written in \TeX.
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 285\dash292.
-}
-\lst\jeffreyac
- {Jeffrey A (editor, 1993):
- Math font encodings: a workshop summary.
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 293\dash295.
-}
-\lst\jensenk
- {Jensen K, N Wirth (1975): PASCAL user manual and report.
- Springer-Verlag.
-}
-\lst\jonesdm
- {Jones D.M (1992):
- A catalogue of \TeX{} macros.
- (From the file server.)
-}
-\lst\jurrienstaa
- {Jurriens T.A (priv. comm.):
- Supertabular.sty.
- (From the file server.)
-}
-\lst\jurrienstaaa
- {Jurriens T.A (1992): \TeX\ for everybody?
- Euro\TeX92.
- \annotation{Experience \LaTeX\ teaching.}
-}
-\lst\jurrienstab
- {Jurriens, T.A (1991):
- Ladies and \LaTeX I-II-III.
- MAPS 91.2, 102\dash104, 92.1, 133\dash134, MAPS 92.2, 102\dash104.
-}
-\lst\jurrienstac
- {Jurriens T.A (1992): \TeX\ as database. MAPS92.2,
- 100\dash101.
-}
-\lst\jurrienstad
- {Jurriens T.A (1992):
- From observation to publication.
- \tubissue{14}(2), 123\dash126.
-}
-\lst\kabelschachta
- {Kabelschacht A (1987):
- \cs{expandafter} vs.\ \cs{let} and \cs{def}, and
- a generalization of plain's loop.
- \tubissue{8}(2), 184\dash185.
-}
-\lst\kappertr
- {Kappert R (1992): scite.sty. (A compilation
- of the earlier versions of Arseneau and Green.
- From the file server.)
-}
-\lst\kelderj
- {Kelder J, B van der Velde (1986):
- Dwangposities tegen \'e\'en tegenstander. Becht. A'dam. (Dutch).
- Translated from:
- Kelsey H.W (1985, paperback):
- Simple squeezes. Gollancz. London.
-}
-\lst\kelleram
- {Keller, A.M (1985):
- From text to \TeX\Dash coursenotes for \TeX\ for beginners.
- (TOPS 20 is outdated. emacs is still actual.)
-}
-\lst\khanhha
- {Khanh Ha (1990):
- Easy Table. \tubissue{11}(2), 250\dash264.
-}
-\lst\knappenja
- {Knappen J (1992):
- Changing the appearance of Math.
- Euro\TeX'92.
-}
-\lst\knesert
- {Kneser T (1990):
- \LaTeX-paragraphs floating around figures.
- \tubissue{12}(1), 28\dash30.
-}
-\lst\knuthdea
- {Knuth D.E (1968):
- The art of computer programming. Vol. I: Fundamental algorithms.
- Addison-Wesley.ISBN 0-201-03809-9.
-}
-\lst\knuthdeb
- {Knuth D.E (1969):
- The art of computer programming. Vol. II: Seminumerical algorithms.
- Addison-Wesley.LLOCC 67-26020.
-}
-\lst\knuthdec
- {Knuth D.E (1973):
- The art of computer programming. Vol. III: Sorting and searching.
- Addison-Wesley. LLOCC 67-26020.
-}
-\lst\knuthdeca
- {Knuth D.E (1974):
- Computer programming as an art.
- Comm ACM ?\dash?.
- Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985.
- ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9.
- \annotation{}
-}
-\lst\knuthdeca
- {Knuth D.E (1979): Mathematical Typography.
- Bulletin AMS, 1, 2, 345\dash372.
-}
-\lst\knuthdecb
- {Knuth D.E (1979):
- \TeX\ and METAfont: New directions in typesetting.
- Part 1 Mathematical Typography. 45p.
- Part 2 \TeX\ a system for technical text. 201p.
- Part 3 METAfont, a system for alphabet design. 105p.
- AMS. Digital Press. ISBN 0-932376-02-9.
- \annotation{A nice and handy book which explains the basic approaches in
- not too much detail.}
-}
-\lst\knuthdecc
- {Knuth D.E (1984):
- Literate Programming.
- The Computer Journal, 27, 2, 97\dash111.
-}
-\lst\knuthded
- {Knuth D.E (1984):
- Computers and Typesetting.
- \TB. Addison-Wesley.
- ISBN 0-201-13447-0 (hard cover)
- ISBN 0-201-13448-9 (soft cover).
- \annotation{For the correct printing look in the index
- for \cs{language}.
- \TeX, frozen in version $\pi$,
- 3.1415\dots}
-}
-\lst\knuthdee
- {Knuth D.E (1984):
- A course on METAfont programming.
- \tubissue{5}(2), 105\dash118.
-}
-\lst\knuthdeea
- {Knuth, D.E (1985): Recipes and fractions.
- \tubissue{6}(1), 36\dash38.
-}
-\lst\knuthdef
- {Knuth D.E (1986):
- Computers and Typesetting.\TeX: the program.
- Addison-Wesley.
- \annotation{Reprint with corrections 1988,
- a version dated after 1989 is needed.
- Look again for \cs{language} in the index.}
- ISBN 0-201-13437-3.
-}
-\lst\knuthdeg
- {Knuth D.E (1986):
- Computers and Typesetting. The METAfont book.
- Addison-Wesley.
- ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
-}
-\lst\knuthdeh
- {Knuth D.E (198?):
- Computers and Typesetting. METAfont: the program.
- Addison-Wesley.
-}
-\lst\knuthdehb
- {Knuth D.E, P Mackay (1987):
- Mixing right-to-left texts with left-to-right texts.
- \tubissue{7}(1), 14--25.
-}
-\lst\knuthdehc
- {Knuth D.E (1987):
- Saturday morning problem\Dash conclusion.
- \tubissue{8}(2), 211.
- \annotation{The principle of text flowing around a figure
- via an OTR with a `mock'-\cs{everyline}. Hoenig in TUG 94
- has elaborated the issue further.}
-}
-\lst\knuthdehd
- {Knuth D.E (1987):
- Reply: Printing out selected pages.
- \tubissue{8}(2), 217.
- \annotation{Manmac's shipout for slected pages.}
-}
-\lst\knuthdehe
- {Knuth D.E (1987):
- Fonts for digital halftones.
- \tubissue{8}(2), 135\dash270.
- \annotation{}
-}
-\lst\knuthdei
- {Knuth D.E (1989):
- The errors of \TeX.
- Software Practice and Experience, 19, 7, 607\dash685.
- (Also \tubissue{10}(4), 529\dash532.)
-}
-\lst\knuthdeib
- {Knuth D.E, T Larrabee, P.M Roberts (1989):
- Mathematical writing.
- MMA Notes, 14.
-\annotation{With contributions by Paul Halmos, Leslie Lamport, Mary-Claire van Leunen,
-Nils Nilsson, Rosalie Stemer, Jeff Ullman, and Herbert S. Wilf.}
-}
-\lst\knuthdej
- {Knuth D.E (1990):
- Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards.
- \tubissue{11}(1), 13\dash23.
-}
-\lst\knuthdek
-{Knuth D.E, S Levy (1987):
- The CWEB System of Structured Documentation.
- (FTP: labrea.stanford.edu, in directory /pub/cweb)
-}
-\lst\kopkah
- {Kopka H, P.W Daly (1993):
- A guide to \LaTeX\Dash Document preparation for beginners and advanced users.
- Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-56889-6.
-}
-\lst\kolodziejska
- {Ko{\l}odziejska H (1991):
- Go diagrams with \TeX.
- MAPS 91.2, 63\dash68.
- (From the file server.)
-}
-\lst\kopkah
- {Kopka H, P.W Daly (1993):
- A guide to \LaTeX---Document preparation
- for beginners and advanced users.
- Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-56889-6.
-}
-\lst\krimpenh
- {Krimpen H van (1986):
- Boek over het maken van boeken.
- Gaade Uitgevers. Veenendaal. ISBN 9-060-17521-2.
-}
-\lst\kuykenshjp
- {Kuykens H.J P (1994):
- MIDI2\TeX, een music\TeX{} tool.
- MAPS 94.2, 184\dash188.
-}
-\lst\laancg
- {Laan C.G van der (1984): (Graceful) Mixed Language
- Programming. Argonne National Laboratory Workshop.
-}
-\lst\laancga
- {Laan C.G van der, J.R Luyten (1988):
- Evaluation of K-talk.
- RC-RUG rapport 15.
- \annotation{Contains test collection for evaluating converters.
- The conclusion is that ordinary marked up text is no problem,
- but tables, math and graphics go wrong.}
-}
-\lst\laancgaa
- {Laan C.G van der (1989):
- Teaching \TeX: critics and \LaTeX\ proposal.
- Appendix V. Minutes $4^{th}$ NTG meeting.
-}
-\lst\laancgb
- {Laan C.G van der (1989):
- Typesetting Bridge via \LaTeX.
- \tubissue{10}(1), 113\dash116.
- (Also MAPS 91.2.)
-}
-\lst\laancgc
- {Laan C.G van der (1990):
- Typesetting Bridge via \TeX.
- \tubissue{11}(2), 265\dash276.
- (Pre-release GUTenberg Cahiers 5, and a copy in MAPS 91.2.)
-}
-\lst\laancgd
- {Laan C.G van der (1990):
- SGML(, \TeX\ and \dots).
- \tubissue{12}(1), 90\dash104.
- (Pre-release MAPS 90.2 and GUTenberg
- cahiers 5.
- It contains also an extensive bibliography
- about SGML-\TeX\ relation.)
-}
-\lst\laancge
- {Laan C.G van der (1991):
- Math into BLUes.
- Part~I: Mourning. TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(3), 485\dash501.
- Part~II: Sing your song. Euro\TeX\ '91.
- GUTenberg Cahiers 10\&11, 147\dash170.
- (Pre-release MAPS 91.1.)
-}
-\lst\laancgf
- {Laan C.G van der (1992):
- Tower of Hanoi, revisited.
- \tubissue{13}(1), 91\dash94.
-}
-\lst\laancgg
- {Laan C.G van der (1992):
- Table Diversions.
- MAPS 92.2, 115\dash129.
- (An earlier version at Euro\TeX{} '92.)
-}
-\lst\laancgga
- {Laan C.G van der (1992):
- Spivak's \OE uvre.
- MAPS 92.1, 139\dash142.
-}
-\lst\laancgh
- {Laan C.G van der (1992):
- FIFO and LIFO sing the BLUes.
- \tubissue{14}(1), 54\dash59.
- (An earlier version at Euro\TeX{} '92
- and MAPS 92.2.)
-}
-\lst\laancgi
- {Laan C.G van der (1992):
- Typesetting crosswords via \TeX, revisited.
- MAPS 92.2, 145-146.
- \annotation{Submitted TUGboat. An earlier version based upon \cs{halign} in
- Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92, 217\dash224, and MAPS 92.1, 128\dash132.}
-}
-\lst\laancgj
- {Laan C.G van der (1992):
- Syntactic Sugar.
- TUG '93.
- \tubissue{14}(3), 310\Dash318.
- (Earlier versions in MAPS 92.2, abridged in GUST bulletin 1.)
-}
-\lst\laancgk
- {Laan C.G van der (1993):
- Manmac BLUes\Dash Or how to typeset a book via \TeX.
- MAPS 93.1, 171\dash191.
-}
-\lst\laancgl
- {Laan C.G van der (1993):
- AMS BLUes\Dash Professionals at work.
- MAPS 93.1, 192\dash212.
-}
-\lst\laancgm
- {Laan C.G van der (1993):
- Sorting in BLUe.
- MAPS 93.1, 149\dash170.
- (Abrid\-ged TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 319\dash328.)
-}
-\lst\laancgo
- {Laan C.G van der (1993):
- Typesetting number sequences.
- MAPS 93.1, 145\dash148.
- \annotation{Submitted TUGboat. No longer relevant when BLUe's Bib is used.}
-}
-\lst\laancgp
- {Laan C.G van der (1993):
- Matrix icons via \LaTeX.
- MAPS 93.2, 211\dash212.
- (Also note in TTN 3.3, 1994.)
-}
-\lst\laancgq
- {Laan C.G van der (1993):
- BLUe's Bibliography\Dash A ge\-ne\-ric ap\-proach.
- MAPS 93.2, 205\dash210.
- \annotation{Selective loading has been added in MAPS 94.1.}
-}
-\lst\laancgr
- {Laan C.G van der (1993):
- What is \TeX{} and \MF{} all about?
- MAPS 93.2, 67\dash87.
- (Also: proceedings `PD, Shareware, Freeware'
- meeting NLUUG, November 1993. CTAN
- and PTF CD in \dots/whatstex in
- ctan/info/info.zip)
-}
-\lst\laancgs
- {Laan C.G van der (1994):
- TUGboat BLUes\Dash How \TeX ies do it.
- MAPS 94.1, 119\dash150.
-}
-\lst\laancgt
- {Laan C.G van der (1994):
- BLUe's Trans\-paren\-cies\Dash From report to transparency.
- MAPS 94.1, 111\dash114.
-}
-\lst\laancgu
- {Laan C.G van der (1994):
- BLUe's Verbatim\Dash The selection.
- MAPS 94.1, 116\dash118.
-}
-\lst\laancgv
- {Laan C.G van der (1994):
- BLUe's Format\Dash The best of both worlds.
- MAPS 94.2, 189\dash199.
- (Abridged. Euro\TeX\ '94, 33\dash44, also abridged.
- Unabridged version from the CTAN.)
-}
-\lst\laancgw
- {Laan C.G van der (1994):
- BLUe's Biblio\-gra\-phy\Dash Se\-lec\-tive loading.\\
- MAPS~94.1, 115.
-}
-\lst\laancgx
- {Laan C.G van der (1994):
- BLUe's Graphs\Dash Simplicity, aha!
- MAPS 94.2, 200\dash206.
-}
-\lst\laancgy
- {Laan C.G van der (1994):
- BLUe's Cross-Referen\-cing\Dash A one-pass approach.
- MAPS 94.2, 207\dash209.
-}
-\lst\laancgz
- {Laan C.G van der (1995):
- Publishing with \TeX\Dash BLUe's Selection.
- MAPS Special. %CWI tract.
- See CTAN /pub/archive/info/pwt.
-}
-\lst\laancgA
- {Laan C.G van der (1994):
- Paradigms\Dash Headache?
- MAPS 94.2, 212\dash214.
-}
-\lst\laancgB
- {Laan C.G van der (1994):
- Paradigms\Dash Plain's items extended.
- MAPS 94.2, 210\dash211.
-}
-\lst\laancgC
- {Laan C.G van der (1995):
- BLUe's Typesetting of Pascal\Dash Lean and mean.
- MAPS 95.1, 208\dash210.
- \annotation{This early paper has been improved. The typesetting
- of array brackets is possible now.}
-}
-\lst\laancgD
- {Laan C.G van der (1995):
- BLUe's Index\Dash The principle and some more.
- MAPS 95.1, 178\dash186.
- \annotation{A more user oriented version has been appeared in a chapter of the
- PWT guide and also in the proceedings of Euro\TeX~95.}
-}
-\lst\laancgE
- {Laan C.G van der (1995):
- BLUe's Format Databases\Dash Stay organized.
- MAPS 95.1, 170\dash177.
-}
-\lst\laancgF
- {Laan C.G van der (1995):
- Paradigms\Dash Two-part macros.
- MAPS 95.1, 200\dash204.
-}
-\lst\laancgG
- {Laan C.G van der (1995):
- Paradigms\Dash Parameterization I \Dash\ Options.
- MAPS 95.1, 205\dash207.
-}
-\lst\laancgH
- {Laan C.G van der (1995):
- Use of \TeX{} as databases with any \TeX.
- Proceedings Euro\TeX~95, 273\dash278.
-}
-\lst\lammarschj
- {Lammarsch J (1993):
- A new typesetting system: is it really necessary?
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 167\dash170.
-}
-\lst\lamportla
- {Lamport L (1985?):
- Bezier.sty.
- \annotation{(For drawing arbitray lines within the picture environment.
- From the file server. See however also gkpmac.}
-}
-\lst\lamportlb
- {Lamport L (1985):
- \LaTeX\ User's Guide \& Reference Manual.
- Addison-Wesley. ISBN-0-201-15790-X.
- \annotation{With respect to \BibTeX\ the following characteristics
- from UKTUG meeting of 1990.
- Advantages: clear layout of database, unique identifyer for elements,
- compatibility with Scribe databases, explicit statement of citation type,
- extensible style language, uses \LaTeX's cross-referencing, easy to
- edit output, can be mixed with non-automatic generated bibliographies,
- cross-referencing and abbreviations.
- Disadvantages: multiple passes (\LaTeX, \BibTeX, \LaTeX, \LaTeX);
- have to remember unique references, style language is opaque,
- database is very wordy and boring to enter.}
-}
-\lst\lamportlc
- {Lamport L (1987):
- Makeindex: An index processor for \LaTeX.
- (From the file server.)
-}
-\lst\langmyhrda
- {Langmyhr D (1994):
- How to make your own documentstyle in \LaTeX2e.
- Euro\TeX'94, 167\dash175.
- (Also MAPS 94.2, 65\dash72.)
-}
-\lst\larsonje
- {Larson J.E (1989):
- A chess font for \TeX.
- \tubissue{10}(3), 351.
-}
-\lst\lauwerierhab
- {Fractals\Dash meetkundige figuren in eindeloze herhaling.
- Aramith. ISBN/NUGI-90-6834-031X/619.
- \annotation{Some basic programs of the fractals are included.}
-}
-\lst\lavaudma
- {Lavaud M (1991):
- As\TeX, or developing a multi-windowing environment for research based on
- \TeX.
- Euro\TeX\ '90. Cahiers Gutenberg.
- (Developments Euro\TeX\ '92, and TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 238\dash244.)
-}
-\lst\lavaudmb
- {Lavaud M (1993):
- Disquettes PC-GUT: \TeX\ \& Co pour PC.
- (With: manual d'installation, revised 25/6/93.)
-}
-\lst\lawrencem
- {Lawrence M. (1988):
- The complete book on hand evaluation. Max Hardy.
- ISBN 0-939460-27-0.
-}
-\lst\lebanb
- {Leban B (1985):
- A solution to the Tower of Hanoi problem using \TeX.
- \tubissue 6(3), 151\dash154.
-\annotation{Review. Leban requires as input the number of disks and the first tower as
-a sequence of one-digit numbers.
-This means that creation of the initial tower is not part of the paper.
-Furthermore, Leban develops a set of Lisp like functions for \TeX.
-Apparently Knuth's List macros, \TeX book Appendix D.2, have been overlooked.
-Leban's small list processing system is an example of reinventing the wheel,
-with the concept of an active list separator absent. As a consequence
-the printing of the towers is done by recursion which is not necessary
-when using Knuth's list separator appropriately to `execute' the list.}
-}
-\lst\leskme
- {Lesk M.E (1979):
- Tbl\Dash a program to format tables.
- UNIX manual,157--174.
-}
-\lst\louarnp
- {Louarn P (1991):
- Instructions to Euro\TeX{} and GUTenberg '91 authors.
-}
-\lst\louarnpa
- {Louarn P (1991): Manipulons une matrice.
- Cahiers GUTenberg 8. 59\dash61.
- \annotation{His step-by-step explanation is very clear. The example
- does not contain braces connecting cells,
- or sub parts.}
-}
-\lst\makeindex
- {Makeindex (1987):
- Makeindex.
- \annotation{From the file server. See also Chen and Harrison, Lamport (1987),
- Salomon for a plain variant. Since 1995 there is BLUe's Index.}
-}
-\lst\markit
- {MARK-IT (1989): SGML Parser, version 2. Sobemap NV,
- Place du Champ de Mars 5, Bte 40, 1050 Bruxelles.
-}
-\lst\martincr
- {Martin C.R (1990):
- \TeX\ for \TeX nical typists.
- \tubissue{11}(3), 425\dash428.
-}
-\lst\mattese
- {Mattes E (1990?):
- em\TeX.
- (PD version for MS-DOS PCs, in general use. From the archives.)
-}
-\lst\mauss
- {Maus S (1991): An expansion power lemma.
- \tubissue{12}(2), 277.
-}
-\lst\mcclurem
- {McClure M (1989):
- \TeX\ macros for COBOL syntax diagrams.
- TUGboat, 10, 4, 743--750.
-}
-\lst\meulenbroekd
- {Meulenbroek D (1989):
- Nieuwsblad v/h Noorden. December.
- (Dutch)
-}
-\lst\meyerse
- {Meyers E, F Paige (199?): \TeX sis.
- \annotation{Provides \cs{ruledtable} and documentation in 100p.
- \TeX{} file.
- From lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu, directory /texsis.}
-}
-\lst\minskym
- {Minsky M (1969):
- Form and content in computer science.
- Comm ACM ?\dash?.
- Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985.
- ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9.
- \annotation{}
-}
-\lst\mittelbachfa
- {Mittelbach F (1989):
- An environment for multi-column output.
- \tubissue{10}(3), 407\dash415.
-}
-\lst\mittelbachfab
- {Mittelbach F (1989):
- The doc-option..
- \tubissue{10}(2), 245\dash273.
-}
-\lst\mittelbachfb
- {Mittelbach F (1989):
- An extension for the \LaTeX\ theorem environment.
- \tubissue{10}(3), 416\dash426.
-}
-\lst\mittelbachfc
- {Mittelbach F (1991):
- E-\TeX: Guidelines for future \TeX\ extensions.
- \tubissue{11}(3), 337\dash345.
- (Redistributed: MAPS 93.1)
-}
-\lst\mittelbachfd
- {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1989):
- The new font selection scheme.
- For \TeX{} packages.
- \tubissue{10}(2), 222\dash238.\\
- User interface to standard \LaTeX.
- Reprint: \tubissue{11}(2), 297\dash305.
- (See also NFSS 2, in Goossens, Mittelbach Samarin.)
-}
-\lst\mittelbachfe
- {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1990):
- Towards \LaTeX~3.0.
- \tubissue{12}(1), 74\dash79.
- (Also MAPS 90.2.)
-}
-\lst\mittelbachff
- {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1992):
- The Pursuit of quality.
- Electronic Publishing '92. ISBN 0-521-43277-4.
- (Redistributed MAPS 92.2.)
-}
-\lst\mittelbachffb
- {Mittelbach F, C.A Rowley (1993):
- The \LaTeX3 project.
- MAPS 93.1, 95\dash99.
- (Also in various early nineties proceedings.)
-}
-\lst\mittelbachfg
- {Mittelbach F, C.A Rowley, M.J Downes (1993):
- Volunteer work for \LaTeX3 project.
- \tubissue{13}(4), 510\dash515.
-}
-\lst\mcclurem
- {McClure M (1989):
- \TeX\ macros for COBOL syntax diagrams.
- \tubissue{10}(4), 743\dash750.
-}
-\lst\modestmf
- {Modest M.F (1989):
- Using \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ with Wordperfect5.0.
- \tubissue{10}(1), 67\dash72.
-}
-\lst\nagyd
- {Nagy Dezs\"o (1989):
- A bar chart in \LaTeX.
- \tubissue{10}(2), 239\dash240.
-}
-\lst\nearingj
- {Nearing J (1989): Extended equation numbering
- in plain \TeX.
- \tubissue{10}(1), 82\dash88.
-}
-\lst\oostrumpa
- {Oostrum P van (1989):
- Fancyheadings.
- From the fileserver.
-}
-\lst\oostrumpb
- {Oostrum P van (1991):
- Program text generation with \TeX\slash\LaTeX.
- MAPS 91.1, 99\dash105.
- (A survey of the available tools.)
-}
-\lst\palaisr
- {Palais R (1992):
- Moving a fixed-point. \tubissue{13}(4), 425\dash432.
-}
-\lst\paperts
- {Papert S (1980):
- Mindstorms---Children, computers, and powerful ideas.
- Harvester studies in cognitive science; 14.
- ISBN 0-85527-163-9.
-}
-\lst\paternotter
- {Paternotte R (1989): Dwangneurose.
- De {\bf E}nige {\bf G}oede
- {\bf B}ridge {\bf C}ourant.
- December. (Dutch)
-}
-\lst\petryckilj
- {Petrycki L.J (1991): Comparing \TeX\ and
- traditional typesetting for the composition of a textbook.
- \tubissue{12}(3), 359\dash366.
-}
-\lst\pittmanje
- {Pittman J.E (1988):
- Loopy.\TeX. \tubissue{9}(3), 289\dash291.
-}
-\lst\polyaga
- {Polya G (1957):
- How to solve it. Anchor.
-}
-\lst\polyagb
- {Polya G (1954):
- Mathematics and plausible reasoning.
- I. Induction and analogy in Mathematics.
- ISBN 0-691-08005-4. Princeton University Press.
-}
-\lst\polyagc
- {Polya G (1954):
- Mathematics and plausible reasoning.
- II. Patterns of plausible inference.
- L.C. Card 68-56327. Princeton University Press.
-}
-\lst\poppeliernafm
- {Poppelier N.A.F.M (1990):
- SGML and \TeX\ in scientific publishing.
- \tubissue{12}(1), 105\dash109. (Also MAPS 90.2)
-}
-\lst\quinlre
- {Quin L.R.E (1990):
- Summary of METAfont fonts available.
- \TeX MaG, 4, 6, 1990
- (Also MAPS 91.1.)
-}
-\lst\rahtzspq
- {Rahtz S.P.Q (1987): Bibliographic tools.
- Literary and linguistic computing, 2, 4, 231\dash241.
-}
-\lst\rahtzspqa
- {Rahtz S.P.Q, M Burbank (1993):
- Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1993 Annual Meeting of the \TeX{} Users
- Group.
- TUG Office.
-}
-\lst\rahtzspqaa
- {Rahtz S.P.Q (1993):
- Essential NFSS2, version 2.
- \tubissue{14}(2), 132\dash137.
- (The abstract copied from the article:
- This article offers a user's view of the New Font Selection Scheme, version 2.
- It describes the reasons for using the NFSS;
- the differences a user will encounter between NFSS and old \LaTeX;
- what it will be like installing and using NFSS2;
- some special situations in mathematics; and
- an overview of the advanced NFSS2 commands for describing new fonts.)
-}
-\lst\rahtzspqb
- {Rahtz S.P.Q (1994):
- Implementing the extended \TeX{} layout
- using \PS{} fonts.
- \tubissue{14}(2), 107\dash117.
-}
-\lst\raichleb
- {Raichle B (1993):
- In: V. Eijkhout. Oral \TeX; Erratum.
- \tubissue{13}(1), 75.
-}
-\lst\raichleba
- {Raichle B (priv.\ comm.): Sorting in \TeX's mouth (revisited).
- Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94. 53\dash58. Reprinted in MAPS 95.1.
- \annotation{Bernd Raichle reported at DANTE's 1994 Februari meeting about
- sorting numbers in \TeX's mouth in the spirit of the work of
- Jeffrey. Although his algorithms are of order $n^2$ the execution
- time is good. The only drawback for practice is that it is restricted
- to numbers so far. For Euro\TeX{} '94 he has extended his work
- with quicksort in the mouth.}
-}
-\lst\raichlebb
- {Raichle B (priv.\ comm.): Orale Spielereien.
- \TeX nische Kom\"ode.
- \annotation{Bernd Raichle started in 1994 a series of notes exploiting
- the mouth processing of \TeX.\\
- I. The n-asteriks is studied in depth. A completely expandable \LaTeX{}
- \cs{Romannumeral} proposal is included.\\
- II. Here the digestive processing of the \TeX{} engine is explained.
- The explained n-asteriks solution is intriguing\Dash if not for the use
- of \cs{uccode}\Dash and probably the fastest.
-}
-}
-\lst\ramekmb
- {Ramek M (1988):
- Chemical structure formulae and X/Y diagrams with \TeX.
- Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '88, 227\dash258.
-}
-\lst\readd
- {Read D (priv.comm.):
- Some ideas to improve \LaTeX.
- \annotation{Report with suggestions about
- \LaTeX\ implementation, SGML-based.}
-}
-\lst\reidtj
- {Reid T.J (1987):
- Floating figures at the right\Dash and\Dash Some random text for testing.
- \tubissue{8}(3), 315\dash320.
-}
-\lst\rokickyta
- {Rokicky T (199?):
- DVIPS.
- }
-\lst\rokickytb
- {Rokicky T (1994):
- Driver support for color in \TeX: Proposal and Implementation.
- \tubissue{15}(3), 205\dash2126.
-}
-\lst\rogersdf
- {Rogers D.F (1992): On contrarian views.
- \TeX line 14. 2\dash3.
-}
-\lst\rubinsteinza
- {Rubinstein Z (1989):
- Chess printing via METAfont and \TeX.
- \tubissue{10}(2), 170\dash172.
- (With erratum in \tubissue{10}(3), 359.)
-}
-\lst\rubinsteinzb
- {Rubinstein Z (1989):
- Printing annotated chess literature in natural notation.
- \tubissue{10}(3), 387\dash390.
-}
-\lst\ryckom
- {Ry\'cko M, B Jackowski (1993):
- \TeX{} from {\tt\char92indent} to {\tt\char92par}.
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 171\dash176.
-}
-\lst\salomonda
- {Salomon D (1989):
- Macros for indexing and table of contents preparation.
- \tubissue{10}(3), 394\dash400.
- \annotation{Comments by Breitenlohner (1990): \tubissue{11}(1)62,
- with respect to writing long records to {\tt\char92write}
- streams. In 1994 he made \cs{makeindex} available
- for plain \TeX.}
-}
-%\lst\salomondb
-% {}
-\lst\salomondc
- {Salomon D (1990):
- Output Routines Examples \& Techniques.
- Part~I: Introduction \& Examples. \tubissue{11}(1), 69\dash85.
- Part~II: OTR Techniques. \tubissue{11}(2), 212\dash236.
- Part~III: Insertions. \tubissue{11}(4), 588\dash
- 605.
- \annotation{Incorporated in his courseware: Insights and Hindsights.}
- Part~IV: Horizontal Techniques. \tubissue{15}(1), 28\dash39.
-}
-\lst\salomondd
- {Salomon D (1992):
- Arrows for technical drawings.
- \tubissue{13}(2), 146\dash149.
-}
-\lst\salomonde
- {Salomon D (1992):
- Creating shaded rectangles with POSTSCRIPT.
- \tubissue{13}(3), 327\dash329. (Also MAPS 92.2.)
-}
-\lst\salomondf
- {Salomon D (1992):
- DDA methods in \TeX.
- \tubissue{10}(2), 207\dash216.
-}
-\lst\salomondg
- {Salomon D (1992):
- NTG's Advanced \TeX\ course: Insights and Hindsights.
- MAPS Special, $\approx500p.$
-}
-\lst\salomondh
- {Salomon D (1995):
- The advanced \TeX book.
- Springer-Verlag. ISBN 0-387-94556-3.
-}
-\lst\salomondx
- {Salomon D (priv.\ comm.).
-}
-\lst\samuelal
- {Samuel A.L (1985):
- First grade \TeX\Dash A beginners \TeX\ manual.
- \TeX niques 11.
- \annotation{Beautiful, obligatory reading! Even for \LaTeX\ devotees,
- and for every novice. The layout is nice too. Only some 30p.}
-}
-\lst\sankers
- {Sankar S (1989):
- APE\Dash a set of \TeX\ macros to to format ADA programs.
- \tubissue{10}(1), 89\dash97.
-}
-\lst\schellera
- {Scheller A (1989):
- Experience with SGML in the real world.
- Advisory Group on Computer Graphics workshop, Rutherford.
- \annotation{Work reported from DAPHNE-project: Document Application Processing in a
- Heterogeneous Network Environment.}
-}
-\lst\schoepfra
- {Sch\"opf R (1989):
- Drawing histogram bars inside the \LaTeX\ picture-environment.
- \tubissue{10}(1), 105\dash108.
-}
-\lst\schoepfrb
- {Sch\"opf R (1989):
- A new implementation of the \LaTeX\ {\tt verbatim[*]} environments.
- \tubissue{11}(2), 284\dash296.
-}
-\lst\schrodj
- {Schrod J (1992):
- The DVI Standard, level 0. The TUG DVI Driver standards committee.
- \tubissue{13}(1), 54\dash57.
-}
-\lst\schumacherefa
- {Schumacher E.F (1973):
- Small is beautiful.
- Blond \& Briggs, London.
-}
-\lst\schumacherefb
- {Schumacher E.F (1979):
- Good Work.
- Jonathan Cape Ltd, London.
-}
-\lst\schwarzn
- {Schwarz N (1987):
- {\em Einf\"uhrung in \TeX}. Addison-Wesley.
- (Translated into English with co-author
- J. Krieger (1990): Introduction to \TeX.
- Addison-Wesley. Also into Dutch.)
-}
-\lst\schwarzhr
- {Schwarz H.R, H Rutishauser, E Stiefel (1972):
- Numerik symmetrischer Matrizen.
- Teubner. (German)
-}
-\lst\seroulr
- {Seroul R (1989):
- Le petit livre de \TeX. Inter-\'Editions.
- Paris.
-}
-\lst\sewellw
- {Sewell W (1989):
- Weaving a program\Dash Literate programming in WEB.
- Van Nostrand. ISBN 0-442-31946.
-}
-\lst\sewellwa
- {Sewell W (1987):
- Multiple changefiles: The adventure continues.
- \tubissue{8}(2), 117\dash118.
-}
-\lst\sgmlug
- {SGML User's Group (Newsletter): (Editorial
- address: Pindar Infotek, 2 Grosvenor Road, Wallington,
- Surrey SM6 0ER, UK.)
-}
-\lst\siebenmannl
- {Siebenmann L (1992):
-Elementary text processing and parsing in \TeX\Dash The appreciation of tokens.
- \tubissue{13}(1), 62\dash73.
-}
-\lst\smedingar
- {Smedinga R (1991):
- Hoe met \LaTeX\ een boek gemaakt kan worden.
- MAPS 91.2, 97\dash101.
-}
-\lst\smithjma
- {Smith J.M (1987): The standard generalized markup language
- (SGML): Guidelines for editors and publishers.
- British National Bibliography Research Fund Report 26.
- ISBN 0-7123-3111-5.
-}
-\lst\smithjmb
- {Smith J.M (1987): The standard generalized markup language
- (SGML): Guidelines for authors.
- British National Bibliography Research Fund Report 27.
- ISBN 0-7123-3112-3.
-}
-\lst\southallra
- {Southall R (1984):
- First principles of typographic design for document production.
- \tubissue{5}(2), 79\dash90.
- (Corrigenda (1985): \tubissue{6}(1), p.6.)
-}
-\lst\southallrb
- {Southall, R (1985):
- Designing a new typeface via METAfont.
- STAN-CS-85-1074.
-}
-\lst\sowafa
- {Sowa F (1991):
- Graphics and halftones with BM2font.
- TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 534\dash538.
-}
-\lst\sowafb
- {Sowa F (1994):
- Printing colour pictures.
- Euro\TeX'94, 176\dash181.
- TUG 94, \tubissue{15}(3), 223\dash227.
-}
-\lst\sperbergmcq
- {Sperberg-McQueen C.M, L Bernard (1990):
- ACH-ACL-ALLC. Guidelines for the encoding and
- interchange of machine readable texts.
-}
-\lst\spivakmda
- {Spivak M.D (1986):
- The Joy of \TeX\Dash\AmSTeX.
- AMS. ISBN 0-8218-2999-8.
- (Updated 2$^{nd}$ printing 1990.)
-}
-\lst\spivakmdb
- {Spivak M.D (1989):
- \LAMSTeX\Dash The Syn\-thesis.
- \TeX\-plora\-tors Corporation.
-}
-\lst\spivakmdc
- {Spivak M.D (1991):
- \LAMSTeX\Dash The wizards manual.
- \TeX\-plora\-tors Corporation.
-}
-\lst\swansone
- {Swanson E (1986):
- Mathematics into Type.
- AMS.
-}
-\lst\swonkgl
- {Swonk G.L (1991):
- \LaTeX\ tree drawer.
- \tubissue{12}(2), 286\dash289.
-}
-\lst\taupind
- {Taupin D (1990):
- Musique en \TeX.
- Cahiers GUTenberg, 5, 62\dash69.
- (Updated English version MAPS 92.1.)
-}
-\lst\taylorp
- {Taylor P (1992):
- The future of \TeX.
- In: Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92.
- 235\dash254. (Reprinted in \tubissue{13}(4), 433\dash442.)
-}
-\lst\taylorpb
- {Taylor P (1993):
- NTS: The future of \TeX?
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 177\dash182.
-}
-\lst\taylorpba
- {Taylor P (1994):
- $\epsilon$-\TeX{} and NTS: a status report
- Euro\TeX'94, 182\dash187.
-}
-\lst\taylorpc
- {Taylor P (1993):
- A pragmatic approach to paragraphs.
- \tubissue{14}(2), 138\dash140.
-}
-\lst\taylorpd
- {Taylor P (1994):
- Defensive programming in \TeX:
- towards a better class of a \TeX{} macro.
- Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 69\dash82.
-}
-\lst\temmenm
- {Temme N.M (1990):
- Speciale functies in de mathematische
- fysica. Epsilon 15. ISBN 90-5041-019-7.
- (Dutch)
-}
-\lst\thielec
- {Thiele C (1993):
- The future of \TeX{} and TUG.
- TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 162\dash166.
-}
-\lst\thieleca
- {Thiele C (1987):
- What constitutes a well-documented macro?
- \tubissue8(3), 307\dash308.
-}
-\lst\tobing
- {Tobin G (198?):
- METAfont for beginners.
- (From the CTAN.)
-}
-\lst\tofstedd
- {Tofsted D (1990):
- An improved chess font.
- \tubissue{11}(4), 542\dash544.
-}
-\lst\treebusk
- {Treebus K (1988):
- Tekstwijzer, een gids voor het grafisch verwerken van tekst.
- SDU. Den Haag.
-}
-\lst\tugpub
- {TUG (publications):
- TUGboat, TTN, \TeX niques.
-\\ (TUGboat: Scholarly quarterly of TUG, with the proceedings of the annual
- meeting as special issue, and the resource directory as
- supplementary issue. From 1980 onward.
- The style files involved are {\tt tugboat.cmn},
- and the styles {\tt tug\-boat}, and
- {\tt ltug\-boat} available from the (CTAN) archives.
-\\ \TeX niques: Special themed editions, with no 1 to 14 of 1993)
- TTN: A portable quarterly newsletter of TUG. From 1990 onward.)
-}
-\lst\tutelaersp
- {Tutelaers P (1991):
- A font and a style for typesetting chess using \LaTeX\ or \TeX.
- MAPS 91.2, 41\dash45. (Also \tubissue{13}(1), 85\dash90.)
-}
-\lst\urbanm
- {Urban M (1986):
- An introduction to \LaTeX.
- TRW Software Productivity Project.
- \TeX niques 9.
-}
-\lst\vensej
- {Vens E.J (1992):
- Incorporating POSTSCRIPT fonts in \TeX.
- In: Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92, 173\dash181.
- (Also in MAPS 92.2.)
-}
-\lst\vignaudd
- {Vignaud D (1989):
- L'\'edition structr\'ee dans les documents,
- SGML applications \`a l'\'edition fran\c caise.
- \'Editions du Cercle de la Librairie. Paris.
-}
-\lst\vriesh
- {Vries H de (1990): Biedwedstrijd.
- De {\bf E}nige {\bf G}oede
- {\bf B}ridge {\bf C}ourant. Maart. (Dutch)
-}
-\lst\warmerj
- {Warmer J, S van Egmond (1989):
- The implementation of the Amsterdam SGML Parser.
- EP-ODD, 2, 2, 65\dash90.
-}
-\lst\whitneyrf
- {Whitney R.F, B.N Beeton (1989):
- TUGboat authors' guide.
- \tubissue{10}(3), 378\dash385.
- (Updated versions via the file server.)
-}
-\lst\wichuramj
- {Wichura M.J (199?):
- The \PiCTeX\ manual.
- \TeX niques, 6.
- (${\approx}\$30,$\dash.)
-}
-\lst\wichuramja
- {Wichura M.J (1990):
- Showing-off math macros.
- \tubissue{11}(1), 57\dash61.
-}
-\lst\wilkinsonjh
- {Wilkinson J.H (1965):
- The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem.
- Oxford University Press.
-}
-\lst\williamsl
- {Williams L, L Hall (1990):
- Increased efficiency using advanced EDT editing features.
- \tubissue{11}(3), 421\dash424.
-}
-\lst\williamst
- {Williams T, C Kelley (199?):
- GNUplot: an interactive plotting program.
- Version 3.
-}
-\lst\wilsonir
- {Wilson I.R, A.M Addyman (1983, second edition, reprint):
- A practical introduction to PASCAL with BS 6192.
- Macmillan Press Ltd. ISBN 0 333 3340 3.
-}
-\lst\winninkjj
- {Winnink J.J (editor, 1993):
- NTG's PR set.
- MAPS '93 Special, $\approx25$p.
- (Contains: Wat is \TeX?, Hoenig's \TeX\ for new users, 4\TeX/em\TeX\
- information, and examples with respect to
- math, tables, graphics, and the hobbies bridge, chess, and music.)
-}
-\lst\winogradt
- {Winograd T, B Paxton (1980):
- An indexing facility for \TeX.
- \tubissue{1}(x), A1\dash A12.
- \annotation{The work uses \TeX\ version 1.x and a Lisp
- program. It does not contain such a clear user guide as for makeindex.
- It provides numbers in range notation and allows for
- subentries, and cross-references like see \dots and see also \dots.
- The program can merge files. The program has been converted into
- Pascal some years later. The latter version is available on file servers.}
-}
-\lst\wirthna
- {Wirth N (1973):
- Systematic Programming: An introduction.
- Prentice-Hall. ISBN 0-13-880369-2.
-}
-\lst\wirthnb
- {Wirth N (1976):
- Algorithms $+$ Data Structures $=$ Programs.
- Prentice-Hall. ISBN 0-13-022418-9.
-}
-\lst\wittbeckera
- {Wittbecker A (1988):
- Making paragraphs.
- \tubissue{9}(3), 272\dash276.
-}
-\lst\wittbeckeraa
- {Wittbecker A (1989):
- \TeX\ enslaved. Proceedings TUG89. Stanford.
- \annotation{Advantages and disadvantages of \TeX-formatter with SGML
- ``front-end'' are discussed, related to DEC's VAX Document.}
-}
-\lst\wonnebergerr
- {Wonneberger R (1987): Kompaktf\"uhrer \LaTeX.
- Addison-Wesley.
-}
-\lst\yasukis
- {Ysuki Saito (1987):
- Report on J\TeX: a Japanese \TeX.
- \tubissue{8}(2), 103\dash116.
-}
-\lst\youngenra
- {Youngen R (1989):
- Computers and Mathematics.
- Notices AMS.
- \annotation{Discusses \TeX, \LaTeX\
- and \AmSTeX, summarizing also the relative advantages.
- Since the publication of this note \AmS-\LaTeX\ has been released,
- and Spivak has provided \LAMSTeX. Of course these are not dealt with.}
-}
-\lst\youngenrb
- {Youngen R (1991):
- Typesetting with \TeX\ at the AMS.
- 4p.
- \annotation{A nice survey of why-and-what AMS is using \TeX\ for.}
-}
-\lst\youngenrc
- {Youngen R (1992):
- \TeX-based production at AMS.
- MAPS 92.2, 63\dash68.
-}
-\lst\zalmstraj
- {Zalmstra J, D.F. Rogers (1989):
- A page make-up macro.
- \tubissue{10}(1), 73--81.
-}
-\lst\zandta
- {Zandt T van (1992):
- PStricks. Princeton University.
-}
-\lst\zandtb
- {Zandt T van, D Girou (1994):
- Inside PStricks.
- \tubissue{15}(3), 239\dash246.
-}
-\lst\zbikowskir
- {Zbikowski R (1993):
- Hacker's guide to AMSfonts and NFSS in the context of \LaTeX.
- \tubissue{14}(1), 62\dash69.
-}
-\lst\zlatuskaja
- {Zlatuska J (1991):
- Virtual fonts with accented letters.
- Cahiers GUTenberg 10\&11, 57\dash68.
-}
-\lst\zlatuskajb
- {Zlatuska J (editor, 1992):
- Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92.
- Masarykova universita, Brno. ISBN 80-210-0480-0.
-}
-\lst\zusek
- {Zuse K (1976):
- The Plankalk\"ul,
- Gesellschaft f\"ur Mathematik und Datenverarbeitung,
- Bonn. BMFT-GMD-106.
-}
-%%end data
-\endinput
diff --git a/macros/blu/pic.dat b/macros/blu/pic.dat
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a320cd5fd..0000000000
--- a/macros/blu/pic.dat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1358 +0,0 @@
-%Copyright: C.G. van der Laan,
-%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, (050)0594621525
-%File: pic.dat Set up of May, 1995
-\message{pic.dat browsed (Version: May 1996, cgl)}
-%
-\def\commonforpic{\csname newif\endcsname
- \ifmarkorigin
- \csname newif\endcsname\iffull
-\def\markorigin{\hbox to0pt{\hss
- \vrule width1exdepth.2ptheight.2pt
- \vrule height1exdepth1ex
- \vrule width1exdepth.2ptheight.2pt
- \hss}%
-}%end markorigin
-\def\corners##1{%##1 size of corner bar
- \put(.1,.1){\line(-1,0){##1}}%
- \put(.1,.1){\line(0,-1){##1}}%
- \put(.2,.2){\line(-1,0){##1}}%
- \put(.2,.2){\line(0,-1){##1}}%
-}%end corners
-\def\card##1##2##3{%#1,#2 x,y coord.corner; #3 label
- \put(##1,##2){\line(-1,0){1.25}}
- \put(##1,##2){\line(0,-1){ .45}}
- \put(##1,##2){\lower.45\unitlength
- \hbox{\line(-1,0){ .25}}}
- \put(##1,##2){\hbox to0pt{\kern-1.25\unitlength
- \hbox{\line(0,-1){ .25}}\hss}}
- \put(##1,##2){\lower.5\unitlength\hbox
- {\hskip.05\unitlength{\tiny ##3}}}
-}%end card
-%45 degree rightupper diag dots at #1,#2
-\def\diagdots##1##2{\put(##1,##2){$\raise1pt
- \hbox to0pt{\kern-1pt.\hss}\kern2pt^{.^.}$}}
-%\thinlines %(default in blue.tex)
-\def\fatlbrace{\delimiter"4000308 }
-}%end commonforpic
-%
-%
-%
-\lst\bintreepic{%July 1995, cgl
-\bgroup\unitlength.5ex
- \kk32 \xoffset{-32} \yoffset{-5}%
- \xdim{66}\ydim{5}%
- \def\eertnib##1\bintree{\fi}
-\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture\egroup
-\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\bluemodelpic{\bgroup\unitlength=3.5ex
- \yoffset{-.75}
- \xdim{13}\ydim{12}
-\beginpicture
-\def\str{\lower.5ex\null}
-%baseline
-\put(1,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}}
-\put(4,0){\vector(1,0){.9}}
-\put(2.5,0){\makebox(0,0){extras}}
-\put(6,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}}
-\put(12,0){\vector(1,0){.9}}
-\put(9,0){\makebox(0,0){BLUe's format}}
-%
-\put(0,4){\framebox(4,2){Extensions}}
-\put(0,8){\framebox(4,2){Publ.\
- formats}}
-%Horizontal connection lines
-\put(4,5){\line(1,0){2}}
-\put(4,9){\line(1,0){2}}
-%\multiput(4,5)(.2, 0){10}{\hbox to
-% .2\unitlength{-\hss-}}
-%\multiput(4,9)(.2, 0){10}{\hbox to
-% .2\unitlength{-\hss-}}
-%Vertical separation line
-\multiput(5,0)(0,1){11}{\vrule
- height.5\unitlength\relax}
-\put(6,4){\framebox(4,6){\vbox{%
- \hbox{\tiny outer tags}
- \kern1.25\unitlength
- \hbox{blue.tex}
- \kern1.25\unitlength
- \hbox{\tiny inner tags}}}}
-%\put(6,4){\framebox(4,2){\vbox{%
-% \hbox{\strut Inner}\hbox{Tags}}}}
-%\put(6,8){\framebox(4,2){\vbox{%
-% \hbox{\strut Outer}\hbox{Tags}}}}
-\put(9.1,8.1){\vbox{\offinterlineskip
- \hbox{\tiny\str ppt}\hbox{\tiny\str ref}%
- }}
-\put(9.1,4.1){\vbox{\offinterlineskip
- \hbox{\tiny\str man}%
- \hbox{\tiny\str gkp}%
- \hbox{\tiny\str\raise2ex\null crs}%
- \hbox{\tiny\str vrb}%
- \hbox{\tiny\str btb}\hbox{\tiny
- \str abr}}}
-%\put(8,6){\line(0,1){2}}
-%Databases next
-%Outer database
-%\multiput(10,9)(.2, 0){5}{\hbox to
-% .2\unitlength{-\hss}}
-\put(10,9){\line(1,0){1}}
-\put(11,7){\line(0,1){2}}
-%\card{12.25}{7.25}{fmt.dat}
-\put(11,7){\framebox(1.25, .5){}}
-\put(12.3, 7){{\tiny fmt.dat}}
-%Inner databases
-\put(10,5){\line(1,0){1}}
-%\multiput(10,5)(.2, 0){5}{\hbox to
-% .2\unitlength{-\hss}}
-\put(11,3){\line(0,1){2}}
-\put(10,1){\framebox(2,2){\vbox{%
- \hbox{\strut Data}\hbox{Bases}}}}
-%
-\card{12.25}{3.25}{tools.dat}
-\card{12.5 }{3.5 }{obsolete.dat}
-\card{12.75}{3.75}{pic.dat}
-\card{13 }{4 }{lit.dat}
-\card{13.25}{4.25}{address.dat}
-%
-%\diagdots{13.35}{4.35}
-%
-\put(4,6){\corners{.975}}%
-\put(4,10){\corners{.975}}
-\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}%
-}%end bluemodelpic
-%
-\lst\bluepagepic{\vbox{\arrows{2cm}{\small headline}
-\hbox to2cm{\hss\tiny headlinesep(2ex)\hss}
-\hbox{\vrule\vbox to 3cm{\hrule\offinterlineskip
- \hbox to2cm{\hss$\uparrow$\hss}\vss
- \arrows{2cm}{\lower3pt\null\small pagewd}
- \vss
- \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small v\hss}
- \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small s\hss}
- \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small i\hss}
- \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small z\hss}
- \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small e\hss}
-\vss\hbox to2cm{\hss$\downarrow$\hss}\hrule
-}\vrule}\kern-.7\baselineskip
-\hbox to2cm{\hss\tiny footlinesep(1ex)\hss}
-\arrows{2cm}{\small footline}
-}}
-%
-\lst\cantordustpic{%July 1995, cgl
-%Revision March 1996
-\bgroup
-\def\cf{{\E{\the\k}}\divide\k3
- \ifnum0=\k \fc\fi
- \advance\y-3\unitlength
- {\cf}\advance\x\the\k\unitlength
- \advance\x\the\k\unitlength
- \cf}%
-\def\fc##1\cf{\fi}%
-\k243 \unitlength1pt
-\xdim{243}\yoffset{-10}%
-\beginpicture\cf\endpicture
-\egroup\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\cglpic{\bgroup\unitlength20pt%
-\xdim{1}\ydim{1}%
-\beginpicture
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,.4,.8,0,1,0)}
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,.4,.8,1,0,1)}
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,1,1)}
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,0,0)}
-\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8,.4,.5,1,1)}
-\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8,.4,.5,0,0)}
-\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}%
-}%end \cgl
-%
-\lst\chartpic{%July 1995, cgl
-%Revision March 1996
-\bgroup
-\def\bintree{\E{\the\ekk}\ifnum\kk=2 \eertnib\fi
- \divide\kk2 {\N{\the\kk}\bintree}%
- \S{\the\kk}\bintree}%
-\def\eertnib##1\bintree{\fi}%
-\let\Eold\E
-\def\E{\global\advance\k1
- \xytxt{ \csname\the\k\endcsname}\Eold}%
-\def\1{LMB, 1912}%
-\def\2{MJHB, 1882}\def\5{PAME, 1884}%
-\def\3{JHB, 1838}\def\4{MDB, 1840}%
-\def\6{EFE, 1845}\def\7{CLW, 1850}%
-\ekk8\k0\unitlength2ex\kk8
-\xdim{25}\ydim{17}\yoffset{-8}%
-\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture
-\egroup\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\dragonpic{%July 1995, cgl
-\bgroup
-\let\0\globalN\let\1\globalW
-\let\2\globalS\let\3\globalE
-\def\dragon{\k0
- \loop \draw
- \advance\k1 \kk\k \calcdir
- \ifnum\k<\kmax
- \repeat}
-\def\calcdir{\ifodd\kk \kaux\kk
- \divide\kaux4 \multiply\kaux4 \advance\kk-\kaux
- \advance\dir\kk \ifnum\dir>3 \advance\dir-4 \fi
- \else\divide\kk2 \ea\calcdir\fi}
-\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname1}
-\unitlength2ex
-\dir0\x0pt\y0pt \kmax4
-\beginpicture\dragon\endpicture
-\egroup\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\flowchartlooppic
-{\bgroup\unitlength=3.8ex
- \xoffset{-.5}\yoffset{-.3}
- \xdim{5}\ydim{7.5}
-\beginpicture
-\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0)\markorigin\fi
-\put(0,0){\line(1,0){2}}
-\put(0,0){\line(0,1){6}}
-\put(0,6){\vector(1,0){2}}
-\put(2,6.5){\vector(0,-1){1.5}}
-\put(1,4){\framebox(2,1){pretst}}
-\put(2,4){\vector(0,-1){.5}}
-%rhombus
-\put(2,3){\rhombus(2,1)1{tst}}
-%\put(1,3){\line(2,1){1}}
-%\put(1,3){\line(2,-1){1}}
-%\put(3,3){\line(-2,1){1}}
-%\put(3,3){\line(-2,-1){1}}
-%\put(2,3){\makebox(0,0){tst}}
-%
-\put(2,2.5){\line(0,-1){0.5}}
-\put(1,1){\framebox(2,1){posttst}}
-\put(2,1){\line(0,-1){1}}
-%
-\put(3,3){\line(1,0){1}}
-\put(4,3){\vector(0,-1){3}}
-\put(4,2.5){\kern2pt`{\tt\char92else}'}
-\endpicture\egroup%end flowchartlooppic
-}
-\lst\furutapic
-{\bgroup\unitlength=4ex\yoffset{-1}
- \xdim{14}\ydim{4.5}
-\beginpicture
-%\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0)\markorigin\fi
-\put(1, 1){\oval(2, 1)}
-\put(1, 1){\makebox(0, 0){Start}}
-\put(2, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
-\put(3.5,.25){\framebox(2,1.5){Edit}}
-\put(5.5, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
-\put(7,.25){\framebox(2,1.5){Format}}
-\put(9, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
-\put(11.5, 1){\oval(2, 1)}
-\put(11.5, 1){\makebox(0, 0){End}}
-\put(0,0){\squine(4.5,8,11.5,1.85,4,1.6)}
-\put(11.65,1.55)\rdarrowhead
-\put(0,0){\squine(4.5,6.25,8,.1,-1,.1)}
-\put(4.5,.175)\luarrowhead
-\endpicture\egroup%end furutapic
-}
-%
-\lst\gpic{\bgroup\unitlength20pt%
-\xdim{1}\ydim{1}%
-\beginpicture
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,1,1)}
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,0,0)}
-\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8, 0.4,.75,1,1)}
-\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8, 0.4,.25,.5,.5)}
-\put(0,0){\squine(.4,.8,.8, 0, 0,.25)}
-\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}%
-}%end \gpic
-%
-\lst\hfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl
-\bgroup
-\def\mod##1{\advance\dir##1
- \ifnum3<\dir \advance\dir-4 \fi}%mod 4
-\def\nxt{\csname\the\dir\endcsname
- {\the\kk}\multiply\kk17\divide\kk24
- \advance\level-1 \hf}%
-\def\hf{\ifnum\level=0 \fh\fi
- {\mod1\nxt}\mod3\nxt\relax}%
-\def\fh##1\relax{\fi}%
-\unitlength.1ex
- \xdim{80}\ydim{140}\yoffset{-60}%
- \kk48 \dir0 \level6
-\beginpicture\hf\endpicture
-\egroup\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\indmodelpic
-{\bgroup\unitlength=6ex
- \xdim{7.5}\ydim{6}
-\beginpicture
-\put(2,0){\makebox(0,0){Result}}
-\put(2,1){\vector(0,-1){.8}}
-\put(2,1.25){\makebox(0,0){\cs{pasteupindex}}}
-\put(5.5,1.6){\vector(-1,0){3}}
-\put(2,3){\vector(0,-1){1.5}}
-\put(2,3.25){\makebox(0,0){\cs{sortindex}}}
-\put(2.5,2.9){\line(1,0){3}}
-\put(5.5, 2.9){\vector(0,-1){.5}}
-\put(5.5, 2.25){\makebox(0,0){`Enrich' index.elm\ }}
-\put(5.5, 2){\line(0,-1){.4}}
-\put(2,4.3){\vector(0,-1){.8}}
-\put(2,4.5){\makebox(0,0){Copy + IR markup}}
-\put(2,5.55){\vector(0,-1){.8}}
-\put(3,5.75){\makebox(0,0){\cs{input} blue
- \cs{loadindexmacros} \cs{report}}}
-\endpicture\egroup}
-%end indmodelpic
-%
-\lst\kochfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl
-\bgroup
-\let\0\globalN\let\1\globalE
-\let\2\globalS\let\3\globalW
-\def\left{\advance\dir3 \ifnum\dir>3
- \advance\dir-4 \fi}%
-\def\right{\advance\dir1 \ifnum\dir>3
- \advance\dir-4 \fi}%
-\def\koch{\ifnum\kk=1 \draw\hcok\fi
- {\divide\kk4
- \koch\left\koch\right\koch\right\koch\koch
- \left\koch\left\koch\right\koch}\relax}
-\def\hcok##1\relax{\fi}%
-\x0pt\y0pt\dir1\kk4 \unitlength1ex
-\beginpicture\koch\endpicture
-\egroup\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\lettertreepic
-{\bgroup\smallskip\small
- \unitlength2ex
- \xdim{25}\ydim{17}
- \def\makebox(##1##2)##3{\hbox
- to##1\unitlength{\vbox to##2\unitlength
- {\vss\hbox{##3}\vfil}\hss}}
-\beginpicture
-\put(0,8.9){\makebox(4,0){Letter\lower.2ex\null}}
-\put(5,9){\line(-1,0){1.5}}
-%first level
-%vert line
-\put(5,2){\line(0,1){14}}%End coordinates (5,16)
-%hor lines
-\multiput(5,2)(0,2){8}{\line(1,0){.75}}
-%texts
-\put(6,1.9){\makebox(5,0){Post}}
-\put(6,3.9){\makebox(5,0){Signed}}
-\put(6,5.9){\makebox(5,0){Body}}
-\put(6,7.9){\makebox(5,0){Subject}}
-\put(6,9.9){\makebox(5,0){Addr$+$}}
-\put(6,11.9){\makebox(5,0){Date}}
-\put(6,13.9){\makebox(5,0){Yourref}}
-\put(6,15.9){\makebox(5,0){Ref}}
-%\put(6,17.9){\makebox(5,0){Header}}
-%Considered as format issue
-%Second level
-%hor lines
-\put(11,2){\line(-1,0){2}}
-\put(11,6){\line(-1,0){1.5}}
-\put(11,10){\line(-1,0){1}}
-%vert lines
-\put(11,1){\line(0,1){2}}
-\put(11,5){\line(0,1){2}}
-\put(11,8){\line(0,1){4}}
-%hor lines
-\multiput(11,1)(0,1){3}{\line(1,0){.75}}
-\multiput(11,5)(0,2){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
-\multiput(11,8)(0,2){3}{\line(1,0){.75}}
-%texts
-\put(12,.9){\makebox(5,0){cc$*$}}
-\put(12,1.9){\makebox(7,0){Enclosures$*$}}
-\put(12,2.9){\makebox(5,0){PS$*$}}
-\put(12,4.9){\makebox(5,0){p$+$}}
-\put(12,6.9){\makebox(5,0){Dear}}
-\put(12,7.9){\makebox(5,0){Comm}}
-\put(12,9.9){\makebox(5,0){Address}}
-\put(12,11.9){\makebox(5,0){Name}}
-%Third level
-%hor lines
-\put(17,5){\line(-1,0){2}}
-\put(17,8){\line(-1,0){1}}
-\put(17,10){\line(-1,0){.75}}
-\put(17,12){\line(-1,0){1}}
-%Vert lines
-\put(17,4){\line(0,1){2}}
-\put(17,7.5){\line(0,1){1}}
-\put(17,9.5){\line(0,1){1}}
-\put(17,11.5){\line(0,1){1}}
-%hor lines
-\multiput(17,4)(0,1){3}{\line(1,0){.75}}
-\multiput(17,7.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
-\multiput(17,9.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
-\multiput(17,11.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
-%texts
-\put(18,3.9){\makebox(5,0){hp$*$}}
-\put(18,4.9){\makebox(5,0){q$*$}}
-\put(18,5.9){\makebox(5,0){list$*$}}
-\put(18,7.4){\makebox(5,0){e-mail$*$}}
-\put(18,8.4){\makebox(5,0){phone$*$}}
-\put(18,9.4){\makebox(5,0){city}}
-\put(18,10.4){\makebox(5,0){street}}
-\put(18,11.4){\makebox(5,0){given}}
-\put(18,12.4){\makebox(5,0){family}}
-%fourth level
-\put(21.75,9.5){\line(-1,0){1.25}}
-\put(21.75,10.5){\line(-1,0){.25}}
-\put(22,9.4){\makebox(5,0){country}}
-\put(22,10.4){\makebox(5,0){code}}
-\endpicture
-\egroup}
-%end lettertreepic
-%
-\lst\levyfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl
-\bgroup
-\def\summodfour{{\modsum0
- \loop \ifodd\k \advance\modsum1 \fi
- \divide\k2 \ifnum\k>0
- \repeat \global\dir\modsum
- \divide\modsum4 \multiply\modsum4
- \global\advance\dir-\modsum}}
-\def\levyfractal{\loop\summodfour
- \draw \advance\k1
- \ifnum\k<\order \repeat}
-\unitlength1ex\x0pt\y0pt
-\k0 \dir0 \order256
-\kk1 %argument for \draw
-\ydim{14}%\yoffset{-7}%
-\xdim{21}\xoffset{-2}%
-\beginpicture\levyfractal\endpicture
-\egroup\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\linespic
-{\bgroup\unitlength1cm
- \yoffset{-1.5}
- \xdim{7}\ydim{3}
-\beginpicture
-\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
-\line(1,-1){1}
-\line(1,1){1}
-\makebox(2,0){Beer}
-\disk{.25}\quad
-\circle{.5}
-\endpicture\egroup%end linespic
-}
-%
-\lst\metapostpic{\bgroup
-\unitlength3ex\xdim{12}\ydim{10}
-\xoffset{-6}
-\beginpicture
-\put(-2,0){\framebox(4,1){.ps}}
-\put(0,1){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-6,2){\makebox(12,1){dvips, or \dots}}
-\put(0,2.5){\oval(12,1)}
-\put(-4,3){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-6,4){\framebox(4,1){.eps}}
-\put(-4,5){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-6,6){\makebox(4,1){MetaPost}}
-\put(-4,6.5){\oval(4,1)}
-\put(-4,7){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-6,8){\framebox(4,1){.mp}}
-%
-\put(4,3){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(2,4){\framebox(4,1){.dvi}}
-\put(4,5){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(2,6){\makebox(4,1){(any)\TeX}}
-\put(4,6.5){\oval(4,1)}
-\put(4,7){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(2,8){\framebox(4,1){.tex}}
-\put(6,9){\corners1}
-\put(6.4,9){{\tiny (e)psfig}}
-\endpicture\egroup}
-%
-\lst\ntgpiepic
-{\bgroup\unitlength=7ex
- \xoffset{-3}\yoffset{-2.25}
- \xdim{6}\ydim{5}
-\beginpicture
-%1st quadrant
-%\bezier{100}(2, 0)(2, .54)(1.79, .89)
- % 0 - `30' 2:1-lijn
-%\bezier{60}(1.79, .89)(1.46, 1.46)(1,
-%1.73)
-\put(0,0){\squine(1.79,1.46,1,.89,1.46,
- 1.73)}
- % `30' - 60
-%\bezier{60}(1, 1.73)(.54, 2)(0, 2)
- % 60 - 90
-\put(0,0){\squine(1,.54,0,1.73,2,2)}
-%2nd quadrant
-%\bezier{60}(0, 2)(-.54, 2)(-1, 1.73)
- % 90 - 120
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.54,-1,2,2,1.73)}
-%\bezier{60}(-1,1.73)(-1.46,1.46)(-1.73,
-%1)
- %120 - 150
-\put(0,0){\squine(-1,-1.46,-1.73,1.73,
- 1.46,1)}
-%\bezier{60}(-1.73, 1)(-2, .54)(-2, 0)
- %150 - 180
-\put(0,0){\squine(-1.73,-2,-2,1,.54,0)}
-%3rd quadrant
-%\bezier{60}(-2, 0)(-2, -.54)(-1.73, -1)
- %180 - 210
-\put(0,0){\squine(-2,-2,-1.73,0,-.54,
- -1)}
-%\bezier{60}(-1.73,-1)(-1.46,-1.46)(-1,
-%-1.73)
- %210 -240
-\put(0,0){\squine(-1.73,-1.46,-1,-1,
- -1.46,-1.73)}
-%\bezier{60}(-1, -1.73)(-.54, -2)(0, -2)
- %240 - 270
-\put(0,0){\squine(-1,-.54,0,-1.73,-2,-2)}
-%4th quadrant
-%\bezier{60}(0, -2)(.54, -2)(1, -1.73)
- %270 - 300
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,.54,1,-2,-2,-1.73)}
-%\bezier{60}(1,-1.73)(1.46,-1.46)(1.73,-1)
- %300 - 330
-\put(0,0){\squine(1,1.46,1.73,-1.73,
- -1.46,-1)}
-%\bezier{60}(1.73, -1)(2, -.54)(2, 0)
- %330 - 360
-\put(0,0){\squine(1.73,2,2,-1,-.54,0)}
-%division lines
-\put(0, 0){\line(1, 0){2}}
-\put(0, 0){\line(2, 1){1.79}}
- %1.79 = 2 cos arctg .5
-%\put(0, 0){\line(-2, 1){1.79}}
-%\bezier{75}(0, 0)(-.81, .59)(-1.61,
-%1.18)
- %-.81 = cos 144; .59 = sin 144
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.81,-1.61,0,.59,
- 1.18)}
-%\put(0, 0){\line(-1, -2){.89}}
- % .89 = 2 sin arctg .5
-%\bezier{75}(0, 0)(-.59, -.81)(-1.18,
-%-1.62)
- %-.59 = cos -126; -.81 = sin -126
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.59,-1.18,0,-.81,
- -1.62)}
-%piece
-%\bezier{60}(2.5, 0.1)(2.5, .64)(2.29,
-%.99)
- % shift .5, .1
-\put(0,0){\squine(2.5,2.5,2.29,0.1,.64,
- .99)}
-\put(0.5, 0.1){\line(1, 0){2}}
-\put(0.5, 0.1){\line(2, 1){1.79}}
-%Candles:
-%\bezier{20}(0,1.31)(-.15,1.45)(0,1.61)
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.15,0,1.31,1.45,
- 1.61)}
-%\bezier{20}(0,1.31)(.175,1.45)(0,1.61)
-\put(0,0){\squine(0,.175,0,1.31,1.45,
- 1.61)}
-%Middle
-\put(-.1,.11){\line(0,1){1.2}}
-\put(.1,.05){\line(0,1){.95}}
-\put(.1,1.1){\line(-2,3){.2}}
-%Left
-%\bezier{20}(-.25,1.46)(-.40,1.6)(
-%-.25,1.76)
-\put(0,0){\squine(-.25,-.40,-.25,
- 1.46,1.6,1.76)}
-%\bezier{20}(-.25,1.46)(-.075,1.6)(
-%-.25,1.76)
-\put(0,0){\squine(-.25,-.075,-.25,
- 1.46,1.6,1.76)}
-\put(-.35,.26){\line(0,1){1.2}}
-\put(-.15,.21){\line(0,1){.95}}
-\put(-.15,1.15){\line(-2,3){.2}}
-%Right
-%\bezier{20}(.25,1.46)(.40,1.6)(.25,
-%1.76)
-\put(0,0){\squine(.25,.40,.25,1.46,
- 1.6,1.76)}
-%\bezier{20}(.25,1.46)(.075,1.6)(.25,
-%1.76)
-\put(0,0){\squine(.25,.075,.25,1.46,
- 1.6,1.76)}
-\put(.35,.25){\line(0,1){1.2}}
-\put(.15,.2){\line(0,1){.95}}
-\put(.15,1.15){\line(2,3){.2}}
-%Leftleft
-%\bezier{20}(-.5,1.61)(-.65,1.75)(
-%-.5,1.91)
-\put(0,0){\squine(-.5,-.65,-.5,1.61,
- 1.75,1.91)}
-%\bezier{20}(-.5,1.61)(-.325,1.75)(
-%-.5,1.91)
-\put(0,0){\squine(-.5,-.325,-.5,1.61,
- 1.75,1.91)}
-\put(-.6,.41){\line(0,1){1.2}}
-\put(-.4,.36){\line(0,1){.95}}
-\put(-.4,1.3){\line(-2,3){.2}}
-%Rightright
-%\bezier{20}(.5,1.61)(.65,1.75)(.5,
-%1.91)
-\put(0,0){\squine(.5,.65,.5,1.61,1.75,
- 1.91)}
-%\bezier{20}(.5,1.61)(.325,1.75)(.5,
-%1.91)
-\put(0,0){\squine(.5,.325,.5,1.61,
- 1.75,1.91)}
-\put(.6,.4){\line(0,1){1.2}}
-\put(.4,.35){\line(0,1){.95}}
-\put(.4,1.3){\line(2,3){.2}}
-%texts
-\put(-1, -.1){\makebox(0, 0){\strut
- Happy}}
-\put(.5, -1){\makebox(0, 0){\strut
- Birthday}}
-\put(1.9, .35){\makebox(0, 0){\strut
- NTG}}
-\endpicture\egroup%end ntgpiepic
-\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\overviewtexpic
-{\bgroup\unitlength=3.8ex \fullfalse
- \xoffset{-.5}\yoffset{-2.75}
- \xdim{15}\ydim{16.5}
-\beginpicture
-%1st column
-\put(1, 0){\line(0, 1){1.5}}
-\put(1, 2){\oval(2, 1)}
-\iffull\put(1.1, 2.1){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
- \oval(2, 1)}
- \put(2.1, 2){{\tiny .ps}}
- \put(1.2, 2.2){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
- \oval(2, 1)}
- \put(2.3, 2.2){{\tiny .log}}
-\fi
-\put(1, 2){\makebox(0, 0){.pk}}
-\put(1, 4){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
-\put(-.5, 4){\framebox(3, 1){%
- METAFONT}}
-\iffull\card{2.75}{5.25}{-{%\smc%Too large
- post}}
-\fi
-\put(1, 6.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
-\put(1, 7){\oval(2, 1)}
-\put(1, 7){\makebox(0, 0){.mf}}
-%second column
-\put(7.5, -.5){\framebox(2, 1){%
- driver}}
-\put(9.5,.5){\corners{.5}}%
-\put(8.5, 1.5){\vector(0, -1){1}}
- %mod 24/1/94
-\put(8.5, 2){\oval(2, 1)}
-\iffull
- \put(8.6, 2.1){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
- \oval(2, 1)}
- \put(9.6, 2){{\tiny .log}}
-%\put(8.7, 2.2){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
-% \oval(2, 1)}
-\fi
-\put(8.5, 2){\makebox(0, 0){.dvi}}
-\put(8.5, 4){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
-\put(7.5, 4){\framebox(2, 1){\TeX}}
-%Flavours
-\card{ 9.75}{5.25}{BLUe}
-\card{10 }{5.5 }{La\TeX}
-\card{10.25}{5.75}{AMS-(La)\TeX}
-%\diagdots{10.35}{5.85}
-%
-\put(8.5, 6.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
-\put(8.5, 7){\oval(2, 1)}
-\put(8.5, 7){\makebox(0, 0){.tex}}
-%
-\multiput(8.5, 9)(0, -.415){3}{%
- \line(0, -1){.25}}
-\put(8.5, 8.7){\vector(0, 1){.3}}
-\put(8.5, 7.8){\vector(0, -1){.3}}
-\put(7.5, 9){\framebox(2, 1){editor}}
-%Tools
-\card{ 9.75}{10.25}{Spell}
-\card{10 }{10.5 }{Style}
-%\diagdots{10.1}{10.6}
-%
-\put(8.5, 11.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
-\put(8.5, 12){\oval(2, 1)}
-\put(8.5, 12){\makebox(0, 0){copy}}
-%basis
-\put(1, 0){\vector(1, 0){6.5}}
-\put(9.5, 0){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
-\put(11, -.75){\framebox(2, 1.5){\vbox{%
- \hbox{printer}
- \hbox{screen}}}}
-%middle
-\multiput(5, 5.25)(0, 1){3}{%
- \line(0,1){.5}}
-\multiput(5, .25)(0, 1){4}{%
- \line(0,1){.5}}
-\multiput(5, -2.25)(0, .5){2}{%
- \line(0,1){.25}}
-\put(5,-.5){\line(0,1){.25}}
-%PostScript
-\iffull
- \put(1, -1){\oval(2, .5)}
- \put(1, -1){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny A-Type1}}}
- \put(1.1, -.9){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
- \oval(2, .5)}
- \put(1.2, -.8){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
- \oval(2, .5)}
- \multiput(2, -1)(.45, 0){4}{%
- \line(1,0){.25}}
- \put(4,-1){\vector(1,0){0}}
- \put(4, -1.250){\framebox(2, .5){%
- {\tiny \PS}}}
- \multiput(6, -1)(.45, 0){8}{%
- \line(1,0){.25}}
- \put(9.75,-1){\vector(1,0){0}}
- \put(10.25, -1){\oval(1, .5)}
- \put(10.25, -1){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny .ps}}}
- \multiput(10.75, -1)(.45, 0){5}{%
- \line(1,0){.25}}
- \put(13.25,-1){\vector(1,0){0}}
- \put(12,-1){\vector(0,1){.25}}
- \put(13.25, -1.25){\framebox(1.5, .5){{\tiny Acrobat}}}
- \put(14.75, -.75){\corners{.5}}
- \multiput(14, -.625)(0,1){2}{\line(0,1){.25}}
- \put(13.25, .75){\framebox(1.5, .5){{\tiny Acrobat}}}
- \put(14.75, 1.25){\corners{.5}}
- \put(14, 0){\oval(1,.5)}
- \put(14, 0){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny .pdf}}}
- \multiput(13.25,1)(-.5, 0){3}{\line(-1,0){.25}}
- \put(12, 1){\vector(0,-1){.25}}
- \put(8.5, -1){\vector(0, 1){.5}}
- \put(8.5,-.5){\vector(0,-1){.5}}
-\else
- \put(5, -1){\line(0, -1){.25}}
-\fi
-%
-\put(2.5, 4.5){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
-\put(5, 4.5){\oval(2, 1)}
-\put(5, 4.5){\makebox(0, 0){.tfm}}
-\put(6, 4.5){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
-%Source variants
-\iffull
- \put(9.5, 7){\vector(-1,0){0}}
- \multiput(9.5, 7)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}}
- \multiput(10.25, 7.375)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}}
- \put(11, 7.375){\vector(1,0){0}}
- \put(11, 7.125){\framebox(1.5,.5){\tiny SGML}}
- \multiput(10.25, 7.375)(0,-.5){2}{\line(0,-1){.25}}
- \multiput(10.25, 6.625)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}}
- \put(11,6.625){\vector(1,0){0}}
- \put(11,6.375){\framebox(1.5,.5){\tiny HTML}}
- %\put(12, 4.5){\oval(2, 1)}
- %\put(12, 4.5){\makebox(0, 0){.log}}
-\fi
-%base line
-\put(.51,-2.25){\vector(-1, 0){1}}
-\put(2.25, -2.25){\makebox(0, 0){Fonts}}
-\put(3.9,-2.25){\vector( 1, 0){1}}
-\put(6.1,-2.25){\vector(-1, 0){1}}
-\put(9, -2.25){\makebox(0, 0){%
- Typesetting}}
-\put(11.9,-2.25){\vector(1, 0){1}}
-\endpicture\egroup%end overviewtexpic
-\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\partitionedmatrixpic{\bgroup
- \def\vdts{\vbox{\baselineskip4pt
- \lineskiplimit0pt
- \vglue2pt\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}}%
-\vcenter{\offinterlineskip%No interline
-% space in between parts
-\halign{\hfil$##$&\hfil$##$\hfil\cr%2-column
-%first row with braces, element 11 empty
-{}&\hfil\enspace\mathop{\hbox to.9cm%
- {\downbracefill}}\limits^{\vbox{\hbox{
- $\scriptstyle p$}\kern2pt}}
- \enspace\hfil\mathop{\hbox to.6cm%
- {\downbracefill}}\limits^{\vbox{\hbox to
- 0pt{\hss$\scriptstyle n-p$\hss}\kern2pt}}%
- \enspace\hfil\cr % end first row
-%Separation between first (border) row and
-%rest
-\noalign{\vglue.5ex}
-%first column with braces
-\vcenter{\kern1ex%
- \hbox{${\scriptstyle p}\left\fatlbrace\vbox to5.5ex{}
- \right.$}\kern1.5ex
- \hbox{\llap{$\scriptstyle n{-}$}%
- ${\scriptstyle p}\left\fatlbrace\vbox to4ex{}
- \right.$}}
-&%22-element is the matrix proper
-\left(\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
-\halign{\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil&
-\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil
-\tabskip=.5\tabskip&\vdts##&
-\tabskip=2\tabskip
-\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil&
-\hfil$##$\hfil\cr%end template
-\times&\times&\times&\times&&\times&
- \times&\times\cr
-0 &\times&\times&\times&&\times&
- \times&\times\cr
-0 &0 &\times&\times&&\times&
- \times&\times\cr
-0 &0 &0 &\times&&\times&
- \times&\times\cr
-\noalign{\vglue.5ex}
-\multispan8\dotfill\cr
-0 &0 &0 &0 &&\times&
- \times&\times\cr
-0 &0 &0 &0 &&\times&
- \times&\times\cr
-0 &0 &0 &0 &&\times&
-\times&\times\cr}%end halign (22)
-}%end vcenter
-\right)\cr %end 22-element
-%Separation between last (border) row
-%and rest
-\noalign{\vglue1ex}
-{}&\hfil\enspace\mathop{\hbox to.9cm{%
- \upbracefill}}\limits_{\vbox{\kern2pt
- \amyicurt{4ex}{1.5ex}}}
- \enspace\hfil
- \mathop{\hbox to.6cm{%
- \upbracefill}}\limits_{\vbox{\kern2pt
- \unitlength1ex
- \icmat4{1.5}}}\enspace\hfil%
-\cr % end last row
-}%end halign
-}\egroup%end vbox
-}%end partitionedmatrixpic
-%
-\lst\pstexpic{%cgl, June 1996
-\bgroup
-\unitlength3ex\xdim{12}\ydim{14}
-\xoffset{-6}
-\beginpicture
-\put(-2,0){\makebox(4,1){P/G-script}}
-\put(0,.5){\oval(4,1)}
-\put(0,1){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-2,2){\framebox(4,1){.ps}}
-\put(0,3){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-2,4){\makebox(4,1){dvips}}
-\put(0,4.5){\oval(4,1)}
-\put(0,5){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-2,6){\framebox(4,1){.dvi}}
-\put(2,7){\corners1}
-\put(2.4,7){{\tiny .eps}}
-\put(0,7){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-2,8){\makebox(4,1){(any)\TeX}}
-\put(0,8.5){\oval(4,1)}
-\put(0,9){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-2,10){\framebox(4,1){.tex}}
-\put(2,11){\corners1}
-\put(2.4,11){{\tiny (e)psfig}}
-%
-\put(0,11){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-2,12){\makebox(4,1){editor}}
-\put(0,12.5){\oval(4,1)}
-\put(2,12.5){\line(1,0)1}
-\put(3,12.5){\line(0,-1)1}
-\put(3,10.5){\line(0,-1)3}
-\endpicture\egroup}
-%
-\lst\pythpic{%July 1995, cgl
-%Revision March 1996
-\bgroup
-%\newdimen\leftx \newdimen\rightx
-%\newdimen\lefty \newdimen\righty
-\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE
-\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW
-\def\right{\turn2}%
-\def\left{\turn6}%
-\def\turn##1{\advance\dir##1
- \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8
-\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname{\the\kk}}%
-\def\ldrawsq{\draw \leftx\x \lefty\y
- \right\draw \rightx\x \righty\y
- \right\draw
- \right\draw
- \right}%
-\def\rdrawsq{\draw \rightx\x \righty\y
- \left\draw \leftx\x \lefty\y
- \left\draw
- \left\draw
- \left}%
-\let\drawsq\ldrawsq
-\def\pyth{\ifnum\level=1 \htyp\fi
- \drawsq\advance\level-1 \multiply\kk18\divide\kk25
- {\turn7\x\leftx \y\lefty \let\drawsq\ldrawsq\pyth}%
- \turn1\x\rightx \y\righty\let\drawsq\rdrawsq\pyth}
-\def\htyp##1\pyth{\fi}%
-\unitlength0.2ex\kk20
-\rightx\the\kk\unitlength
-\divide\rightx2 \x-\rightx%positioning
-\level5
-\xdim{28}\ydim{70}\xoffset{-9}%
-\beginpicture\pyth\endpicture
-\egroup\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\pythtreepic{%July 1995, cgl
-%Revision March 1996
-\bgroup
-\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE
-\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW
-\def\leftbranch{\advance\dir7
- \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8
-\def\rightbranch{\advance\dir1
- \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8
-\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname{\the\kk}}
-\def\pythtree{\ifnum\level=1 \eerthtyp\fi
- \advance\level-1
- \multiply\kk23\divide\kk32
- {\leftbranch\draw\pythtree}%
- \rightbranch\draw\pythtree}
-\def\eerthtyp##1\pythtree{\fi}
-%alternative
-%\def\pythtree{\ifnum\level>1
-% \expandafter\dopyth\fi}
-%\def\dopyth{\advance\level-1
-% \multiply\kk23\divide\kk32
-% {\leftbranch\draw\pythtree}%
-% \rightbranch\draw\pythtree}
-%\linethickness.2pt
- \unitlength.2pt
- \level6 \dir0 \kk90
-\xdim{285}\ydim{285}\xoffset{-90}%
-\beginpicture
-\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule
- width\the\linethickness
- height\the\linethickness depth0pt}
-\N{\the\kk}\pythtree\endpicture
-\egroup\thispicture{}}%end \pythtreepic
-%
-\lst\regulartransparencypic{
-\setbox0=\vbox to.6\hsize{\let\x\fiverm
- \hsize=.4\hsize\def\w{\kern.5ex}
- \vskip.5ex\noindent
- \centerline{\x Title Transparencies Set}
- \line{\x\w\vbox to 10ex{\vss
- \rlap{\x LOGO}\vss}\hfill
- \vbox to 10ex{\vss
- \x\baselineskip3ex
- \llap{\x headtitle}
- \llap{\x subheadtitle}
- \llap{\x subsubheadtitle}
- \vss}\w}
- \hrule\vfil
- \centerline{o\ o}
- \centerline{\vrt}
- \centerline{\teni\char'136}
- \vfil\hrule\vskip.5ex
- \line{\x\w\rlap{\x date}\hfill
- --number--\hfill
- \llap{\x copyright}\w}
- \vskip.5ex}
-%
-\vbox{\vskip1ex\hbox to.4\hsize{\hss
- Regular Transparency\hss}
-\kern2ex
-\hbox{\rlap{\copy0}\makelightbox}}
-}
-\lst\rotatedbintreepic{%July 1995, cgl
-\bgroup\unitlength1ex%
- \let\W\N \let\exchange\E
- \let\E\S \let\S\exchange
- \def\1{x}\def\2{y}\def\3{a}\def\4{b}%
- \def\5{piet}\def\6{hans}\def\7{etc.}\def\8{}%
- \k0\kk16\xdim{10}\ydim{30}%
-\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture\egroup
-\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\sgmltexpic
-{\bgroup\csname newcount\endcsname\leg
-\unitlength2.5ex\xoffset{-13}
-\xdim{20}\ydim{25}
-\beginpicture
-\put(-7,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){%
- (La)\TeX}}
-\put(-2,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){%
- TROFF}}
-\put(3,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){\dots}}
-\advance \leg by 4
-%hark
-\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}}
-\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}}
-\put(5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}}
-\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(1,0){5}}
-%backarrow
-\put( 0,\the\leg){\line(1,0){5}}
-%converters
-\put(5.5,\the\leg){\vtop to 0pt{%
-\hbox{Specific}\hbox{format file}\vss}}
-\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0, 1){1}}
-%backarrow
-\advance \leg by 1
-\put(-4,\the\leg){\framebox(8,2){%
- $\vcenter{\hbox{Generic markup}
- \hbox{$\Rightarrow$\
- procedural}}$
- }
- }
-\advance \leg by 2
-\put(4,\the\leg){\corners1}
-%\put(4.2,\the\leg.2){\line(0, -1){1}}
-%\put(4.2,\the\leg.2){\line(-1, 0){1}}
-%\put(4.4,\the\leg.4){\line(0, -1){1}}
-%\put(4.4,\the\leg.4){\line(-1, 0){1}}
-\put(4.4,\the\leg.2){{\tiny Formats}}
-%
-\advance \leg by 1
-\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0,-1){1.5}}
-\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0, 1){0}}
-%backarrow head
-%applications
-\advance \leg by 1
-\put(-10,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){Exchange}}
-\put(-5,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){Storage}}
-\put(0,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){%
- Publication}}
-\put(5,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){%
- Database}}
-\put(10,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){%
-\vtop to 0pt{\hbox{(Text-)}
- \hbox{analysis}\vss}}}
-%hark
-\advance \leg by 2
-\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
-\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
-\put(-10,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
-\put(5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
-\put(10,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
-\put(-10.5,\the\leg){\line(1,0){21}}
-\put(11.25,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){\dots}}
-\put(-11.25,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){\dots}}
-\advance \leg by 2
-\put(0,\the\leg){\line(0,-1){2}}
-\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,1){0}}
-%back (up) arrow head
-\put(-7.5,\the\leg){\framebox(15,1){%
- Complete, correct SGML doc.}}
-\advance \leg by 2
-\put(.5,\the\leg.25){Parser}
-\advance \leg by 2
-\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){3}}
-%\advance \leg by 1
-\put(-7.5,\the\leg){\framebox(15,3){
- $\vcenter{\hbox{|<|!SGML
- - - declaration - -|>|}
- \hbox{|<|!DOCTYPE
- - - declaration - -|>|}
- \hbox{|<|!
- - - Markup copy - -|>|}}$
- }
- }
-\advance \leg by 3
-%\corners
-\put(7.5,\the\leg){\corners2}
-%\put(7.7,\the\leg.2){\line(0,-1){2}}
-%\put(7.7,\the\leg.2){\line(-1,0){2}}
-%\put(7.9,\the\leg.4){\line(0,-1){2}}
-%\put(7.9,\the\leg.4){\line(-1,0){2}}
-\put(7.9,\the\leg.2){{\tiny DTDs}}
-%
-\advance \leg by 1
-\put(.5,\the\leg){Editor}
-\advance \leg by 1
-\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0,-1){2.5}}
-\advance \leg by 1
-\put(0,\the\leg){\framebox(0,0){\strut
- ``Copy''}}
-\endpicture\egroup%end sgmltexpic
-\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\sierpinskitripic{%July 1995, cgl
-%Revision March 1996
-\bgroup
-\def\triangle{\ifnum\kk=0 \elgnairt\fi
- {\N{\the\kk}}{\E{\the\kk}}\divide\kk2
- {\triangle}%
- {\advance\x\the\kk\unitlength\triangle}%
- \advance\y\the\kk\unitlength\triangle}
-\def\elgnairt##1\triangle{\fi}
-\unitlength1ex\kk16
-\xdim{16}\ydim{16}
-\beginpicture\triangle\endpicture
-\egroup\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\simplepic
-{\bgroup\unitlength=1cm
- \xdim{3}\ydim{1.25}
-\beginpicture
-\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
-\put(1.5,.5){\oval(2,1)}
-\put(0.5,0){\makebox(2,1){Kees}}
-\endpicture\egroup%end simplepic
-}
-\lst\spiralpic{%July 1995, cgl
-\bgroup\unitlength.5ex\k30
- \xdim{\the\k}\ydim{34}%
- \yoffset{-\the\k}%
-\beginpicture
- \loop\E{\the\k}\advance\k-1
- \S{\the\k}\advance\k-1
- \W{\the\k}\advance\k-1
- \N{\the\k}\advance\k-1
- \ifnum\k>4 \repeat
-\endpicture\egroup
-\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\texflowpic
-{\bgroup\smallskip\small
-\unitlength=2.5ex
-\xdim{18}\ydim{19}\yoffset{2}
-\beginpicture
-\put(6,1.5){\makebox(0,0){``Copy''}}
-\put(6,20.5){\makebox(0,0){``Results''}}
-\put(6,5){\oval(6,2)}
-\put(6,5){\makebox(0,0){Editor}}
-\put(6,9){\oval(6,2)}
-\put(6,9){\makebox(0,0){\AllTeX}}
-\put(6,13){\makebox(0,0){{\rm Error?}}}
-\put(6,17){\oval(6,2)}
-\put(6,17){\makebox(0,0){Driver}}
-\put(12,4){%\dashbox{.5}(8,2){\makebox(0,0){%
- \framebox(8,2){\vbox{%
- \hbox{\tiny Spelling checker}
- \hbox{\tiny Style tools}}}}
-\put(0.2,13.2){Yes}
-\put(6.50,14.5){No}
-\put(6,2){\vector(0,1){2}}
-\put(6,6){\vector(0,1){2}}
-\put(6,10){\vector(0,1){2}}
-\put(6,14){\vector(0,1){2}}
-\put(6,18){\vector(0,1){2}}
-\put(0,13){\line(0,-1){8}}
-\put(9,5){\vector(1,0){3}}
-\put(12,5){\vector(-1,0){3}}
-\put(0,5){\vector(1,0){3}}
-\put(3,13){\line(-1,0){3}}
-\put(3,13){\line(3,1){3}}
-\put(3,13){\line(3,-1){3}}
-\put(9,13){\line(-3,1){3}}
-\put(9,13){\line(-3,-1){3}}
-\endpicture
-%\caption{Correction cyclus \label{correctie}}
-\smallskip\egroup
-}
-\lst\systemtheorypic
-{\bgroup
-\unitlength1cm\xoffset{-1.5}
-\xdim{7}\ydim{2.25}
-\beginpicture
-\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
-\put(-1,1.75){$u_1$}
-\put(-.4,1.5){$^{\fivesy+}$}
-\put(-1,1.5){\vector(1,0){.9}}
-\put(0,0){\vector(0,1){1.4}}
-\put(-.3,1.125){$^{\fivesy+}$}
-\put(0,1.5){\circle{.1}}
-%
-\put(.1,1.5){\vector(1,0){1.65}}
-\put(.5,1.25){$e_1$}
-\put(1.75,1.125){\framebox(1,.75){$G$}}
-\put(2.75,1.5){\line(1,0){1.75}}
-%
-\put(4.5,1.5){\vector(0,-1){1.4}}
-\put(4.6,.2){$^{\fivesy+}$}
-\put(4.5,0){\circle{.1}}
-%
-\put(1.75,0){\line(-1,0){1.75}}
-\put(1.75,-.375){\framebox(1,.75){$K$}}
-\put(4.4,0){\vector(-1,0){1.65}}
-\put(3.25,-.25){$e_1$}
-%
-\put(5.5,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}}
-\put(4.7,-.375){$^{\fivesy+}$}
-\put(5.5,-.25){\llap{$u_2$}}
-\endpicture
-\egroup%end systemtheorypic
-}
-
-\lst\titletransparencypic{%
-\setbox0=\vbox to.6\hsize{\let\x\fiverm
- \let\s\sevenrm
- \hsize=.4\hsize\def\w{\kern.5ex}
- \vskip7ex\noindent
- \centerline{\s Title Transparencies
- Set}
- \centerline{\x subtitle}
- \vskip2ex
- \centerline{\s author name}
- \centerline{\x address}
- \vskip3ex
- \centerline{\llap{\s\kern-10ex--
- \quad\dots}}
- \centerline{\llap{\s\kern-10ex--
- \quad\dots}}
- \vfil}
-%
-\vbox{\hbox to.4\hsize{\hss Title
- Transparency\hss}
-\kern2ex
-\hbox{\rlap{\copy0}\makelightbox}}
-}
-%
-\lst\trimodelpic{%July 1995, cgl
-\bgroup\linethickness1ex
-\unitlength1ex
-\xdim{0}\ydim{15}%
-\yoffset{-5}%
-\beginpicture
-\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule
- width1.74\linethickness
- height\linethickness\relax}
-\unitlengthy\ht\trielm
-\unitlengthx\wd\trielm
-\unitlength\unitlengthy
-{\N{10}}{\ESE{10}}{\WSW{10}}$$
-\endpicture\egroup
-\thispicture{}}%end \trimodelpic
-%
-\lst\tritreepic{%July 1995, cgl
-%Revision March 1996
-\bgroup\linethickness.2pt
-%Here we have to correct for the direction
-%and to adjust the drawing element atom
-%into a rectangular block,
-%default of size $.348{\times}.2$pt.\ftn{%
-% Vertically only half of the atoms have to be stacked.
-% Horizontally the right distance must be paced,
-% i.e.\ a factor $\sqrt3$ larger.
-% The rectangular block has sides in the proportion of $\sqrt3$.}
-\def\tritree{\ifnum\level=1 \eertirt\fi
- \advance\level-1 \divide\kk2
- {\N{\the\kk}\tritree}%
- {\ESE{\the\kk}\tritree}%
- \WSW{\the\kk}\tritree}%
-\def\eertirt##1\tritree{\fi}%
-\unitlength.2pt
-\xdim{0}\ydim{320}%
-\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}%
-\level5 \kk128
-\beginpicture
-\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule
- width1.74\linethickness
- height\linethickness}%
-%To account for element in 30 degrees direction
-\unitlengthy\ht\trielm %default.2pt
-\unitlengthx\wd\trielm %default.3482pt
-\unitlength\unitlengthy
-\tritree
-\endpicture\egroup
-\thispicture{}}%end \tritreepic
-%
-\lst\vectorbundlepic
-{\bgroup\unitlength=1cm
- \xdim{4}\ydim{5}\yoffset{-.25}
-\beginpicture
-\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
-\put(2,0){\vector(1,1){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(1,2){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(1,3){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(2,3){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(1,4){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(2,1){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(3,1){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(3,2){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(4,1){1}}
-%Second quadrant
-\put(2,0){\vector(-1,1){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(-2,1){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(-3,1){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(-3,2){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(-4,1){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(-1,2){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(-1,3){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(-1,3){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(-2,3){1}}
-\put(2,0){\vector(-1,4){1}}
-\endpicture\egroup%end vector
-} % bundlepic
-%
-\lst\viewtexpic
-{\bgroup\smallskip\small
-\unitlength2.5ex
-\xdim{24}\ydim{20.5}
-\beginpicture
-\put( 3, 4){\oval( 6, 2)}
-\put( 3, 4){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny PC preview}}
-\put( 3, 7){\oval( 6, 2)}
-\put( 3, 7){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny VDU preview}}
-\put(21, 1){\oval( 6, 2)}
-\put(21, 1){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Photo setter}}
-\put(21, 4){\oval( 6, 2)}
-\put(21, 4){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Laser printer}}
-\put(21, 7){\oval( 6, 2)}
-\put(21, 7){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Matrix printer}}
-\put(12,19.5){\oval( 6, 2)}
-\put(12,19.5){\makebox( 0, 0){CompuScript}}
-\put(9,15.5){\framebox(6, 2){\TeX}}
-\put(12,13.5){\oval( 6, 2)}
-\put(12,13.5){\makebox( 0, 0){dvi-file}}
-\put( 9, 9){%dashbox{.5}( 6, 2){PostScript}}
- \framebox( 6, 2){PostScript}}
-\put(12, 1){\line( 0, 1){8}}
-\put(12,12.5){\vector( 0,-1){1.5}}%dvi-postscript
-\put(12,18.5){\vector(0,-1){1}} %ms-dos dvi
-\put(12,15.5){\vector(0,-1){1}} %ms-dos dvi
-\put(12, 7){\vector( 1, 0){6}}
-\put(12, 7){\vector(-1, 0){6}}
-\put(12, 4){\vector( 1, 0){6}}
-\put(12, 4){\vector(-1, 0){6}}
-\put(12, 1){\vector( 1, 0){6}}
-\endpicture
-\smallskip\egroup
-}
-\lst\webpic{\bgroup
-\unitlength2.5ex\xdim{12}\ydim{10}
-\xoffset{-6}
-\beginpicture
-\put(2,0){\framebox(4,1){nme.dvi}}
-\put(4,1){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(4,2.5){\oval(4,1)}
-\put(4,3){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(2,2){\makebox(4,1){\TeX}}
-\put(4,5){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(2,4){\framebox(4,1){nme.tex}}
-\put(4,6.5){\oval(4,1)}
-\put(2,6){\makebox(4,1){cweave}}
-\put(-4,2.5){\oval(4,1)}
-\put(-6,2){\makebox(4,1){C}}
-\put(-4,3){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-6,4){\framebox(4,1){nme.c}}
-\put(-4,5){\line(0,1)1}
-\put(-4,6.5){\oval(4,1)}
-\put(-6,6){\makebox(4,1){ctangle}}
-\put(-4,7){\line(4,1)4}
-\put( 4,7){\line(-4,1)4}
-\put(-2,8){\framebox(4,1){nme.w}}
-\endpicture\egroup}
-%
-\lst\windpic{%July 1995, cgl
-\bgroup\unitlength10ex
-\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE
-\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW
-\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname1}%
- \xoffset{0}\yoffset{-1}%
- \xdim{0}\ydim{2}%
-\beginpicture
-\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule
- width\the\linethickness
- height\the\linethickness depth0pt}%
-\loop\ifnum\dir<8{\draw}\advance\dir1\repeat
-\endpicture\egroup
-\thispicture{}}
-%
-\lst\xyturtlepic{\bgroup%
-\unitlength.5ex%
-\xdim{44}\ydim{27}%
-\y=0pt\x=0pt%
-\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}%
-\beginpicture \whiteN6\E4%
- {\S4\whiteS2\xytxt{ Ref.\ point}}{\E{40}}%
- \N{20}\whiteE{20}\S4\whiteS4\xytxt{ (x,y)}%
-\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}}
-\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/blu/readme.fst b/macros/blu/readme.fst
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f2a8cbbb8..0000000000
--- a/macros/blu/readme.fst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-README first BLUe's format system June 1996
-
-Subject: Note which accompanies BLUe's format system and
- provides a survey of the background articles.
-
-The BLUe's format system is for typesetting with plain TeX, and
-is shareware available.
-(A happy :-) user is requested to send the equivalent of ~20 breads
- in US dollars to the author to support his work especially upgrading
- my hardware. The pricing policy is according to the macindex and
- appropriate for users in financial disadvantaged countries.
- Don't send breads nor a check. Just the money in an envelope.)
-
-The user's guide `Publishing with TeX' and accompanying articles
-which explain details and show examples are free for personal use.
-
-No profit is allowed to make from it.
-
-When the results are used a proper credit
----be it Knuth or the authors of gkpmac,
- or me for the composition and the fill-ins---
-is the least a happy publishing user can do.
-
-Best wishes and good luck, ---Kees--- cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-
-How to process the PWT user's guide?
-------------------------------------
-Copy blue.tex, fmt.dat, tools.dat, pic.dat, next to the PWT files
-pwt.scr is the basic script which invokes all the other chapters:
-pwt.int, pwt.txt, pwt.mat, pwt.tab, pwt.grf, pwt.ref, pwt.ind,
-pwt.cus, pwt.aft, pwt.fmt, pwt.tls, pwt.sur, pwt.his, pwt.tot, pwt.obs,
-into a directory where TeX can find them, and then run tex
-tex pwt.scr
-(Each chapter can be processed independently via tex pwt.int for example).
-
-Contents BLUe's format system
------------------------------
-The files are: blue.tex (format)
- fmt.dat (variant formats)
- tools.dat (tools like indexing)
- address.dat, lit.dat, pic.dat (databases)
-The user's guide is called Publishing with TeX.
-
-A handy auxiliary is pfile to print blue.tex with appropriate line numbers.
-A generalization is pgfile which prompts for the name of the file to be printed.
-
-The files which compose the user's guide Publishing with TeX have pwt as rootname
-and the chapter indicaton as extension.
-pwt.scr is the basic script which invokes all the other chapters:
-pwt.int, pwt.txt, pwt.mat, pwt.tab, pwt.grf, pwt.ref, pwt.ind,
-pwt.cus, pwt.aft, pwt.fmt, pwt.tls, pwt.sur, pwt.his, pwt.tot, pwt.obs.
-In total 16 files. Answers to the exercises, list of examples, table of
-contents, and index---yes that is new---are all generated on the fly and
-included automatically as appendices.
-Special is plnindex.tpl, a template for indexing loosened from blue.tex.
-It can be used with AnyTeX, as an independent tool for making an index.
-Needed is tools.dat, especially the sorting and indexing macros.
-The latter are loaded selectively from the database tools.dat.
-
-Background articles (Have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM)
--------------------
-BLUe's Format (The umbrella article about blue.tex.)
-BLUe's Graphs (The gkppic macros are explained.)
-BLUe's Cross-Refs (One-pass cross-referencing with math.)
-BLUe's Bibliography (One-pass bibliography handling.)
-BLUe's Verbatim (Handling verbatims in TeX.)
-BLUe's Transparencies (The making of transparencies.)
-BLUe's Index (The making of indexes in a one-pass job.)
-BLUe's Pascal (About typesetting Pascal programs/fragments.)
-BLUe's Reports (The making of reports.)
-BLUe's Letters (The making of letters.)
-BLUe's Databases (The approach to storing auxiliaries.)
-BLUe-2-LaTeX (Acceptance and conversion.)
-
-Related material (Have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM)
-----------------
-Manmac BLUes (Is all about manmac, as-is etc.)
-AMS BLUes (Details with AMS practice, \lsams for
- formatting references is inspired upon AMS.)
-TUGboat BLUes (TUGboat styles are discussed. ppt.tex emerged
- from this which is at the heart of blue.tex)
-Math into BLUes (The typesetting of math via TeX is detailed with.)
-Icons via lfonts (Common matrix icons via LaTeX's fonts.)
-Table Diversions (The typesetting of tables via TeX is treated.)
-
-Auxiliary (Have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM)
----------
-Sorting in BLUe (The basics needed for making a simple index.)
-FIFO and LIFO sing the BLUes (FIFO paradigm is treated, fundamental.)
-Syntactic Sugar (Discusses various approaches to macros.)
-
-An overview is supplied in What is TeX and METAfont all about? (NLUUG, 1993)
-The relation to SGML is treated in SGML(TeX,\dots ). (Cork 1990)
-Spivak's approach has been reviewed in Spivak's Oeuvre.
-
-For fun are added---and also show macro writing by example---
-Typesetting bridge via TeX
-Typesetting crosswords via TeX
-Tower of Hanoi, revisited.
-
-Paradigms (See elsewhere in the CTAN;
---------- have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM)
-
-Headache?
-Plain's item extended
-Two-part macros
-Parameterization I Options
-Parameterization II Place within context
-Winds and halfwinds---Details matter
-It's all in the game
-Loops
-Searching in BLUe
-Sorting in TeX
-Just a little bit of PostScript (with a few .eps files)
-
-Of course all the articles run with blue.tex in plain TeX.
-Earlier versions have appeared in NTG's MAPS casu quo in proceedings of TuG/LUG meetings.
-
-Kees van der Laan, Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd, The Netherlands.
-Phone: (31) (0)594 62 1525, email: cgl@rc.service.rug.nl. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/blu/tools.dat b/macros/blu/tools.dat
deleted file mode 100644
index b50429d1fb..0000000000
--- a/macros/blu/tools.dat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2082 +0,0 @@
-%Tools database to cooperate with blue.tex
-%Januari 95, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%To print the formats properly, copy
-%the following 11-lines job and
-%substitute the semicolon token
-%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x)
-% ---Kees---
-%\input blue.tex
-%\hfuzz25pt
-%\title{File: tools.dat}
-%\issue{Version 1.0}
-%\beginscript
-%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0
-% \catcode`\!=12
-% \catcode`\|=12
-% \input tools.dat}
-%\beginverbatim
-%`semi-col'endverbatim
-%\endscript
-%
-%
-%
-%Syntax included tools
-%\tool\<name>tool
-%...the file which otherwise would
-%...have been input
-%\endinput
-%Disadvantages:
-%-No outer defs allowed.
-% (\newtoks\x via \csname x\endcsname)
-%-No \par-s, use \endgraf
-%
-%
-%
-%Contents:
-%- binarytreetool
-%- bridgetool
-%- crosswordstool
-%- hanoitool
-%- indextool
-% (Sorting in BLUe, quick.tex
-% heap.tex and BLUe's Index)
-%- language english, russian
-%- ntglogo
-%- smileys
-%- toc
-%- xyztool
-%- partlogotool
-%- pascaltool
-%
-%
-%
-%Tools are sorted on name. %;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%binarytree%
-\tool\bintreetool
-%Because redefined in manmac & BLUe's system.
-\catcode`\^=7
-%
-\def\startbintree{\catcode`\^^M=9
- \nodes}%neglect e-o-l
-%
-\def\nodes#1#2{\ifx\sedon#2
- \levelone#1 \sedon\fi
- \ea\def\csname#1\endcsname{#2}\nodes}
-\def\sedon#1\nodes{\fi
- \setbintree\endgroup}
-\let\endbintree\sedon
-%
-\def\fork{\vbox{\offinterlineskip
-%Connection lines ____|____
-% | |
-\hbox{\ea%empty branche?
- \ifx\csname\the\ltree\the\m
- \endcsname\relax
- \vrule width\tophnshalf
- height0pt depth0pt
- \else%non-empty branche
- \vrule height\vnodesep
- \vbox to\vnodesep{\hrule
- width\tophnshalf\vss}%
- \kern-.2pt\vrule height
- 2\vnodesep
- depth-\vnodesep\relax
- \fi\advance\m1 \ea%empty branche
- \ifx\csname\the\ltree\the\m
- \endcsname\relax
- \vrule width\tophnshalf
- height0pt depth0pt
- \else%non-empty branch
- \kern-.4pt\vrule height
- 2\vnodesep
- depth-\vnodesep\relax
- \vbox to\vnodesep{\hrule
- width\tophnshalf\vss}%
- \vrule height\vnodesep\relax
- \fi}\kern1ex%Separation below
- %connection lines
-%The sibling nodes
-\hbox to\tophns
- {\hbox to0pt{\strut\hss
- \csname\the\ltree\the\m
- \endcsname\hss}\hss
- \global\advance\m1
- \hbox to0pt{\strut\hss
- \csname\the\ltree\the\m
- \endcsname\hss}}}}
-%
-\def\setbintree{%level >=1
-\ltree0 \m0
-%bounds for recursion
-\lu1 %dynamic for the rows
-\advance\levelone1
-%defaults
-\tophns30ex \vnodesep3ex
-%hook to override defaults if neede
-\the\everybintree
-\the\thisbintree
-%dependent quantities
-\treewidth3\tophns
-\tophnshalf\tophns \divide\tophnshalf2
-%root, level 00
-\vbox{\levelline{\vbox{\offinterlineskip
- \hbox to0pt{\strut\hss
- \csname\the\ltree\the\m
- \endcsname\hss}}}%
-\loop\advance\ltree1 \multiply\lu2
-\levelline{\noindent\m1 \fork
- \loop\ifnum\m<\lu
- \kern\tophns \advance\m1 \fork
- \repeat}\tophns\tophnshalf
- \divide\tophnshalf2
-\ifnum\ltree<\levelone
-\repeat}\thisbintree{}}%end \bintree
-%
-\def\levelline#1{\hbox to\treewidth{\hss#1\hss}}
-\endinput
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%binarytreel%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%b(inary)t(ree)l%!cgl;newcol
-\tool\bttool
-\message{ ---bttool, Aug 95, cgl--- }
-\def\drawbt{\whiteS{120}%
- \trttxt{\hss{\small\csname\node\endcsname}}%
- \ea\ifx\csname\node0\endcsname\relax
- \tbward\fi%Backtrack
- \S{80}\advance\k-125
- {\W{\the\k}\S{80}\edef\node{\node0}%
- \drawbt}%
- \E{\the\k}\S{80}\edef\node{\node1}%
- \drawbt\relax}
-\def\tbward#1\relax{\fi}
-%
-\everybt{\k1024\unitlength.02ex\x0pt\y0pt}
-%\thisbt{}
-\prebt{$$\multiply\count1by280
- \ea\ydim\ea{\the\count1}
- \ea\yoffset\ea{\ea-\the\count1}}
-\postbt{$$}
-\obeylines%
-\def\bt#1 #2
- {\ifx\endbt#2\count1=#1 \tbdne\fi%
- \ea\def\csname#1\endcsname{#2}\bt}%
-\def\tbdne#1\bt{\fi\def\node{1}%
- \the\prebt\the\everybt\the\thisbt%
- \beginpicture\drawbt\endpicture%
- \the\postbt\endgroup}%
-\endinput
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%b(inary)t(ree)l%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%brd%
-\tool\bridgetool
-\message{ ---bridgetool, Jan 95, cgl--- }
-%Typesetting bridge publications
-%via (plain) TeX. Version May 92.
-%The macros can als be used within LaTeX.
-%Version: 1.1 March 1994 (basically
-%unmodified since publication in 1990)
-%Author: Kees van der Laan
-% Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd (Gr)
-% The Netherlands. 05941-1525,
-% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Examples of use have been published in
-%TUGboat, 11, 2, 265--276, and MAPS 91.2.
-%(A few are appended at the end.)
-%The macros consists of 3 indep. parts:
-%- dec.tex ((language) declarations,
-% used register and
-% control sequences)
-%- bid.tex (macros for bidding and
-% layout of games)
-%- play.tex (macros for discussing the
-% course of a play)
-% %;numvrb
-%%%%%%%dec.tex%%%%%%%
-%Card definitions
-\def\sp{$\spadesuit$}
-\def\h{$\heartsuit$}
-\def\d{$\diamondsuit$}
-\def\cl{$\clubsuit$}
-%(Toks register) control sequences
-%for hands used by play macros:
-%showgame, pc, strip
-\ea\let\ea\NT\csname newtoks\endcsname
-\NT\hnd%Dynamically one of:
-\NT\Ns\NT\Es\NT\Ss\NT\Ws
-\NT\Nh\NT\Eh\NT\Sh\NT\Wh
-\NT\Nd\NT\Ed\NT\Sd
- \NT\Wd %Beware! Already
-%in TUGboat.sty in lower case
-\NT\Nc\NT\Ec\NT\Sc\NT\Wc
-%
-\def\bridgeenglish{
-%In central figure NESW
-\def\N{N}\def\E{E}\def\S{S}\def\W{W}
-%In heading bplay
-\def\NS{NS}\def\EW{EW}
-\def\TRICK{Trick}
-%Definition of hands
-%used by bbid
-\def\FIH{North}\def\SEH{East}
-\def\THH{South}\def\FOH{West}
-}% end \bridgeenglish
-\bridgeenglish%default
-%
-\def\LEADN{\gdef\FIP{N}\gdef\SEP{E}%
- \gdef\THP{S}\gdef\FOP{W}}
-\def\LEADE{\gdef\FIP{E}\gdef\SEP{S}%
- \gdef\THP{W}\gdef\FOP{N}}
-\def\LEADS{\gdef\FIP{S}\gdef\SEP{W}%
- \gdef\THP{N}\gdef\FOP{E}}
-\def\LEADW{\gdef\FIP{W}\gdef\SEP{N}%
- \gdef\THP{E}\gdef\FOP{S}}
-%Definition of counters
-%used by bplay
-\csname newcount\endcsname\trno
-%trick number
-%Definition of dimensions used in bbid
-\csname newdimen\endcsname\wr %width column
-\wr=7ex \relax
-\def\bidwidth{4\wr}
-%used in crdima
-\csname newbox\endcsname\NESW
-%
-\def\dutch{
-\def\FIH{Noord}\def\SEH{Oost}
-\def\THH{Zuid}\def\FOH{West}
-\def\N{N}\def\E{O}\def\S{Z}
-\def\W{W}\def\EW{OW}\def\NS{NZ}
-\def\TRICK{Slag}
-\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig}
-}%end \dutch
-%
-\def\french{
-\def\FIH{Nord}\def\SEH{Est}
-\def\THH{Sud}\def\FOH{Ouest}
-\def\N{N}\def\E{E}\def\S{S}
-\def\W{O}\def\EW{EO}\def\NS{NS}
-\def\TRICK{Lev\'ee}
-\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig}
-}%end \french
-%end input dec.tex
-%
-%%%%%%%bid.tex%%%%%%%
-%Modified central figure
-\def\hand#1#2#3#4{%
-%Example: \hand{AKJ765}{AK9}{--}{T983}
-\vtop{\hbox{\strut\sp\enspace#1}
-\hbox{\strut\h\enspace#2}
-\hbox{\strut\d\enspace#3}
-\hbox{\strut\cl\enspace#4}}%end \vtop
-}%end \hand
-%
-\def\crdima#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-%purpose: layout bridge hand
-%#1 left upper text
-%#2 right upper text
-%#3, #4, #5, #6: N, E, S, W hands
-\vbox{\halign{ &##\quad\cr
- #1& #3& #2\cr
- $\vcenter{#6}$&$\vcenter{\copy\NESW}$&
- $\vcenter{#4}$\cr
- & #5& \cr
- }%end \halign
- }%end \vbox
-}%end \crdima
-%
-\def\NESWfig{%
-\hbox{\vrule
-\vbox{\offinterlineskip\tabskip0pt
-\hrule\kern.25ex\halign{\hskip.5ex
-##\tabskip.5ex&\hfil##\hfil&
-##\hskip.5ex \tabskip0pt\cr
-\noalign{\vskip.5ex}
- &\hbox to 2ex{\hss\N\hss}& \cr
-\noalign{\vskip.25ex}
-\kern.25ex\W& &\E\kern.25ex
-\cr\noalign{\vskip.25ex}
- &\hbox to 2ex{\hss\S\hss}& \cr
-\noalign{\vskip.5ex}
- }%end \halign
-\kern.25ex\hrule}%end \vbox
-\vrule}%end \hbox
-}% end \NESWfig
-\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig}
-%
-\def\ebid{\errormessage{%
- bbid command is missing}}
-%
-\def\bbid{\bgroup%
- \def\ebid{\egroup\egroup\egroup}
- \def\alert{$^A$}
- \def\think{$\ldots$\thinspace}
- % etc.
- \vtop\bgroup
- \halign to\bidwidth\bgroup \tabskip2ex
- plus 1ex minus 1ex& ##\hfil\cr
- \FIH\hfil& \SEH\hfil&
- \THH\hfil&\FOH\hfil\cr
- \noalign{\vskip.5ex}
-}%end \bbid
-%end input bid.tex%
-%
-%%%%%%%play.tex%%%%%%%
-%\input{play.tex}
-%Modified 11/11/91 Central table
-%\bplay etc
-% bplay, showgame, pc, strip
-\def\eplay{\errormessage{%
- bplay command is missing}}
-%
-\def\bplay{\bgroup\global\trno=0
-\def\eplay{\egroup\egroup}
-\def\bintermezzo{\noalign\bgroup
- \smallskip\noindent}
-\def\eintermezzo{\smallskip\egroup}
-\tabskip1ex plus 1fill
-\halign to\hsize\bgroup
- \tabskip1ex plus 1ex minus 1ex
- \global\advance\trno by 1 %
- \hbox to.5\wr{\hss\the\trno\hss}%<=!
- \hbox to\wr{\pc\FIP##\hss}\hfil&
- \hbox to\wr{\pc\SEP##\hss}\hfil&
- \hbox to\wr{\pc\THP##\hss}\hfil&
- \hbox to\wr{\pc\FOP##\hss}\hfil
- \tabskip4ex plus2ex minus1ex&
- \hbox to.5\wr{\hss##\hss}
- \tabskip1ex plus 1ex minus 1ex&
- \hbox to.5\wr{\hss##\hss}
- \tabskip1ex plus 1fill\cr
- %End template line, next is headline
- \omit\hbox to1\wr{\TRICK\hss}\hfil&
- \omit\hfil&\omit\hfil&\omit\hfil&
- %Note only 3 \omits
- \NS&\EW\cr%Headline
-}% end \bplay
-%
-\def\pc#1#2#3{% Version 3/3/90
-%Function: prints card #2#3 and
-% deletes it from player #1
-%#1 the hand N, E, S, W(uppercase)
-%#2 colour s, h, d, or c
-%#3 card value A K Q ... 2, or x
-%(or your (consistent/language) choice)
-%%%% 1. Update hand \#1#2; e.g. \Ns %%%
-\xdef\hnd{\csname #1#2\endcsname}
-\strip{#3}{\hnd}%
-%%%% 2. print card in table %%%
-\xdef\colour{\csname #2\if#2cl\else
- \if#2sp\fi\fi\endcsname}
-\colour\thinspace #3%
-% %Needed for immediate postfix mark(s)
-}% end \pc
-%
-\def\strip#1#2{% Version 3/3/90
-%Function: deletes card value #1
-% from #2, i.e., \Ns, or ...
- \def\wis##1#1##2\wis{%
- %Function: #1 is deleted from argument
- % in \wis ... \wis and result
- % is assigned to \hnd
- % (last card is replaced by --)
- \global\hnd={##1##2}
- \xdef\pa{##1} \xdef\pb{##2}
- \ifx\pa\empty {\ifx\pb\empty
- \global\hnd={--}% void colour
- \fi}\fi
- }% end \wis
- \expandafter\wis\the #2\wis
-}% end \strip
-%
-\def\showgame{
-%Purpose: Shows all cards still active
-% in the play, via \Ns, ..., \Wc,
-% (note use of upper case for players)
-%Used: \crdima, \hand, \LFTINF, \RGTINF
-% \Ns, ..., \Wc
-$$\crdima{\LFTINF}{\RGTINF}%
- {\hand{\the\Ns}{\the\Nh}{\the\Nd}%
- {\the\Nc}}%
- {\hand{\the\Es}{\the\Eh}{\the\Ed}%
- {\the\Ec}}%
- {\hand{\the\Ss}{\the\Sh}{\the\Sd}%
- {\the\Sc}}%
- {\hand{\the\Ws}{\the\Wh}{\the\Wd}%
- {\the\Wc}}%
-$$}% end \showgame
-%end input play.tex %In total: 215 lines
-\endinput
-%Examples: diagram, bidding, course of play.
-%
-%\hsize=.5\hsize
-%1. Diagram
-%$$\crdima{N/None}{\vtop{\hbox{Deal:}
-% \hbox{demo}}}%
-% {\hand{J74}{AJ}{QJT2}{Q874}}%N
-% {\hand{K86}{T9542}{874}{T3}}%E
-% {\hand{QT952}{Q83}{AK5}{A6}}%S
-% {\hand{A3}{K76}{963}{KJ952}}%W
-%$$
-%2. Bidding
-%$$\bbid
-%1\cl\alert& ? no& 1\sp&\think no\cr
-% 2\sp& no& 4\sp& a.p.\cr
-%\noalign{\vskip.5ex}
-%\alert\ means Alert,
-% conventional bid\hidewidth\cr
-%? means explanation
-% asked\hidewidth\cr
-%\think means think
-%% pause\hidewidth\cr
-%\ebid $$
-%3. Course of play
-%\def\LFTINF{Puzzle}
-%\def\RGTINF{\vtop{\hbox{6NT,}
-% \hbox{by East}}}
-%
-%\Ns={KQ76}\Es={T9}\Ss={8542}\Ws={AJ3}
-%\Nh={J98} \Eh={A2}\Sh={QT74}\Wh={K653}
-%\Nd={J942}\Ed={T5}\Sd={Q876}\Wd={AK3}
-%\Nc={65}\Ec={KJ9xxxx}\Sc={2}\Wc={AQT}
-%
-%\showgame
-%
-%*Problem* How must NS defend in
-%order to guarantee 1 trick?
-%
-%*Solution* Start with a \h\
-%lead in order to break communication.
-%N must discard \h s
-%and S must discard \sp s.
-%\smallskip\noindent
-%\LEADS
-%\bplay
-%%\noalign{\LEADS}
-%h4! & hK & h8 & h2 & -- & 1\LEADW\cr
-%%\noalign{\LEADW}
-%cA & c5 & cx & c2 & -- & 2\cr
-%cQ & c6 & cx & s2 & -- & 3\cr
-%cT & h9 & cK & s4 & -- & 4\LEADE\cr
-%%\noalign{\LEADE}
-%cJ & s5 & s3 & s6 & -- & 5\cr
-%c9 & s8 & h5 & s7 & -- & 6\cr
-%cx & d6 & sJ & d2 & -- & 7\cr
-%\bintermezzo
-%On lead of the next \cl\
-%neither South nor North can be
-%squeezed as can be seen from%
-%\def\RGTINF{\vtop{\hbox{NS squeezed on}
-% \hbox{\c\ continuation?}}}
-%\showgame
-%with continuation
-%\eintermezzo
-%cx & h7 & h6 & hJ & -- & 8\cr
-%dT & d7 & dA & d4 & -- & 9\LEADW\cr
-%%\noalign{\LEADW}
-%dK & d9 & d5 & d8 & -- & 10\cr
-%h3 & dJ & hA & hT & -- & 11\LEADE\cr
-%\noalign{\LEADE}
-%sT & hQ & sA & sQ & -- & 12\LEADW\cr
-%\noalign{\LEADW}
-%d3 & sK & s9 & dQ & 1 & 12\cr
-%\eplay
-%\bye %;nonum
-%
-%Contents
-%
-%Declarations.
-% Newtoks, \NT alias.............10
-% \hnd, \Ns, \Es, \Ss, \Ws....12
-% \Nh, \Eh, \Sh, \Wh....13
-% \Nd, \Ed, \Sd, \Wd....14
-% \Nc, \Ec, \Sc, \Wc....17
-% \bridgeenglish..............19-30
-% \dutch......................51-58
-% \french.....................60-67
-% \N, \E, \S, \W..............21
-% \NS, \EW....................23
-% \TRICK......................24
-% \FIH, \SEH, \THH, \FOH...27-28
-% \sp, \h, \cl, \d..............3-6
-% \LEADN \LEADE \LEADS \LEADW 32-38
-% Newcount
-% \trno.......................42
-% Newdimen
-% \wr.........................46
-% \bidwidth{4\wr}.............47
-% Newbox
-% \NESW...................49, 111
-%
-% \hand........................72-78
-% \crdima......................80-92
-% \bbid, \ebid......116-127, 113-114
-% \alert.......................118
-% \think.......................119
-%%%%%%%play.tex%%%%%%%
-% \bplay, \eplay....138-162, 135-136
-% \bintermezzo, \eintermezzo 140-142
-% \pc........................164-179
-% \hnd.........................172
-% \colour......................175
-% \strip.....................181-196
-% \showgame..................198-213
-% Examples
-% diagram..................219-226
-% bidding..................227-238
-% course of play...........239-289
-%
-%History of changes
-%July 1994 \c and \s changed into
-% \cl and \sp,
-% \colour adapted
-%March 1994 Prepared for NTG's CD-ROM
-% Examples of use added
-% NESW figure adapted
-%Jan 1994 Submitted to CTAN.
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bridge%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%crs%
-\tool\crosswordstool
-\message{ ---crosswordstool,
- Jan 95, cgl--- }
-%From Typesetting crosswords via TeX
-%EuroTeX 92, MAPS 92.1
-%NOTE In order to use natural input,
-%spaces except for the last one, and not
-%let this choice for ;] (space=\relax)
-%work through globally, start with
-%\bgroup\obeyspaces\let =\relax
-%\bdata
-%<natural data>
-%\edata
-%$$\crw$$%(or \sol)
-%\egroup
-%;numvrb
-\puzzletrue
-\csize3ex
-% %;numvrb %;vrblin99
-\def\bdata{\bgroup\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\store}
-\def\store#1\edata{\egroup\def\data{#1}}
-%{\obeyspaces\global\let =\relax}
-\def\usersize{}
-% ;vrblin=199
-{\catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\^^M=13 %local scope
-\gdef\crw{\cnt0\relax\boxit{\usersize%
-\hrule\ea\fifol\data\lofif^^M}}%
-\gdef\sol{\boxit{\def\num{}\puzzlefalse%
-\usersize\hrule\ea\fifol\data\lofif^^M}}%
-\gdef\fifol#1^^M{\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi%
-\processl{#1}\fifol}}%end local scope%
-% %;vrblin=299
-\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi}
-\def\processl#1{\hbox{\fifo#1\ofif}\hrule}
-\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi%
-\process#1\fifo} \def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
-%
-\def\process#1{\if*#1\cc\else%
-\ifx\relax#1\cc\else%
-\ifnum`#1=\uccode`#1\capchar#1\else%
-\lowchar#1\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\lowchar#1{\hbox to\csize{\vrule
-height.8\csize depth.2\csize\relax%
-\ifpuzzle\null\else\hss\uppercase{#1}%
-\fi\hss\vrule}}
-\def\capchar#1{\hbox to\csize{\vrule
-height.8\csize depth.2\csize\relax%
-\num\ifpuzzle\null\else\hss#1\fi%
-\hss\vrule}}
-\def\cc{\vrule height.8\csize depth%
-.2\csize width\csize}
-%
-\def\num{\global\advance\cnt1\relax%
-\vbox to.8\csize{\rlap{\kern1pt%
-\fiverm\the\cnt\hss}\vfil}}%
-% %;vrblin=399
-\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule%
-\vbox{#1}\vrule}\hrule}}% cgl, oct92
-\endinput %;nonum
-%Contents
-%\newif
-% \ifpuzzle (blue.tex)
-%\newcount
-% \cnt (blue.tex)
-%\newdimen
-% \csize (blue.tex)
-%Data
-% \bdata........................100
-% \store........................102
-% \edata........................102
-% \usersize.....................104
-%Crw
-% \crw..........................201
-% \sol..........................203
-%Auxiliaries
-% \fifol........................205
-% \process, \processl......305, 301
-% \lofif........................300
-% \lowchar......................309
-% \capchar......................313
-% \cc...........................317
-% \num..........................320
-% \boxit........................400
-%History of changes
-%July 1994 In tools.dat to cooperate
-% with blue.tex
-% \global\let =\relax removed.
-%Jan 1994 Submitted CTAN
-%1992 Submitted to EuroTeX and MAPS
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%crs%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%hanoi%
-\tool\hanoitool
-\message{ ---hanoitool, Jan 95, cgl---}
-%Tower of Hanoi macros
-%hanoi.tex version 19 dec 91 %;numvrb
-%\hanoi changed into \sethanoi June 95
-%\n=number of disks \brd=breadth towers
-%\hgt=height tower \dskhgt=height disk
-\csname newcount\endcsname\n
-\csname newcount\endcsname\brd
-\csname newcount\endcsname\hgt
-\csname newcount\endcsname\dskhgt
-\def\preloop{%To create loopcnt, a
- %local loopcounter
- %(see also loopy.TeX).
- \bgroup \advance\count10 by 1
- \countdef\loopcnt=\count10
- %Symbolic name
- \loopcnt=1 %(default)
- }%end \preloop
-\def\postloop{\loopcnt=0 %Restore
- \egroup}%end \postloop
-%
-%Hanoi macros, top level
-\def\sethanoi#1{%Argument can be digit(s)
- %or a counter (numeric)
- \n=#1 %Assign argument value to \n
- \def\II{}\def\III{}%Empty towers
- %Next is inspired by the TeXbook,
- %p374, 378
- %The initial tower for \I is created
- %The initial tower for \I is created
- % \def\I{\disksep\i\disksep\ii
- % \disksep\iii...\disksep\`n'}
- %next to the defs for \i,\ii,...\`n'.
- \preloop\ag\def\ag\I\ag{%
- \loop
- \ea\xdef\csname\romannumeral\loopcnt
- \endcsname{\the\loopcnt}
- \ag\disksep%separator
- \ea\ag\csname
- \romannumeral\loopcnt\endcsname
- \ifnum\loopcnt<\n
- \advance\loopcnt by 1
- \repeat \ag}
- \postloop
- %For printing, values are needed for
- \brd=\n %Breadth of largest disk
- \advance\brd by 3 %Little room extra
- \dskhgt=1 %Height of disks
- \hgt=\n\multiply\hgt by2 %\hgt is height
- \advance\hgt by1 %of towers
- \showtowers %Print initial state
- \Hanoi\I\II\III\n
- }%end \sethanoi
-%
-\def\Hanoi#1#2#3#4{%Moves from #1 to #2,
- %with aid of tower #3.
- %The number of disks is #4, in a counter.
- \ifnum#4=1 %For Tower of 1 disk,
- %just move the disk
- \movedisk\from#1\to#2%
- \showtowers%Print towers after move
- \else%Problem of #4 disks is solved by
- %- problem of (#4-1) disks,
- %- a move, and
- %- a problem of (#4-1) disks.
- {\advance#4 by-1 \Hanoi#1#3#2#4}%
- \movedisk\from#1\to#2%
- \showtowers%Print towers after move
- {\advance#4 by-1 \Hanoi#3#2#1#4}%
- \fi}%end \Hanoi
-%
-%Moving of the disks, TeXbook, App. D.2
-%Slightly adapted versions of \lop (
-%called \movedisk with function that
-%first element of #1 is prefixed to #2)
-%and \lopoff modification
-\def\movedisk\from#1\to#2{%Move disk from
- %tower #1 to tower #2
- \ea\lopoffx#1\lopoffx#1#2}
-\def\lopoffx\disksep#1#2\lopoffx#3#4{\ea
- \gdef\ea#4\ea{\ea\disksep\ea#1#4}
- \gdef#3{#2}%restore stub}%end\lopoffx
- }%end \movedisk
-%
-%Printing tower status
-\def\showtowers{%Display pyramids
- \endgraf\quad\hbox{\pt\I\ \pt\II\ \pt\III
- }\endgraf
- }%end \showtowers
-%
-%Auxiliaries
-\def\gobble#1{}%To eat character
-%
-\def\disksep#1{\hbox to\brd ex{\hss
- \vrule width#1ex height\dskhgt ex
- \hss}%
- }%end \disksep
-%
-\def\pt#1{%Print Tower.
- %#1 is \I, \II, or \III
- \vbox to\hgt ex{\baselineskip=.2ex\vss
- #1%
- %Format pointer underneath
- \hbox to\brd ex{\hss
- \ea\gobble\string#1\hss}%
- }%end vbox
- }%end \pt
-\endinput %;nonum
-%Contents
-%\Hanoi .........................51--66
-%\hanoi .........................19--49
-%\movedisk ......................73--79
-%\showtowers ....................82--85
-%Auxiliaries
-% \preloop .....................8--15
-% \postloop ...................16--17
-% \lopoffx ....................76--78
-% \gobble .........................88
-% \disksep.....................90--93
-% \pt ........................95--103
-%History of changes
-%Jan 95 \\ changed into \disksep
-%March 1994 Contents added
-% From tugboat.sty into tug.ppt
-% 1991 MAPS and TUGboat versions
-%end**%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%
-\tool\indextool
-\message{ ---indextool, Jan 95, cgl--- }
-%Shorthands ;numvrb
-%Counters in blue.tex
-%\newcount\n
-%\newcount\k
-%\newcount\kk\n=0
-%\newcount\kzero\kzero0 %Bias value
-%\newcount\pk
-%\newcount\pkone%Used in sortcs
-%\newcount\frst%First value of range
-%\newcount\last %Last value of range
-%\newcount\slast%Successor \last
-%\newcount\dif %Difference \last-\frst
-%\newcount\nw %Number of words
-%\newcount\nc %Number of chars/comp
-%\newcount\numex %Number of exchanges
-%\newcount\rndval%Random number
-%\newcount\rndnum%Seed random generator
-%\newcount\rndtmp%Temporary value
-%\newcount\status%Status comparison
-%;vrblin=100
-%Storing: from copy
-\def\seq#1\qes{\k0 \fifow#1 \wofif{} }
-%Auxiliaries: FIFO
-\def\fifow#1 {\ifx\wofif#1\n\k\wofif\fi
- \processw{#1}\fifow}
-\def\wofif#1\fifow{\fi}
-\def\processw#1{\advance\k1 \ea
- \gdef\csname\the\k\endcsname{#1}}
-%
-%Storing: from file
-\def\storefrom#1{%#1 is file name
- \immediate\openin\inx=#1 \k\kzero
- \continuetrue
- \loop\ifeof\inx\continuefalse\fi
- \ifcontinue\advance\k1{}%
- \read\inx t\ea o\csname\the\k\endcsname
- \repeat\advance\k-1\n\k
- \immediate\closein\inx}
-%
-%Storing: random numbers
-\def\storerandomn#1{%#1 number of numbers
- \n#1\k0
- \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1 \rnd\ea
- \xdef\csname\the\k\endcsname{\the\rndval}
- \repeat}
-%
-%With, due to Reid, 1987
-%Moved into kernel blue.tex
-%\def\rnd{\global\multiply\rndnum371{}%
-% \global\advance\rndnum1{}%
-% \ifnum\rndnum>99999\relax
-% \rndtmp\rndnum \divide\rndtmp100000
-% \multiply\rndtmp100000
-% \global\advance\rndnum-\rndtmp
-% \fi\global\rndval\rndnum
-% \global\divide\rndval1000 }
-%
-%Storing: random words
-\def\storerandomw#1{%#1 number of words
- \n#1\nw\n\def\defarr{\ea\gdef
- \csname\the\nw\endcsname}
- {\loop\ifnum0<\nw{\ag\defarr\ag{%
- \randomword}}\advance\nw-1
- \repeat}}%end s-r-w.
-%
-\def\randomword{\rnd \nc\rndval
- \divide\nc15 \advance\nc2
- \loop\ifnum0<\nc\randomchar
- \advance\nc-1
- \repeat}%end r-word
-%
-%Random character is modified
-\def\randomchar{\rnd
- \multiply\rndval29 \divide\rndval100
- \ifnum26=\rndval\rndval0 \fi
- \ifnum26<\rndval\rndval4 \fi
-%Mod cgl: I \ag-ed the letter
-\ea\ag\ifcase\rndval
- a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or
- i\or j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or
- q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or
- y\or z\fi}%end r-char
-%;vrblin=200Typeset
-%Parameters: Separators
-\def\sepn{, }%Number separator
-\def\sepw{ } %Word separator
-%\csname newtoks\endcsname\indword
-\let\sep\sepw
-%
-\def\prc#1{\init{#1}\def\prc##1{%
- \ifnum\last=##1{}\else\ifnum\slast=##1{}%
- \last\slast\advance\slast1{}\else
- \prtfl\sepn\init{##1}\fi\fi}}
-%
-\def\init#1{\frst=#1\last=#1\slast=#1{}%
- \advance\slast1{}}
-%
-%Print range: \frst-\last (or \last).
-\def\prtfl{\the\frst\ifnum\frst<\last
- \advance\frst1{}\ifnum\frst=\last\sepn
- \else\nobreak--\nobreak\fi\the\last\fi}
-%
-%Printing sequences
-\def\prts{{\k\kzero%print \1...\n
- \def\sep{\let\sep=\sepw}%
- \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
- \sep\csname\the\k\endcsname
- \repeat}}%end \prts
-%
-\let\prtw=\prts
-%
-\def\prtn{{\k\kzero%Print number sequence
- \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
- \ea\prc\csname\the\k\endcsname
- \repeat\prtfl}}%end \prtn
-%
-\def\typindentry#1{%#1 a def
- \ea\splitintoks#1%
- \ifcase\digit\the\indword\or
- {\tt\the\indword}\or
- {\tt\char92\the\indword}\or
- $\langle\hbox{\the\indword}\rangle$\fi{}
- {\oldstyle\pagenrs}.}
-\def\hyphen{{\rm-}}
-\def\comma{{\rm, }}
-%
-\def\splitintoks#1 !#2 #3.{\indword{#1}%
- \chardef\digit=#2{}\def\pagenrs{#3}}
-%
-\def\prtind{{\k\kzero
- \def\sep{\let\sep\sepw}%
- \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
- \sep\ea\typindentry\csname\the\k\endcsname%
- \repeat}}
-%;vrblin=300
-%Sorting in O(nlog n)
-\def\sortn{\let\cmp\cmpn\sort\prtn}
-%
-\def\sortaw{\let\cmp\cmpaw\sort\prtw}
-%
-\def\sortw{\let\cmp\cmpw{\accdef\sort}\prtw}
-%
-\def\sort{\heapsort}
-%
-%Paramaters: ij and accent string
-\def\accstr{\`\'\"\^\c}
-%
-\def\accdef{\def\i{i}\def\j{j}%
- \def\'##1{##1a}\def\`##1{##1g}%
- \def\"##1{##1t}\def\^##1{##1h}%
- \def\c##1{##1c}}
-%
-\def\ij{ij}
-%
-%Sorting parameters: exchange macro
-\def\xch#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables
- \ea\let\ea\auxone\csname\the#1\endcsname
- \ea\let\ea\auxtwo\csname\the#2\endcsname
- \ea\global\ea\let\csname\the#2\endcsname
- \auxone
- \ea\global\ea\let\csname\the#1\endcsname
- \auxtwo}
-%
-%Sorting parameters: number comparison
-\def\cmpn#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s
-%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
-% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
- \ifnum#1=#2\global\status0 \else
- \ifnum#1>#2\global\status1 \else
- \global\status2 \fi\fi}
-%
-%Parameters: comparison of words
-\def\cmpw#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s
-%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
-% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
- \let\nxt\nxtw\cmpc#1#2}
-%
-\def\cmpaw#1#2{%#1, #2 are defs with as
-%replacement text the words.
-%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
-% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
- \let\nxt\nxtaw\cmpc#1#2}
-%
-\def\cmpc#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s
-%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
-% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
-\ifproof\global\advance\nc1
- \let\aa#1\let\bb#2\fi
- \global\status0 \continuetrue
- {\loop\ifx\empty#1\continuefalse\fi
- \ifx\empty#2\continuefalse\fi
- \ifcontinue\nxt#1\nxtt\nxt#2\nxtu
- \lge\nxtt\nxtu
- \repeat}\ifnum0=\status
- \ifx\empty#1\ifx\empty#2\else
- \global\status2 \fi
- \else\ifx\empty#2\global\status1 \fi
- \fi\fi
-% \ifproof\immediate\write16{\aa
-% \ifnum0=\status=\else
-% \ifnum1=\status>\else
-% <\fi\fi\bb}
-% \fi%end ifproof
-}
-%
-\def\lge#1#2{%#1 and #2 letter values
-%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
-% #1 =, >, < #2.
-%and \continuefalse if #1=/#2.
- \ifnum#1=#2{}\else\continuefalse
- \ifnum#1<#2\global\status2 \else
- \global\status1 \fi
- \fi}
-%
-\def\nxtw#1#2{\def\pop##1##2\pop{%
- \gdef#1{##2}\def\head{##1}}%head and tail
- \ea\pop#1\pop%split in head and tail
- \ea\loc\head\accstr%\head is an accent cs?
- \if<\head\ea\pop#1\pop\fi
- \iffound\let\acs\head
- \ea\pop#1\pop%next head and tail
- \ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\acs\head\endcsname
- \else\ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\head\endcsname
- \fi}
-%
-\def\loc#1#2{\def\locate##1#1##2\end
- {\ifx\empty##2\empty\foundfalse
- \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate#2.#1\end}
-%
-%Parameters: for ASCII words
-\def\nxtaw#1#2{%Result: value of first
-%letter of string supplied in #1 is delivered
-%in #2. (To be used as a number (\chardef)).
-%#1, #2 are control sequences.
- \def\pop##1##2\pop{\gdef#1{##2}%
- \chardef#2=`##1{}}\ea\pop#1\pop}
-%
-\def\cmpir#1#2{%#1, #2 defs
-%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if
-% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
-%\immediate\write16{Compared are: #1 and #2}%
-\ea\ea\ea\decom\ea#1#2}
-%
-\def\decom#1 !#2 #3.#4 !#5 #6.{%
- \def\one{#1}\def\four{#4}\cmpw\one\four
- \ifnum0=\status%Compare secondary keys
- \ifnum#2<#5{}\global\status2{}\else
- \ifnum#2>#5{}\global\status1{}\else
- %Compare tertiary keys
- \ifnum#3<#6{}\global\status2{}\else
- \ifnum#3>#6{}\global\status1{}\fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-%
-\def\red{%Reduction of \1,...,\n
- \k0\kk0\let\refer\empty
- \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
- \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname
- \ea\splitwn\record%
- \ifx\refer\word%extend with number
- \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{%
- \csname\the\kk\endcsname, \num}%
- \else%write record to \kk
- \advance\kk1\let\refer\word\ea\global
- \ea\let\csname\the\kk\endcsname\record
- \fi
- \repeat\n=\kk}
-%
-\def\redrng{%Reduction of \1,...,\n, with
-%range representation of page numbers
- {\k1\kk0 \ifnum\n>0
- \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname
- \ea\splitwn\record\let\refer\word
- \let\nrsrng\empty\prcrng\num\fi
- \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
- \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname
- \ea\splitwn\record%
- \ifx\refer\word%extend \nrsrng with number
- \prcrng\num
- \else%write record to \kk
- \advance\kk1 \strnrs
- \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{\refer{}
- \nrsrng.}\let\nrsrng\empty\init\num
- \prcrng\num\let\refer\word
- \fi
- \repeat\ifnum1<\n
- \advance\kk1 \strnrs
- \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{\word{}
- \nrsrng.}
- \global\n\kk\fi}}
-%
-\def\prcrng#1{\init{#1}\def\prcrng##1{%
- \ifnum##1=\last\else\ifnum##1=\slast
- \last\slast\advance\slast1 \else
- \strnrs\init{##1}\fi\fi}}
-%
-\let\sepn\comma
-\def\strnrs{\dif\last\advance\dif-\frst
-\edef\nrsrng{\ifx\nrsrng\empty\else
- \nrsrng\nx\nx\nx\sepn\fi\the\frst\ifnum0<\dif
- \ifnum1=\dif\nx\nx\nx\sepn\the\last
- \else\nx\nx\nx\hyphen\the\last
- \fi
- \fi}}
-%
-\def\splitwn#1 !#2 #3.{\def\word{#1 !#2}%
- \def\num{#3}}
-%
-\def\getdig#1 !#2 #3.{\def\dig{#2}}
-%
-\def\sortcs{\global\k0\global\pk\n
-\global\pkone\pk\global\advance\pkone1
-%Invariant: 1:k non-cs
-% pk+1:n control seq-s
-\loop\global\advance\k1
-\ifnum\k<\pkone
- \ea\ea\ea\getdig\csname\the\k\endcsname.%
- \if2\dig{\continuetrue
- \loop
- \ifnum\k=\pk\continuefalse
- \else\ea\ea\ea\getdig\csname\the\pk
- \endcsname.%
- \if2\dig
- \else\xch\k\pk\continuefalse
- \fi
- \fi\global\pkone\pk\global\advance\pk-1
- \ifcontinue
- \repeat}%
- \fi
-\repeat}%Result\1:\pk non-cs, \pkone:\n cs
-%;vrblin=500
-%Parameters: Ordering table
-%suffix g stands for grave, `
-% a stands for aigue, '
-% h stands for hat, ^
-% t stands for trema, "
-% c stands for cedille.
-\ea\chardef\csname ot=\endcsname=12
-\ea\chardef\csname ot/\endcsname=11
-\ea\chardef\csname ot-\endcsname=13
-\ea\chardef\csname ot,\endcsname=14
-\ea\chardef\csname ot.\endcsname=15
-\ea\chardef\csname ot"\endcsname=9
-\ea\chardef\csname ot&\endcsname=5
-\ea\chardef\csname ot'\endcsname=7
-\ea\chardef\csname ot`\endcsname=8
-\ea\chardef\csname ot*\endcsname=10
-\ea\chardef\csname ot<\endcsname=28
-\ea\chardef\csname ot>\endcsname=29
-\ea\chardef\csname ot!\endcsname=30
-\ea\chardef\csname ot?\endcsname=31
-\ea\chardef\csname ot[\endcsname=13
-\ea\chardef\csname ot]\endcsname=14
-\ea\chardef\csname ot0\endcsname=16
-\ea\chardef\csname ot1\endcsname=17
-\ea\chardef\csname ot2\endcsname=18
-\ea\chardef\csname ot3\endcsname=19
-\ea\chardef\csname ot4\endcsname=20
-\ea\chardef\csname ot5\endcsname=21
-\ea\chardef\csname ot6\endcsname=22
-\ea\chardef\csname ot7\endcsname=23
-\ea\chardef\csname ot8\endcsname=24
-\ea\chardef\csname ot9\endcsname=25
-\chardef\ota=35 \chardef\otA=35
- \chardef\otaa=35 \chardef\otag=35
- \chardef\otat=35\chardef\otah=35
-\chardef\otb=40 \chardef\otB=40
-\chardef\otc=46 \chardef\otC=46
- \chardef\otcc=46
-\chardef\otd=53 \chardef\otD=53
-\chardef\ote=60 \chardef\otE=60
- \chardef\otea=60 \chardef\oteg=60
- \chardef\otet=60 \chardef\oteh=60
-\chardef\otf=67 \chardef\otF=67
-\chardef\otg=74 \chardef\otG=74
-\chardef\oth=81 \chardef\otH=81
-\chardef\oti=88 \chardef\otI=88
- \chardef\otit=88 \chardef\otih=88
-\chardef\otj=95 \chardef\otJ=95
- \chardef\otjt=95
-\chardef\otk=102 \chardef\otK=102
-\chardef\otl=109 \chardef\otL=109
-\chardef\otm=116 \chardef\otM=116
-\chardef\otn=123 \chardef\otN=123
-\chardef\oto=130 \chardef\otO=130
- \chardef\otoa=130 \chardef\otog=130
- \chardef\otot=130 \chardef\otoh=130
-\chardef\otp=137 \chardef\otP=137
-\chardef\otq=143 \chardef\otQ=143
-\chardef\otr=150 \chardef\otR=150
-\chardef\ots=157 \chardef\otS=157
-\chardef\ott=164 \chardef\otT=164
-\chardef\otu=171 \chardef\otU=171
- \chardef\otut=171 \chardef\otuh=171
-\chardef\otv=178 \chardef\otV=178
-\chardef\otw=185 \chardef\otW=185
-\chardef\otx=192 \chardef\otX=192
-\chardef\otij=199 \chardef\otIJ=199
-\chardef\oty=200 \chardef\otY=200
-\chardef\otz=206 \chardef\otZ=206
-%\endinput%;nonum %cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%Contents sort.tex
-%Counters (blue.tex).............5--19
-%newifs ..(blue.tex)............20--23
-%Storing
-%from copy ...................101--108
-% \seq...\qes ...................102
-%from file ...................110--117
-% \storefrom ...............112--117
-%random generated items
-% \storerandomn ............124--125
-% \rnd .....................128--134
-% \storerandomw ............138--143
-% \randomword ..............145--149
-% \randomchar ..............152--161
-%Typeset
-% parameters ................202-205
-% \prc .....................207--210
-% \init ....................212--213
-% \prtfl ...................216--218
-% \prts ....................221--225
-% \prtw .........................227
-% \prtn ....................229--232
-% \typeindentry.............234--240
-% \splitintoks..............244--245
-% \prtind ..................247--251
-%Sorting
-% \sortn ........................302
-% \sortaw .......................304
-% \sortw ........................306
-% \sort .........................308
-% \accstr .......................311
-% \accdef ..................313--316
-% \ij ...........................318
-% \xch .....................321--327
-% \cmpn ....................330--335
-% \cmpw ....................338--341
-% \cmpaw ...................343--347
-% \cmpc ....................349--369
-% \lge .....................371--378
-% \nxtw ....................380--388
-% \loc .....................391--393
-% \nxtaw ...................396--401
-% \cmpir ...................403--407
-% \decom ...................409--420
-% \red .....................421--434
-% \redrng ..................436--457
-% \prcrng ..................459--462
-% \strnrs ..................465--471
-% \splitwn .................473--474
-% \getdig .......................476
-% \sortcs ..................478--497
-%Ordering table ..............501--569
-%History of changes
-%Oct 1994 OT modified with respect to
-% Index sorting.
-% Sorting macros adapted and
-% extended.
-%March 1994 Contents added to file sort.tex.
-%Jan 1994 Macros released for CTAN.
-%Spring 1993 Abridged version Sorting in BLUe
-% for TUG'93 (Aston) TB 14.3, 1993.
-%Fall 1992 Release for MAPS 93.1.
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%heap%
-%heapsort.tex Jan, 93
-%\newcount\n\newcount\lc\newcount\r
-%\newcount\ic\newcount\uone
-%\newcount\jc\newcount\jj\newcount\jjone
-%\newif\ifgoon
-%Non-descending sorting
-\def\heapsort{%data in \1 to \n
-\r=\n\heap\ic=1{}%
-{\loop\ifnum\r>1{}\xch\ic\r
- \advance\r-1{}\sift\ic\r
-\repeat}}
-%
-\def\heap{%Transform \1..\n into heap
- \lc=\n\divide\lc2{}\advance\lc1{}%
- {\loop\ifnum\lc>1{}\advance\lc-1{}%
- \sift\lc\n\repeat}}
-%
-\def\sift#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables
- \jj=#1\uone=#2\advance\uone1{}\goontrue
- {\loop\jc=\jj \advance\jj by\jj
- \ifnum\jj<\uone
- \jjone=\jj \advance\jjone1{}%
- \ifnum\jj<#2{}\cmpval\jj\jjone
- \ifnum2=\status\jj=\jjone\fi\fi
- \cmpval\jc\jj\ifnum2>\status\goonfalse\fi
- \else\goonfalse\fi
-\ifgoon\xch\jc\jj\repeat}}
-%
-\def\cmpval#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables
-%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if
-% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
- \ea\let\ea\aone\csname\the#1\endcsname
- \ea\let\ea\atwo\csname\the#2\endcsname
- \cmp\aone\atwo}
-%\endinput %cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%heap%;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%quick%
-%quick.tex Jan 93
-%\newcount\low\newcount\up\newcount\m
-\def\quicksort{%Values given in
-%\low,...,\up are sorted, non-descending.
-%Parameters: \cmp, comparison.
- \ifnum\low<\up\else\brk\fi
-%\refval, a reference value selected at random.
- \m=\up\advance\m-\low%Size-1 of array part
- \ifnum10<\m\rnd\multiply\m\rndval
- \divide\m99{}\advance\m\low \xch\low\m
- \fi
- \ea\let\ea\refval\csname\the\low\endcsname
- \m=\low\k=\low\let\refvalcop=\refval
- {\loop\ifnum\k<\up\advance\k1{}%
- \ea\let\ea\oneqs\csname\the\k\endcsname
- \cmp\refval\oneqs\ifnum1=\status
- \global\advance\m1{}\xch\m\k\fi
- \let\refval=\refvalcop
- \repeat}\xch\low\m
- {\up=\m\advance\up-1{}\quicksort}%
- {\low=\m\advance\low1{}\quicksort}\krb}
-%
-\def\brk#1\krb{\fi}\def\krb{\relax}
-%\endinput %cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%quick%;nonum!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%index%
-%From BLUe's Index Oct 94%;numvrb
-\catcode`\@=11
-%Some unused macros are left in.
-%\newread\inxin
-%\newtoks\indword
-%\newtoks\indexfile
- %To parameterize the resulting index
-%\newtoks\irfile
- %To parameterize the IRs
-%\newtoks\indexname
-%\newtoks\preindex
-%\newtoks\postindex
-%\newtoks\ignores
-%\newtoks\conseqs
-%\newtoks\consyms
-%\newtoks\srtkeys
-%\newtoks\srtkeypairs
-%Initializations
-\proofmodetrue
-\irfile{index}
-\indexfile{index.elm}
-\preindex{\head{\the\indexname}}
-\postindex{}
-\immediate\openout\inx=index
-\conseqs{\c\space\bf\it\rm\tt\sub\relax}
-\consyms{\`\'\"\^\~}
-\srtkeypairs{\AmSTeX{amstex}
- \LAMSTeX{lamstex}
- \LaTeX{latex}
- \PS{PostScript}
- \TeX{tex}}
-\srtkeys{\AmSTeX\LAMSTeX\LaTeX\PS\TeX}
-\let\sub\relax
-%Macros
-%
-%User level
-%;vrblin=100
-\def\sortindex{%Nov 1994, cgl
-%Purpose:
-%To sort IR file.
-%Input: default index is sorted
-% ( file specified in \irfile)
-%Output: file index.elm.
- \newpage\immediate\closeout\inx
- \filetoarray{\the\irfile}
- \immediate\write16{Sorting n=\the\n.
- Please wait, O(nlog n) process.}
- \let\cmp\cmpir\let\nxtw\nxtwindex
- \otindex\let\ \space
- {%Make sortkey defs
- \ea\sokdef\the\srtkeypairs\fedkos\relax
- \sort
- \let\spaceseparator\space
- \setupnxtokens\def\ {\nx\ }%
- \immediate\write16{Range reduction.}
- \redrngtofile{index.srt}
- \immediate\write16{After reduction and
- writing to file index.srt; n=\the\n.}
- \immediate\write16{Transform
- index.srt-->index.elm.}
- \tawfiletofile{index.srt}{\the
- \indexfile}}}
-%
-%Set up set of \srtkeys
-\def\setupsrtkeys{\ea
- \sok\the\srtkeypairs\kos\relax}
-%;vrblin=150
-\def\pasteupindex{%May 1995, cgl
-%Purpose:
-%To set index in (balanced) doublecolumn.
-%The index is preceded by
-%\chapterhead{\the\indexname}
-%and by the contents of
-%\preindex and followed by contents of
-%\postindex.
-%Input: default index.elm is set
-% (file specified in \indexfile).
-%Biased by manmac's \begindoublecolumns
-%\chapterhead{\the\indexname}%in preindex
- \begingroup\def\space{{\tt\char32 }}%
- \the\preindex\endgraf
- \pageheight\vsize
- \pagewd\hsize
- \pagewidth\pagewd%anachronism
- \parindent1em
- \output={\global\setbox\partialpage=
- \vbox{\unvbox255\bigskip}}%
- \eject
- \output={\bluedoublecolumnout}%
-% \hsize=8.5cm \vsize=51cm%blue.tex values
-%2*\hsize+(\hfil)=\pagewd
- \divide\hsize2 \advance\hsize-1cm
- \advance\vsize\vsize \advance\vsize1cm
- \parskip0pt plus.8pt\relax
- \obeylines\everypar{%
- \hangindent2\parindent}%
- \ea\let\csname par\endcsname\endgraf
- \let\sub\endgraf
-%
- \input\the\indexfile\relax
-%
-%endpasteupindex part biased by
-%manmac's \enddoublecolumns
- \output={\balancecolumns}\eject
- \endgroup
- \pagegoal=\vsize\the\postindex}
-%
-%Add an element #1 to toks var #2
-\def\add#1to#2{#2\ea{\the#2#1}}
-%
-%Inner level
-%
-%IR creation
-%
-\let\spaceseparator\space
-%;vrblin=200
-%Things are set up within \makexref to
-%allow dynamical use.
-\def\makexref{\ifproofmode%Mod cgl oct 94
- \setupsrtkeys
- \bgroup\def\ {\string\ }%
- \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1 }}%
- \ea\ea\ea\fifo\ea\the\ea\conseqs
- \the\srtkeys\ofif
- \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
- \ea\fifo\the\consyms\ofif
- \xdef\writeit{\write\inx{\text{}
- !\xreftype\spaceseparator
- \nx\number\pageno.}}\writeit
- \egroup
- \else\ifhmode\kern0pt\fi\fi
- \ifsilent\ignorespaces\else{\next}\fi}
-%
-%Sorting
-%;vrblin=250
-\def\cmpir#1#2{%#1, #2 defs
-%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if
-% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
-%\immediate\write16{Compared are: *#1*
-% and *#2*}%
-\ea\ea\ea\decom\ea#1#2}
-%
-\def\nxtwindex#1#2{%
-%Function:
-%On input: #1 contains the `word'
-%As result: #2 contains the value
-% of the first non-ignored token as given
-% in the ordering table.
-%#1 contains the rest of the `word'
- \def\pop##1##2\pop{%
- \gdef#1{##2}\def\pophead{##1}}%head and tail
- \ea\pop#1\pop%split in head and tail
- \ignores\ea\ea\ea{\ea
- \the\ea\conseqs\the\consyms}%
- \ea\loc\pophead{\the\ignores}%
- \iffound\ifx\empty#1 \chardef#2=0
- \else\nxtwindex#1#2 \fi
- \else
- \ea\loc\pophead{\the\srtkeys}%
- \iffound\xdef\pophead{\pophead}%
- \ea\ea\ea\gdef\ea\ea\ea#1\ea\ea\ea
- {\ea\pophead#1}%
- \nxtwindex#1#2
- \else
- \ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\pophead\endcsname
- \fi
- \fi}
-%
-\def\otindex{%Parameters: Ordering `table'
-%Special cases
-\ea\chardef\csname ot \endcsname=0
-\ea\chardef\csname ot\space\endcsname=0
-%{|}~(\char126) in ASCII after lowercase
-%^ active character
-%Bulk according to ACII
-\def\process##1{\ea\chardef
- \csname ot##1\endcsname=`##1 }
-%lowercase letters
-\fifo abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\ofif
-\chardef\otij=`y \chardef\otIJ=`y
-%other characters
-\fifo !"##$&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@
- []_`\ofif
-%uppercase letters equal lowercase
-\def\process##1{\ea\chardef
- \csname ot##1\endcsname=\lccode`##1 }
-\uppercase{\fifo
- abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\ofif}
-}
-%
-%Range reduction
-%;vrblin=400
-\def\redrngtofile#1{%Reduction of \1,...,\n,
-%with range representation of page numbers
-\immediate\openout\inx=#1
- {\k1\kk0 \ifnum\n>0
- \ea\ea\ea\splitwn\csname\the\k\endcsname
- \let\refer\word
- \let\nrsrng\empty\prcrng\num\fi
- \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
- \ea\ea\ea\splitwn\csname\the\k\endcsname
- \ifx\refer\word%extend \nrsrng with number
- \prcrng\num
- \else%write record to \kk
- \advance\kk1 \strnrs
- \immediate\write\inx{\refer\spaceseparator
- \nrsrng.}%
- \let\nrsrng\empty\init\num
- \prcrng\num\let\refer\word
- \fi
- \repeat\ifnum1<\n
- \advance\kk1 \strnrs
- \immediate\write\inx{\refer\spaceseparator
- \nrsrng.}%
- \global\n\kk\fi
- }\immediate\closeout\inx}
-%
-%Copying
-%;vrblin=500
-\def\filetoarray#1{%#1 is file name
- \immediate\openin\inxin=#1\relax
- \ifeof\inxin\immediate\write16{File #1 empty
- or non-existent.}%
- \fi \n\kzero\continuetrue
- \loop\ifeof\inxin\continuefalse\fi
- \ifcontinue\advance\n1 \immediate
- \read\inxin t\ea o\csname\the\n\endcsname
-%\immediate\write16{k: \number\n:
-% \csname\the\n\endcsname}%
- \repeat\advance\n-1
- \immediate\closein\inxin}
-%
-\def\tawfiletofile#1#2{\continuetrue
- \immediate\openin\inxin=#1\relax
- \immediate\openout\inx=#2\relax
- \loop\read\inxin to\IR
- \ifeof\inxin\continuefalse\fi
- \ifcontinue\trfandwrite\IR
- \repeat
- \immediate\closein\inxin
- \immediate\closeout\inx
-}
-%
-\def\setupnxtokens{%
- \def\process##1{\def##1{\nx##1}}%
- \ea\ea\ea\fifo\ea\the\ea\conseqs
- \the\srtkeys\ofif
- \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
- \ea\fifo\the\consyms\ofif
-}
-%
-\def\trfandwrite#1{\ea\splitintoks#1%
- \immediate\write\inx{\nx\noindent
- \ifcase\digit{\the\indword}\or
- {\nx\tt\the\indword}\or
- \nx\cs{\the\indword}\or
- $\nx\langle\hbox{\the\indword}\nx\rangle
- $\fi\spaceseparator{\nx
- \oldstyle\pagenrs}}}%Period deleted
-%
-\def\splitintoks#1 !#2 #3.{\indword{#1}%
- \chardef\digit=#2\relax\def\pagenrs{#3}}
-%
-%Typesetting;vrblin=600
-\def\bluedoublecolumnout{%
-%Biased by manmac's doublecolumnout
- \splittopskip=\topskip
- \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@\pageheight
- \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \blueonepageout\pagesofar
- \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty}
-%
-\def\blueonepageout#1{%
-%Biased by manmac's \onepageout
- \shipout\vbox{%
- \vbox to\baselineskip{\null
- \the\headline\vss}%
- \kern2ex
- \vbox to\pageheight{#1\vss}%
- \kern1ex
- \the\footline
- }\advancepageno}
-%
-%Auxiliaries;vrblin=700
-%SetOfKeys
-\def\sok#1#2{%Function:
-%Build from \srtkeykpairs \srtkeys
-%via \ea\sok\srtkeypairs\kos\relax
-\ifx#1\kos\kos\fi
- \srtkeys\ea{\the\srtkeys#1}\sok}
-\def\kos#1\sok{\fi}
-%
-\def\sokdef#1#2{%Function:
-%Build from \srtkeypairs srtkey defs
-\ifx#1\fedkos\fedkos\fi
- \def#1{#2}\sokdef}
-\def\fedkos#1\sokdef{\fi}
-\endinput%;nonum
-%Table of contents: blue.ind
-%Variables
-% \indexname...........(blue.tex)
-% \preindex....................21
-% \postindex...................22
-% \indword.............(blue.tex)
-% \indexfile...........(blue.tex)
-% \irfile..............(blue.tex)
-% \conseqs.....................24
-% \consyms.....................25
-% \srtkeys.....................31
-% \srtkeypairs..............26-30
-% \ignores.............(blue.tex)
-%User level macros
-% \sortindex..............101-125
-% \pasteupindex...........151-187
-% \add#1to#2..................190
-%Lower level macros
-%IR Creation
-% \makexref...............203-216
-%Sorting
-% \cmpir..................251-256
-% \nxtwindex..............258-282
-% \otindex................284-304
-%Range reduction
-% \redrngtofile...........401-424
-%Copying
-% \filetoarray............501-512
-% \tawfiletofile..........514-523
-% \trfandwrite............533-540
-% \setupnxtokens..........525-531
-% \splitintoks............542-543
-%OTR doublecolumns
-% \bluedoublecolumnout....601-609
-% \blueonepageout.........611-620
-%Auxiliaries
-% \sok....................702-707
-% \sokdef.................709-713
-%History of changes
-%Nov 1994 Set up.
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%index%;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntglogo%
-\tool\ntglogotool %;numvrb
-\message{ ---ntglogo, Jan 95, cgl--- }
-\font\calx=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\ntglogo{\vbox{%
- \hbox{{\calx N}ederlandstalige}
- \hbox{\hskip1em{\calx T}\kern-.2ex
- \raise-.5ex\hbox{E}\kern.1exX}
- \hbox{\hskip2em{\calx G}ebruikersgroep}}}
-\setbox\ntglogobox\ntglogo
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntglogo%!cgl;nonum
-\endinput
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntginfo%
-\tool\ntginfotool %;numvrb
-\message{ ---ntginfo, Jan 95, cgl--- }
-\def\dropntglogo{\noindent
- \hangindent5\generalindent\hangafter-5
- \smash{\lower3.5\baselineskip
- \hbox to0pt{\hskip-.9\hangindent
- \copy\ntglogobox\hss}}}
-\def\ntginfo{%
-\dropntglogo is the Dutch-language-oriented
- \TeX{} \UG, founded in
- {\oldstyle1988}. The activities
- comprise two meetings per year,
- with the wealthy MAPS\Dash Minutes
- and APpendiceS\Dash
- sent out before each meeting.\\
-The activities are biased by sharing experience
-in using \AllTeX, \MF, literate programming,
-SGML, Adobe's \PS{} and PDF, next to
-multi-media, in short, sharing knowledge about
-Electronic Publishing, biased by \AllTeX.
-The intricacies of the World-Wide-Web in
-relation to using \AllTeX{} is also explored.
-Less than {\oldstyle5}\% of our energy was
-devoted to organizational matters in the past.
-Apart from the regular MAPS we enjoy MAPS specials.
-Up till {\oldstyle1994} NTG's PR set and David
-Salomon's courseware\Dash
-Advanced \TeX: Insights and Hindsights\Dash
-have appeared in this series.
-The {\oldstyle 1994} special has the title
-{\oldstyle 100} FAQ: Everything you will ever
-have to know about \AllTeX.\ftn{Courtesy Bobby Bodenheimer
- and ukTUG,
- Reprint Baskerville, {\oldstyle4}, {\oldstyle6}.}
-\smallskip
-Important activities, listed in historical
-order, have been
-\bigskip
-{\generalindent5\generalindent
-\item{\oldstyle1988\quad} NTG's discussion
- list and fileserver on the air
-\item{\oldstyle1989\quad} NTG days, various
- courses have been offered since
-\item{\oldstyle1990\quad} SGML-\TeX{} conference,
- Babel emerges
-\item{\oldstyle1992\quad} Belgian commissioner
- for Flemish \AllTeX ies
-\item{\oldstyle1993\quad} Goddijn's Bulletin Board
-\item{\oldstyle1994\quad} 4All\TeX{} CD-ROM
- with turnkey-\TeX{} system
-\item{\oldstyle1995\quad} Euro\TeX,
- BLUe's system emerges
-\smallskip
-}\bigskip
-Close contacts have been maintained over the
-years with the TUG\Dash \TUG\Dash and the
-other LUGs\Dash Language-oriented \TUG s.
-One can subscribe for a joint membership of
-NTG and TUG.
-\smallskip
-The regular subscription fee for an individual
-NTG membership is in the order of
-{\it f}~{\oldstyle90} per year.
-Students are granted a discount.
-An institutional membership is possible.
-\smallskip
-Enquiries, casu quo a registration form,
-can be obtained from
- NTG's secretary Postbus {\oldstyle394},
- {\oldstyle1740} AJ Schagen,
- ntg@nic.surfnet.nl.}
-\endinput
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntginfo%;nonum!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%smileys%
-\tool\smileystool %;numvrb
-\message{ ---smileys, July 95, cgl--- }%
-%Assumed \mfs etc. available
-\def\eyes{{\x250\unitlength\y150\unitlength
- \putatxy}%l-eye
- {\x750\unitlength\y150\unitlength
- \putatxy}%r-eye
-}%
-\def\lefteyes{{\x200\unitlength\y150\unitlength
- \putatxy}%l-eye
- {\x700\unitlength\y150\unitlength
- \putatxy}%r-eye
-}%
-\def\squinteyes{{\x300\unitlength\y150\unitlength
- \putatxy}%l-eye
- {\x700\unitlength\y150\unitlength
- \putatxy}%r-eye
-}%
-\def\winkeye{\initialize
- {100}{150}{250}{75}{250}{75}{400}{150}%
- {\k0\kmax2\x0pt\y0pt\mfs}%l-winkeye
- {\x750\unitlength\y150\unitlength\putatxy}%r-eye
-}%
-\def\mouth{\initialize
- {250}{-250}{500}{-350}{500}{-350}{750}{-250}%
- \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs}
-%
-\def\sadmouth{\initialize
- {250}{-350}{500}{-250}{500}{-250}{750}{-350}%
- \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs}
-%
-\kmax5 %level
-\setbox\smileybox=\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
- \initialize
- 000{650}{1000}{650}{1000}0%
- \k0\putatxy\mfs
- \initialize
- 000{-650}{1000}{-650}{1000}0%
- \k0\mfs\y0pt\x\X4\putatxy
- \kmax3
- \initialize
- {100}{200}{250}{250}{250}{250}{400}{200}%
- \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs%l-brow
- \initialize
- {600}{200}{750}{250}{750}{250}{900}{200}%
- \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs%r-brow
- {\x500\unitlength\y150\unitlength\S{250}}%Nose
-}%
-\endinput
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%smileys%!cgl;newcol;nonum
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%toc%
-\tool\toctool %;numvrb
-\message{---(mini-)ToC,
- Sept 95, March 96 cgl---}
-%March 96 writing to file is replaced by
-% maintaining \toksvar tocvar.
-\let\bh\bluehead
-\long\def\bluehead#1\par{\bh#1\par
-\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par#1}}
-\let\bsh\bluesubhead
-\long\def\bluesubhead#1\par{\bsh#1\par
-\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par\quad#1}}
-\let\bssh\bluesubsubhead
-\long\def\bluesubsubhead#1\par{\bssh#1\par
-\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par\qquad#1}}
-\let\be\blueexample
-\long\def\blueexample#1\par{\be#1\par
-\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par\qquad ex: #1}}
-\long\def\pasteuptoc{\newcol
- \bluehead Contents\par
- \the\tocvar
- \let\makesignature\relax}
-\endinput
-%end**%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%toc%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%english%
-\tool\englishtool %;numvrb
-\message{ ---English , Jan 95, cgl--- }
-\abstractname{Abstract}
-\acknowledgementsname{Acknowledgements}
-\contentsname{Contents}
-\indexname{Index}
-\examplename{Example}
-\keywordsname{Keywords}
-\referencesname{References}
-\endinput
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%english%;nonum
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%russian%
-\tool\russiantool %;numvrb
-\message{ ---Russian , %Jan 95,
- not yet available, cgl--- }
-%\abstractname{Abstract}
-%\acknowledgementsname{Acknowledgements}
-%\contentsname{Contents}
-%\indexname{Index}
-%\examplename{Example}
-%\keywordsname{Keywords}
-%\referencesname{References}
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%russian%;nonum
-\endinput %!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%xyz%
-\tool\xyztool %;numvrb
-\def\xyz#1#2#3{\leavevmode%
-\message{ ---xyz, jan 95, cgl--- }%
- \setbox0\vbox{\hbox{/}\kern0pt}%
- \lower2.65\ht0\hbox{\copy0%
- \rlap{\qquad#1}}%
- \kern-.185\ht0\lower1.8\ht0\copy0%
- \kern-.185\ht0\lower0.95\ht0\copy0%
- \kern-.11\ht0%
- \vrule height9ex depth0pt\relax%
- \raise7ex\rlap{\qquad#3}%
- \vrule height.1pt depth.1pt width 8ex%
- \qquad\lower.6ex\hbox{#2}}%
-\endinput %;nonum
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%xyz%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%partlogo%
-\tool\partlogotool %;numvrb
-%from TeX book
-\def\partlogo#1{\goodbreak
- \bigskip\noindent
- \vbox{\line{\hrulefill}%
- \kern-.5\baselineskip
-\line{\hrulefill{ \phantom{\bf #1}} %
- \hrulefill}%
- \kern-.5\baselineskip
- \line{\hrulefill{ \bf #1}
- \hrulefill}%
- \kern-.5\baselineskip
- \line{\hrulefill}%
-}\nobreak\smallskip\noindent}
-\endinput %;nonum
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%partlogo%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%pascal%
-\tool\pascaltool
-\message{ ---pascaltool, Jan, Aug 95, cgl--- }
-%C.G. van der Laan, Jan, Oct 95.%;numvrb
-%Processing (first set of macros)
-%\let\beginpascal\fifol
-\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi
- \the\postpascal\endgroup}
-\let\endpascal\lofif
-\def\lf{x}%toggle for last font to insert \/
-\def\processw#1{%
- \ifnum\commentstatus>0
- \if p\lf\leavevmode\/\fi#1\def\lf{c}\else
- \ifx\relax#1\relax{ }%space
- \else\foundfalse
- \loc{ #1 }{\the\reservedset}%
- \iffound{\if p\lf\leavevmode\/\fi
- \reservedwordsfont#1}\def\lf{r}%
- \else\if=#1${}={}$\else
- {\pascalprogramfont#1{}}\def\lf{p}\fi\fi
- \fi\fi}%end processw;vrblin50
-%for the rest of listing use
-%another escape char;endinput
-%Typesetting : ;= ; . ^
-\def\becomes{:=}
-\catcode`\:=\active
-\def:#1{\if=#1${}\becomes{}$\else
- {\rm\char`\:}#1\fi}
-\catcode`\;=\active
- \def;{{\/\rm\char`\;}}
-\catcode`\.=\active \def.{{\pascalprogramfont
- \char`\.}}
-\catcode`\^=\active \def^{\char'\active6}
- %\def^{{\enspace$\uparrow$}}
-\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
- \def[{{\rm \char`\[}}
- \def]{{\rm\/\char`\]}}
-\def\leftbrace{(}
-\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\*=\active
-\def(#1{\ifx*#1$\{\,$\global
- \advance\commentstatus1
- \pascalcommentfont
- \else\leftbrace#1\fi}
-%Reserved words ;vrblin100
-\reservedset{ and array begin case const
- div do downto else end. end; file for
- function goto if in label mod nil not of
- or otherwise packed procedure program record
- repeat set step string then to type until
- var while with}%
-%Handling of >= <= <> > < ;vrblin150
-\def\lt{<}\def\gt{>}
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>#1{\if=#1${}\geq{}$\else
- ${}\gt{}$#1\fi}
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<#1{\ifx>#1${}\ne{}$\else
- \if=#1${}\leq{}$\else
- ${}\lt{}$#1\fi\fi}
-%Handling of + - * ;vrblin200
-\def\-{-}%Save for hyphen use
-\def\plus{+}\def\minus{-}
-\catcode`\+=\active \def+{${}\plus{}$}
-\def*#1{\if)#1$\,\}$\global
- \advance\commentstatus-1
- \else${}\times{}$#1\fi}
-%{\catcode`\-=\active \gdef-{${}\minus{}$}}
-%Later catcode is set for minus
-%Last part of processing ;vrblin250
-\obeyspaces\let =\
-\def\fifow#1 {\ifx
-\wofif#1\wofif\fi\processw{#1}\ \fifow}%
-\def\processl#1{\fifow#1 \wofif
- \endgraf}%First space is needed
-% ;vrblin300
-\let\zero0 \catcode`\0=\active\def0{{\rm\zero}}
-\let\one1 \catcode`\1=\active\def1{{\rm\one}}
-\let\two2 \catcode`\2=\active\def2{{\rm\two}}
-\let\three3\catcode`\3=\active\def3{{\rm\three}}
-\let\four4 \catcode`\4=\active\def4{{\rm\four}}
-\let\five5 \catcode`\5=\active\def5{{\rm\five}}
-\let\six6 \catcode`\6=\active\def6{{\rm\six}}
-\let\seven7\catcode`\7=\active\def7{{\rm\seven}}
-\let\eight8\catcode`\8=\active\def8{{\rm\eight}}
-\let\nine9 \catcode`\9=\active\def9{{\rm\nine}}
-\catcode`\-=\active \def-{${}\minus{}$}%
-\obeylines\smallskip%
-\the\prepascal\relax%;nonum
-\endinput%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
-%
-%
-%
-%Contents Pascal
-% \beginpascal
-% \lofif
-% \endpascal
-% \processw
-%Typesetting : := ;semicol . ^
-% \becomes
-% :
-% ;
-% .
-% ^
-%Reserved words
-%Handling of >= <= <> > <
-% \lt
-% \gt
-% >
-% <
-%Handling of + - *
-% -
-% \plus
-% \minus
-% \times
-% +
-% *
-% -
-%Last part of processing
-% \fifow#
-% \processl
-%Keeping track of comments, and
-%using comment fonts
-% {, }
-% [, ]
-% \commentstatus
-% \pascalcommentfont
-% \prepascal
-%
-%Use of the above file via
-%\input pascal.tex
-%\beginpascal
-%(*Print length of third side of
-% triangle given two sides and
-% enclosed angle*)
-%program EX4A(input, output);
-%var a, b, c angle : real;
-%begin read(a, b, angle);
-% c:=sqrt(sqr(a)+sqr(b)-
-% 2*a*b*cos(angle));
-% writeln(`The third side is', c)
-%end.
-%\endpascal
-%\beginpascal
-%(*heap creation*)
-%l := n div 2 + 1;
-%while l <> 1 do
-%begin l := l-1; sift(a, l, n) end;
-%(*sorting*)
-%r := n;
-%while r <> 1 do
-%begin swap(a[1], a[r]);
-% r := r-1; sift(a, 1, r)
-%end;
-%(*sift arg1 through arg2*)
-%j:= arg1;
-%while 2j >= arg2 and
-% (a[j] < a[2j] or a[j] < a[2j+1])
-%do begin mi := 2j + if a[2j] > a[2j+1]
-% then 0
-% else 1;
-% exchange(a[j], a[mi]); j := mi
-%end.
-%\endpascal
-%\bye
-%Together with blue.tex and tools.dat
-%replace
-%\input pascal.tex
-%by
-%\input blue.tex
-%End pascal.tex
-%
-%
-%History of changes
-%Jan 95 Designed
-%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%pascal%!cgl;newcol
-%
-%
-%
-\tool\efg
-phoney tool, for test purpose
-\endinput%end \efg \ No newline at end of file